Contents
Guide to This Manual
Introduction to the Manuals...................7
Searching for Information....................7
Printing Only the Pages You Need.............. 8
About is Manual......................... 8
Marks and Symbols.......................8
Notes on Screenshots and Illustrations.........9
Operating System References................9
Trademarks..............................10
Copyright...............................10
Important Instructions
Safety Instructions.........................12
Safety Instructions for Ink................. 12
Printer Advisories and Warnings.............. 13
Advisories and Warnings for Setting Up the
Printer................................13
Advisories and Warnings for Using the Printer. . 13
Advisories and Warnings for Using the
Touchscreen........................... 14
Advisories and Warnings for Connecting to
the Internet............................14
Advisories and Warnings for Using the
Printer with a Wireless Connection...........14
Advisories and Warnings for Transporting or
Storing the Printer.......................14
Notes on the Administrator Password...........14
Default Value of the Administrator Password. . . .15
Changing the Administrator Password........15
Operations that Require You to Enter the
Administrator Password...................15
Initializing the Administrator Password....... 15
Protecting Your Personal Information...........16
Part Names and Functions
Front...................................18
Inside..................................19
Rear................................... 20
Guide to the Control Panel
Control Panel............................ 22
Home Screen Conguration..................23
Guide to the Network Icon.................24
Menu Screen Conguration..................25
Entering Characters........................26
Viewing Animations....................... 26
Loading Paper
Paper Handling Precautions..................29
Paper Size and Type Settings..................29
List of Paper Type....................... 30
Loading Paper............................30
Loading Pre-punched Paper................31
Loading Long Papers.....................32
Placing Originals
Placing Originals..........................36
Originals that are not Supported by the ADF. . . . . . 37
Inserting and Removing a Memory
Device
Inserting and Removing an External USB Device. . .39
Sharing Data on a Memory Device.............39
Printing
Printing Documents........................42
Printing from a Computer - Windows.........42
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS..........62
Printing Documents from Smart Devices (iOS). . 70
Printing Documents from Smart Devices
(Android).............................71
Printing on Envelopes...................... 73
Printing on Envelopes from a Computer
(Windows)............................ 73
Printing on Envelopes from a Computer
(Mac OS)..............................73
Printing Photos...........................73
Printing JPEG Files from a Memory Device. . . . .73
Printing TIFF Files from a Memory Device. . . . . 74
Printing Web Pages........................ 75
Printing Web Pages from Smart Devices.......75
Printing Using a Cloud Service................76
Registering to Epson Connect Service from
the Control Panel........................76
Copying
Available Copying Methods..................79
2
Copying Originals.......................79
Copying on 2-Sides...................... 79
Copying by Enlarging or Reducing...........80
Copying Multiple Originals onto One Sheet. . . . .80
Copying in Page Order....................81
Copying Originals Using Good Quality. . . . . . . . 82
Copying ID card........................ 82
Basic Menu Options for Copying.............. 82
(2-Sided):. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
(Density):............................83
ID Card Copy:..........................83
Advanced Menu Options for Copying...........83
Paper Setting:.......................... 83
Reduce/Enlarge:.........................83
Original Size:...........................84
Multi-Page:............................84
Original Type:..........................84
Finishing:............................. 84
Orientation (Original):....................85
Image Quality:..........................85
Binding Margin:.........................85
Reduce to Fit Paper:......................85
Remove Shadow:........................85
Remove Punch Holes:.................... 85
Clear All Settings:....................... 85
Scanning
Available Scanning Methods..................87
Scanning Originals to a Network Folder.........87
Destination Menu Options for Scanning to a
Network Folder.........................88
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder. . . . 89
Scanning Originals to an Email. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Recipient Menu Options for Scanning to an
Email................................ 91
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email. . . 91
Scanning Originals to a Computer............. 93
Scanning Originals to a Memory Device.........94
Scan Options for Scanning to a Memory Device. 94
Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to a
Memory Device.........................94
Scanning Originals to the Cloud...............95
Scan Options for Scanning to the Cloud.......96
Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to the
Cloud................................96
Scanning Using WSD.......................97
Setting Up a WSD Port....................97
Scanning Originals to a Smart Device...........99
Faxing
Before Using Fax Features...................101
Overview of this Printer's Fax Features.........101
Feature: Sending Faxes..................101
Feature: Receiving Faxes..................102
Feature: PC-FAX Send/Receive
(Windows/Mac OS).....................102
Features: Various Fax Reports..............103
Feature: Security when Sending and
Receiving Faxes........................103
Features: Other Useful Features........... 103
Sending Faxes Using the Printer..............104
Selecting Recipients.....................104
Various Ways of Sending Faxes.............105
Receiving Faxes on the Printer............... 107
Receiving Incoming Faxes.................108
Receiving Faxes by Making a Phone Call......109
Viewing Received Faxes Saved in the Printer
on the LCD Screen......................110
Menu Options for Faxing...................111
Recipient.............................111
Fax Settings...........................111
More................................113
Menu Options for Inbox....................114
Open Inbox (XX Unread).................114
Using Other Faxing Features.................115
Printing Fax Report Manually..............115
Sending a Fax from a Computer..............116
Sending Documents Created Using an
Application (Windows).................. 116
Sending Documents Created Using an
Application (Mac OS)....................118
Receiving Faxes on a Computer...............120
Checking for New Faxes (Windows).........120
Checking for New Faxes (Mac OS).......... 121
Canceling the Feature that Saves Incoming
Faxes to the Computer...................122
Maintaining the Printer
Checking the Status of Consumables...........124
Improving Print, Copy, Scan, and Fax Quality. . . . 124
Adjusting the Print Quality................124
Checking and Cleaning the Print Head.......126
Preventing nozzle clogging................127
Aligning the Print Head..................127
Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears.......128
Cleaning the Scanner Glass................128
Cleaning the ADF...................... 129
3
Cleaning the Translucent Film............. 131
Cleaning the Printer.......................133
Saving Power............................134
Disabling your Wi-Fi Connection.............134
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately. 134
Installing the Applications Separately........ 135
Adding a Genuine Epson Printer (for Mac OS
Only)................................137
Uninstalling Applications.................138
Updating Applications and Firmware. . . . . . . . 139
Transporting and Storing the Printer...........140
Solving Problems
e Printer Does Not Work as Expected........ 144
e Printer Does Not Turn On or O........144
Power Turns O Automatically.............144
Paper Does Not Feed Properly. . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Cannot Print..........................148
Cannot Start Scanning...................166
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes..............178
Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected. . . . . . 191
A Message is Displayed on the LCD Screen. . . . . . 196
Paper Gets Jammed.......................197
Preventing Paper Jams...................197
It is Time to Replace the Ink Cartridges.........198
Ink Cartridge Handling Precautions.........198
Replacing Ink Cartridges................. 200
It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box. . . . . . .201
Maintenance Box Handling Precautions. . . . . . 201
Replacing a Maintenance Box..............201
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing
Quality is Poor...........................202
Print Quality is Poor.....................202
Copy Quality is Poor.................... 209
Scanned Image Problems.................215
e Quality of the Sent Fax is Poor..........217
Received Fax Quality is Poor...............219
Cannot Solve Problem.....................220
Cannot Solve Printing Problems............220
Adding or Replacing the Computer or
Devices
When the
Soware
Disc is not Available........223
When Replacing a Computer................ 223
Re-Setting the Network Connection...........223
Making Settings for Connecting to the
Computer............................223
Making Settings for Connecting to the Smart
Device...............................224
Making Wi-Fi Settings from the Control Panel. .224
Checking the Printer's Network Connection
Status (Network Connection Report).........226
Messages and Solutions on the Network
Connection Report......................227
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly
(Wi-Fi Direct)...........................232
About Wi-Fi Direct..................... 233
Connecting to Devices using Wi-Fi Direct. . . . . 233
Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP)
Connection...........................235
Changing the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP)
Settings Such as the SSID.................235
Adding or Changing the Printer's Connection. . . . 236
To Set Up a Printer on Multiple Computers. . . . 236
Changing the Connection from Wi-Fi to USB. . 237
Changing the Connection from Wi-Fi to
Wired LAN...........................238
Setting a Static IP Address for the Printer. . . . . 238
Product Information
Paper Information........................241
Available Paper and Capacities.............241
Unavailable Paper Types..................243
Consumable Products Information............243
Ink Cartridge Codes.....................243
Maintenance Box Code...................244
Soware Information......................244
Soware for Printing.................... 244
Soware for Scanning....................247
Soware for Faxing..................... 247
Soware for Package Creation..............249
Soware for Making Settings or Managing
Devices..............................249
Soware for Updating................... 252
Settings Menu List........................252
General Settings........................252
Supply Status..........................269
Maintenance..........................269
Print Status Sheet.......................270
Print Counter..........................270
Reports..............................271
User Settings..........................271
Customer Research..................... 271
Restore Default Settings..................272
Firmware Update.......................272
Product Specications..................... 273
4
Printer Specications....................273
Scanner Specications................... 274
ADF Specications......................274
Fax Specications.......................275
Using Port for the Printer.................275
Interface Specications...................276
Network Specications...................277
Supported ird Party Services.............279
Memory Device Specications............. 279
Supported Data Specications..............279
Dimensions...........................280
Electrical Specications.................. 280
Environmental Specications..............281
Installation Location and Space.............282
System Requirements....................282
Regulatory Information....................283
Standards and Approvals................. 283
Restrictions on Copying..................284
Administrator Information
Connecting the Printer to the Network.........286
Before Making Network Connection.........286
Connecting to the Network from the Control
Panel................................288
Settings to Use the Printer...................290
Using the Print Functions.................290
Setting Up AirPrint..................... 296
Conguring
a Mail Server.................297
Setting a Shared Network Folder............300
Making Contacts Available................317
Preparing to Scan.......................324
Making Fax Features Available.............325
Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer 335
Problems when Making Settings............338
Managing the Printer......................340
Managing the Network Connection..........340
Administrator Settings...................345
Disabling the External Interface............ 345
Monitoring a Remote Printer.............. 346
Encrypting the Password................. 347
Enabling Program Verication on Start Up. . . . 347
Backing Up the Settings..................347
Advanced Security Settings..................349
Security Settings and Prevention of Danger. . . . 349
Protocol Setting Items................... 350
Using a Digital Certicate.................353
SSL/TLS Communication with the Printer. . . . .359
Solving Problems for Advanced Security......360
Where to Get Help
Technical Support Web Site..................366
Contacting Epson Support..................366
Before Contacting Epson................. 366
Help for Users in Europe..................366
Help for Users in Taiwan..................367
Help for Users in Australia................367
Help for Users in New Zealand.............368
Help for Users in Singapore............... 368
Help for Users in
ailand
................ 368
Help for Users in Vietnam................ 369
Help for Users in Indonesia................369
Help for Users in Hong Kong..............370
Help for Users in Malaysia................ 370
Help for Users in India...................370
Help for Users in the Philippines............371
5
Guide to This Manual
Introduction to the Manuals...........................................7
Searching for Information.............................................7
Printing Only the Pages You Need.......................................8
About is Manual..................................................8
Trademarks...................................................... 10
Copyright........................................................10
Introduction to the Manuals
e following manuals are supplied with your Epson printer. As well as the manuals, check the various types of
help information available from the printer itself or from the Epson soware applications.
❏ Important Safety Instructions (paper manual)
Provides you with instructions to ensure the safe use of this printer.
❏ Start Here (paper manual)
Provides you with information on setting up the printer and installing the
soware.
❏ User's Guide (digital manual)
is manual. is manual is available as PDF and Web manuals. Provides overall information and instructions
on using the printer, on network settings when using the printer on a network, and on solving problems.
You can obtain the latest versions of the above manuals with the following methods.
❏ Paper manual
Visit the Epson Europe support website at
http://www.epson.eu/support, or the Epson worldwide support
website at
http://support.epson.net/.
❏ Digital manual
To view the Web manual, visit the following website, enter the product name, and then go to Support.
https://epson.sn
Searching for Information
e
PDF manual allows you to search for information you are looking for by keyword, or jump directly to
specic
sections using the bookmarks. is section explains how to use a PDF manual that has been opened in Adobe
Acrobat Reader DC on your computer.
Searching by keyword
Click Edit > Advanced Search. Enter the keyword (text) for information you want to nd in the search window,
and then click Search. Hits are displayed as a list. Click one of the displayed hits to jump to that page.
Jumping directly from bookmarks
Click a title to jump to that page. Click + or > to view the lower level titles in that section. To return to the previous
page, perform the following operation on your keyboard.
❏ Windows: Hold down Alt. and then press ←.
Guide to This Manual
>
Searching for Information
7
❏ Mac OS: Hold down the command key, and then press ←.
Printing Only the Pages You Need
You can extract and print only the pages you need. Click Print in the File menu, and then specify the pages you
want to print in Pages in Pages to Print.
❏ To specify a series of pages, enter a hyphen between the start page and the end page.
Example: 20-25
❏ To specify pages that are not in series, divide the pages with commas.
Example: 5, 10, 15
About This Manual
is section explains the meaning of marks and symbols, notes on descriptions, and operating system reference
information used in this manual.
Marks and Symbols
!
Caution:
Instructions that must be followed carefully to avoid bodily injury.
c
Important:
Instructions that must be observed to avoid damage to your equipment.
Note:
Provides complementary and reference information.
Guide to This Manual
>
About This Manual
>
Marks and Symbols
8
Related Information
& Links to related sections.
Provides Web Movie Manuals of the operating instructions. See the related information link.
Notes on Screenshots and Illustrations
❏ Screenshots of the printer driver are from Windows 10 or macOS High Sierra (10.13). e content displayed on
the screens varies depending on the model and situation.
❏ Illustrations used in this manual are examples only. Although there may be slight
dierences
depending on the
model, the method of operation is the same.
❏ Some of the menu items on the LCD screen vary depending on the model and settings.
❏ You can read the QR code using dedicated app.
Operating System References
Windows
In this manual, terms such as "Windows 11", "Windows 10", "Windows 8.1", "Windows 8", "Windows 7", "Windows
Vista", "Windows XP", "Windows Server 2022", "Windows Server 2019", "Windows Server 2016", "Windows Server
2012 R2", "Windows Server 2012", "Windows Server 2008 R2", "Windows Server 2008", "Windows Server 2003 R2",
and "Windows Server 2003" refer to the following operating systems. Additionally, "Windows" is used to refer to all
versions.
❏ Microso
®
Windows
®
11 operating system
❏ Microso
®
Windows
®
10 operating system
❏ Microso
®
Windows
®
8.1 operating system
❏ Microso
®
Windows
®
8 operating system
❏ Microso
®
Windows
®
7 operating system
❏
Microso
®
Windows Vista
®
operating system
❏ Microso
®
Windows
®
XP operating system
❏ Microso
®
Windows
®
XP Professional x64 Edition operating system
❏
Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2022 operating system
❏ Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2019 operating system
❏ Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2016 operating system
❏
Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2012 R2 operating system
❏ Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2012 operating system
❏ Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2008 R2 operating system
❏
Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2008 operating system
❏ Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2003 R2 operating system
❏ Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2003 operating system
Guide to This Manual
>
About This Manual
>
Operating System References
9
Mac OS
In this manual, "Mac OS" is used to refer to Mac OS X 10.9.5 or later as well as macOS 11 or later.
Trademarks
❏ QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan and other countries.
❏ Microso
®
, Windows
®
, Windows Server
®
, and Windows Vista
®
are registered trademarks of Microso
Corporation.
❏ Apple, Mac, macOS, OS X, Bonjour, ColorSync, Safari, AirPrint, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, iBeacon, and App
Store are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
❏ Use of the Works with Apple badge means that an accessory has been designed to work specically with the
technology identied in the badge and has been certied by the developer to meet Apple performance
standards.
❏ Chrome, Chrome OS, Google Play and Android are trademarks of Google LLC.
❏ Adobe, Acrobat, and Reader are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe in the United States
and/or other countries.
❏ Firefox is a trademark of the Mozilla Foundation in the U.S. and other countries.
❏ e Mopria™ word mark and the Mopria™ Logo are registered and/or unregistered trademarks of Mopria
Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
❏ General Notice: Other product names used herein are for identication purposes only and may be trademarks
of their respective owners. Epson disclaims any and all rights in those marks.
Copyright
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of
Seiko Epson Corporation. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained
herein. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information herein. e
information contained herein is designed only for use with this Epson product. Epson is not responsible for any
use of this information as applied to other products.
Neither Seiko Epson Corporation nor its
aliates
shall be liable to the purchaser of this product or third parties for
damages, losses, costs, or expenses incurred by the purchaser or third parties as a result of accident, misuse, or
abuse of this product or unauthorized
modications,
repairs, or alterations to this product, or (excluding the U.S.)
failure to strictly comply with Seiko Epson Corporation's operating and maintenance instructions.
Seiko Epson Corporation and its aliates shall not be liable for any damages or problems arising from the use of
any options or any consumable products other than those designated as Original Epson Products or Epson
Approved Products by Seiko Epson Corporation.
Seiko Epson Corporation shall not be held liable for any damage resulting from electromagnetic interference that
occurs from the use of any interface cables other than those designated as Epson Approved Products by Seiko
Epson Corporation.
© 2023 Seiko Epson Corporation
e contents of this manual and the specications of this product are subject to change without notice.
Guide to This Manual
>
Copyright
10
Important Instructions
Safety Instructions................................................. 12
Printer Advisories and Warnings.......................................13
Notes on the Administrator Password................................... 14
Protecting Your Personal Information................................... 16
Safety Instructions
Read and follow these instructions to ensure safe use of this printer. Make sure you keep this manual for future
reference. Also, be sure to follow all warnings and instructions marked on the printer.
❏ Some of the symbols used on your printer are to ensure safety and proper use of the printer. Visit the following
Web site to learn the meaning of the symbols.
http://support.epson.net/symbols/
❏ Use only the power cord supplied with the printer and do not use the cord with any other equipment. Use of
other cords with this printer or the use of the supplied power cord with other equipment may result in re or
electric shock.
❏ Be sure your AC power cord meets the relevant local safety standard.
❏ Never disassemble, modify, or attempt to repair the power cord, plug, printer unit, scanner unit, or options by
yourself, except as
specically
explained in the printer's manuals.
❏ Unplug the printer and refer servicing to qualied service personnel under the following conditions:
e power cord or plug is damaged; liquid has entered the printer; the printer has been dropped or the casing
damaged; the printer does not operate normally or exhibits a distinct change in performance. Do not adjust
controls that are not covered by the operating instructions.
❏ Place the printer near a wall outlet where the plug can be easily unplugged.
❏ Do not place or store the printer outdoors, near excessive dirt or dust, water, heat sources, or in locations
subject to shocks, vibrations, high temperature or humidity.
❏ Take care not to spill liquid on the printer and not to handle the printer with wet hands.
❏ Keep the printer at least 22 cm away from cardiac pacemakers. Radio waves from this printer may adversely
aect the operation of cardiac pacemakers.
❏ If the LCD screen is damaged, contact your dealer. If the liquid crystal solution gets on your hands, wash them
thoroughly with soap and water. If the liquid crystal solution gets into your eyes, ush them immediately with
water. If discomfort or vision problems remain aer a thorough ushing, see a doctor immediately.
❏ Avoid using a telephone during an electrical storm. ere may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning.
❏ Do not use a telephone to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak.
Safety Instructions for Ink
❏ Be careful when you handle used ink cartridges, as there may be some ink around the ink supply port.
❏ If ink gets on your skin, wash the area thoroughly with soap and water.
❏ If ink gets into your eyes, ush them immediately with water. If discomfort or vision problems continue aer
a thorough ushing, see a doctor immediately.
❏ If ink gets into your mouth, see a doctor right away.
❏ Do not disassemble the ink cartridge and the maintenance box; otherwise ink may get into your eyes or on your
skin.
❏ Do not shake ink cartridges too vigorously and do not drop them. Also, be careful not to squeeze them or tear
their labels. Doing so may cause ink leakage.
❏ Keep ink cartridges and maintenance box out of the reach of children.
Important Instructions
>
Safety Instructions
>
Safety Instructions for Ink
12
Printer Advisories and Warnings
Read and follow these instructions to avoid damaging the printer or your property. Make sure you keep this
manual for future reference.
Advisories and Warnings for Setting Up the Printer
❏ Do not block or cover the vents and openings in the printer.
❏ Use only the type of power source indicated on the printer's label.
❏ Avoid using outlets on the same circuit as photocopiers or air control systems that regularly switch on and o.
❏ Avoid electrical outlets controlled by wall switches or automatic timers.
❏ Keep the entire computer system away from potential sources of electromagnetic interference, such as
loudspeakers or the base units of cordless telephones.
❏ e power-supply cords should be placed to avoid abrasions, cuts, fraying, crimping, and kinking. Do not place
objects on top of the power-supply cords and do not allow the power-supply cords to be stepped on or run over.
Be particularly careful to keep all the power-supply cords straight at the ends and the points where they enter
and leave the transformer.
❏ If you use an extension cord with the printer, make sure that the total ampere rating of the devices plugged into
the extension cord does not exceed the cord's ampere rating. Also, make sure that the total ampere rating of all
devices plugged into the wall outlet does not exceed the wall outlet's ampere rating.
❏ If you plan to use the printer in Germany, the building installation must be protected by a 10 or 16 amp circuit
breaker to provide adequate short-circuit protection and over-current protection for the printer.
❏ When connecting the printer to a computer or other device with a cable, ensure the correct orientation of the
connectors. Each connector has only one correct orientation. Inserting a connector in the wrong orientation
may damage both devices connected by the cable.
❏ Place the printer on a at, stable surface that extends beyond the base of the printer in all directions. e printer
will not operate properly if it is tilted at an angle.
❏ Allow space above the printer so that you can fully raise the document cover.
❏ Leave enough space in front of the printer for the paper to be fully ejected.
❏ Avoid places subject to rapid changes in temperature and humidity. Also, keep the printer away from direct
sunlight, strong light, or heat sources.
Advisories and Warnings for Using the Printer
❏ Do not insert objects through the slots in the printer.
❏ Do not put your hand inside the printer during printing.
❏ Do not touch the white at cable inside the printer.
❏ Do not use aerosol products that contain ammable gases inside or around the printer. Doing so may cause re.
❏ Do not move the print head by hand; otherwise, you may damage the printer.
❏ Be careful not to trap your
ngers
when closing the scanner unit.
❏ Do not press too hard on the scanner glass when placing the originals.
Important Instructions
>
Printer Advisories and Warnings
>
Advisories and Warnings for Using the Printer
13
❏ Always turn the printer o using the
P
button. Do not unplug the printer or turn o the power at the outlet
until the
P
light stops ashing.
❏ If you are not going to use the printer for a long period, be sure to unplug the power cord from the electrical
outlet.
Advisories and Warnings for Using the Touchscreen
❏ e LCD screen may contain a few small bright or dark spots, and because of its features it may have an uneven
brightness. ese are normal and do not indicate that it is damaged in any way.
❏ Only use a dry, so cloth for cleaning. Do not use liquid or chemical cleaners.
❏
e
exterior cover of the touchscreen could break if it receives a heavy impact. Contact your dealer if the panel
surface chips or cracks, and do not touch or attempt to remove the broken pieces.
❏ Press the touchscreen gently with your nger. Do not press force or operate with your nails.
❏ Do not use sharp objects such as ball point pens or sharp pencils to perform operations.
❏ Condensation inside the touchscreen due to abrupt changes in temperature or humidity may cause
performance to deteriorate.
Advisories and Warnings for Connecting to the Internet
Do not connect this product to the Internet directly. Connect it in a network protected by a router or rewall.
Advisories and Warnings for Using the Printer with a Wireless
Connection
❏ Radio waves from this printer may negatively aect the operation of medical electronic equipment, causing
them to malfunction. When using this printer inside medical facilities or near medical equipment, follow
directions from the authorized personnel representing the medical facilities, and follow all posted warnings and
directions on the medical equipment.
❏ Radio waves from this printer may negatively aect the operation of automatically controlled devices such as
automatic doors or re alarms, and could lead to accidents due to malfunction. When using this printer near
automatically controlled devices, follow all posted warnings and directions on these devices.
Advisories and Warnings for Transporting or Storing the Printer
❏ When storing or transporting the printer, avoid tilting it, placing it vertically, or turning it upside down;
otherwise ink may leak.
❏ Before transporting the printer, make sure that the print head is in the home (far right) position.
Notes on the Administrator Password
is
printer allows you to set an administrator password to prevent unauthorized access or changes to the device
settings and network settings stored in the product when connecting to a network.
Important Instructions
>
Notes on the Administrator Password
14
Default Value of the Administrator Password
e default value of the administrator password is printed on the label on the product itself, such as the one shown.
e
position where the label is attached depends on the product, such as the side where the cover is opened, the
back, or the bottom.
e following illustration is an example of the label attachment position on the side of the printer where the cover
opens.
If both labels (1) and (2) are attached, the value next to PASSWORD written on the label in (1) is the default value.
In this example, the default value is 03212791.
If only label (2) is attached, the serial number printed on the label in (2) is the default value. In this example, the
default value is X3B8153559.
Changing the Administrator Password
For security reasons, we recommend changing the initial password.
It can be changed from the printer control panel, Web Cong, and Epson Device Admin. When changing the
password, set it with at least 8 single-byte alphanumerical characters and symbols.
Related Information
&
“Changing the Administrator Password Using Web Cong” on page 345
Operations that Require You to Enter the Administrator Password
If you are prompted to enter the administrator password when performing the following operations, enter the
administrator password set on the printer.
❏ When updating the rmware of the printer from a computer or smart device
❏ When logging on to the advanced settings of Web
Cong
❏ When setting using an application, such as Fax Utility, that can change the printer's settings.
Initializing the Administrator Password
You can return the administrator password to the default settings by initializing the network settings.
Important Instructions
>
Notes on the Administrator Password
>
Initializing the Administrator Password
15
Related Information
&
“Restore Default Settings” on page 272
Protecting Your Personal Information
When you give the printer to someone else or dispose of it, erase all the personal information stored in the printer's
memory by selecting Settings > Restore Default Settings > Clear All Data and Settings on the control panel.
Important Instructions
>
Protecting Your Personal Information
16
Front
A
ADF (Automatic Document Feeder) cover Open when removing jammed originals in the ADF.
B
ADF input tray Feeds originals automatically.
C
ADF edge guide Feeds originals straight into the printer. Slide to the edge of the
originals.
D
ADF document support Supports originals over A4 size.
E
ADF output tray Holds originals ejected from the ADF.
F
Paper cassette Loads paper.
A
Output tray Holds the ejected paper.
B
Edge guide Feeds the paper straight into the printer. Slide to the edges of the
paper.
Part Names and Functions
>
Front
18
C
Paper cassette Loads paper.
A
Document cover Blocks external light while scanning.
B
Scanner glass Place the originals. You can place the originals that are not fed from
the ADF such as envelopes or thick books.
C
Control panel Allows you to make settings and perform operations on the printer.
Also displays the printer’s status.
D
External interface USB port Connects memory devices.
Inside
A
Scanner unit Scans placed originals. Open when replacing ink cartridge or
removing jammed paper inside the printer.
Part Names and Functions
>
Inside
19
B
Ink cartridge holder Install the ink cartridge. Ink is ejected from the print head nozzles
underneath.
Rear
A
Maintenance box cover Remove when replacing the maintenance box. The maintenance
box is a container that collects a very small amount of surplus ink
during cleaning or printing.
B
Rear cover Remove when removing jammed paper.
C
LAN port Connects a LAN cable.
D
USB port Connects a USB cable to connect with a computer.
E
AC inlet Connects the power cord.
F
LINE port Connects a phone line.
G
EXT. port Connects external phone devices.
Part Names and Functions
>
Rear
20
Guide to the Control Panel
Control Panel.....................................................22
Home Screen Conguration.......................................... 23
Menu Screen Conguration...........................................25
Entering Characters................................................ 26
Viewing Animations................................................26
Control Panel
A
Turns the printer on or o.
Unplug the power cable after checking that the power light is o.
B
Displays the Supply Status screen. You can check the approximate ink levels and the approximate service life of
the maintenance box. You can also replace the ink cartridge or print the Supply Status Sheet.
C
Displays the Network Connection Settings screen. Tap the icon to check and change the current settings.
D
Displays the Device Sound Settings screen. You can set Mute and Quiet Mode. You can also access the Sound
menu from this screen.
E
Displays the list of settings registered to the Preset. You can also register new favorite settings.
F
Turns on when received documents that have not yet been read, printed, or saved, are stored in the printer's
memory.
G
Displays the home screen.
H
Displays menus and messages. You can change the angle of the control panel.
When no operations are performed for a specic length of time, the printer enters sleep mode and the display
turns o. Tap anywhere on the touch screen to turn on the display. Depending on the current settings, pressing
the power button wakes the printer from sleep mode.
I
Displays the Help screen.
You can check solutions to problems from here.
Guide to the Control Panel
>
Control Panel
22
Home Screen Conguration
A
Displays the Supply Status screen. You can check the approximate ink levels and the
approximate service life of the maintenance box. You can also replace the ink cartridge or print
the Supply Status Sheet.
B
Displays the network connection status. See the following for more details.
“Guide to the Network Icon” on page 24
C
Displays the Device Sound Settings screen. You can set Mute and Quiet Mode. You can also
access the Sound menu from this screen. You can also make this setting from the Settings
menu.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Sound
Indicates whether or not Quiet Mode is set for the printer. When this feature is
enabled, the noise made by printer operations is reduced, but print speed may slow
down. However, noises may not be reduced depending on the selected paper type
and print quality.
Indicates that Mute is set for the printer.
D
Displays the list of settings registered to the Preset.
You can also register new favorite settings.
E
Displays the Fax Data Information screen. The number displayed indicates the number of faxes
that have not yet been read, printed, or saved.
Guide to the Control Panel
>
Home Screen Conguration
23
F
Displays each menu.
❏ Copy
Allows you to copy documents.
❏ Scan
Allows you to scan documents and save them to a memory device or a computer.
❏ Fax
Allows you to send faxes.
❏ Memory Device
Allows you to print JPEG or TIFF data on a memory device such as a USB
ash
drive connected to the printer
❏ Maintenance
Displays the menus recommended to improve the quality of your printouts such as unclogging nozzles by printing
a nozzle check pattern and performing head cleaning, and improving blurring or banding in your printouts by
aligning the print head. You can also make this setting from the Settings menu.
Settings > Maintenance
❏ Settings
Allows you to make settings related to maintenance, printer settings, and operations.
G
Scrolls the screen to the right.
Guide to the Network Icon
The printer is not connected to a wired (Ethernet) network or a wireless (Wi-Fi)
network.
The printer is connected to a wired (Ethernet) network.
The printer is searching for SSID, unset IP address, or having a problem with a wireless
(Wi-Fi) network.
The printer is connected to a wireless (Wi-Fi) network.
The number of bars indicates the signal strength of the connection. The more bars
there are, the stronger the connection.
The printer is not connected to a wireless (Wi-Fi) network in Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP)
mode.
The printer is connected to a wireless (Wi-Fi) network in Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) mode.
Guide to the Control Panel
>
Home Screen Conguration
>
Guide to the Network Icon
24
Menu Screen Conguration
A
Returns to the previous screen.
B
Switches the list of settings using the tabs. The Advanced Settings tab displays other items that you can set as
necessary.
C
Displays the list of setting items. When is displayed, you view additional information by selecting the icon.
Make settings by selecting the item or adding a check mark.
Grayed out items are not available. Select the item to check why it is unavailable.
If any problems occur,
is displayed on the item. Select the icon to check how to solve the problem.
D
Starts operations using the current settings. Items vary depending on the menu.
Copies Displays the on-screen keypad allowing you to enter the number of copies.
Preview Displays a preview of the image before printing, copying, scanning, or sending faxes.
x
Starts printing, copying, scanning, or sending faxes.
Guide to the Control Panel
>
Menu Screen Conguration
25
Entering Characters
You can enter characters and symbols by using on-screen keyboard when you make network settings and so on.
A
Indicates the character count.
B
Moves the cursor to the input position.
C
Switches between upper case and lower case.
D
Switches the character type.
ABC: Alphabet
123#: Numbers and symbols
E
Enters frequently used email domain addresses or URLs by simply selecting the item.
F
Enters a space.
G
Enters character.
H
Deletes a character to the left. Deletes a character to the right when the cursor is at the start of the line and there are
no characters to the left.
Viewing Animations
You can view animations of operating instructions such as loading paper or removing jammed paper on the LCD
screen.
❏ Select
: Displays the help screen. Select How To and select the items that you want to view.
Guide to the Control Panel
>
Viewing Animations
26
Paper Handling Precautions
❏ Read the instruction sheets supplied with the paper.
❏ To achieve high-quality printouts with genuine Epson paper, use the paper in the environment stated on the
sheets supplied with the paper.
❏ Fan and align the edges of the paper before loading. Do not fan or curl photo paper. Doing so may damage the
printable side.
❏ If the paper is curled or folded, atten it or curl it slightly in the opposite direction before loading. Printing on
curled or folded paper may cause paper feeding problems and smears on the printouts.
❏ Paper feed problems may occur frequently for manual 2-sided printing when printing on one side of pre-
printed paper. Reduce the number of sheets to half or less, or load one sheet of paper at a time if paper jams
continue.
❏ Fan and align the edges of the envelopes before loading. When the stacked envelopes are
pued
up with air,
press them down to atten them before loading.
Related Information
&
“Unavailable Paper Types” on page 243
Paper Size and Type Settings
If you register the paper size and type on the screen displayed when you insert the paper cassette, the printer
informs you when the registered information and print settings dier. is prevents you from wasting paper and
Loading Paper
>
Paper Size and Type Settings
29
ink by making sure you are not printing on the wrong paper size or printing using poor print quality due to
settings that do not match the paper type.
If displayed paper size and type dier from the loaded paper, select the item to change. If the settings match the
loaded paper, close the screen.
Note:
You can also display the paper size and paper type settings screen by selecting Settings > General Settings > Printer
Settings > Paper Source Settings > Paper Setting.
List of Paper Type
To obtain optimum printing results, select the paper type that suits the paper.
Media Name Media Type
Control Panel
Printer Driver, Smart device
*
Epson Business Paper
Epson Bright White Ink Jet Paper
Plain paper Plain paper
Epson Double-Sided Matte Paper Matte Epson Matte
Epson Matte Paper-Heavyweight Matte Epson Matte
Epson Photo Quality Ink Jet Paper Photo Quality Ink Jet Epson Photo Quality Ink Jet
* For smart devices, these media types can be selected when printing using Epson Smart Panel.
Loading Paper
You can load paper or envelopes by referring to the animations displayed on the printer's LCD screen.
Loading Paper
>
Loading Paper
30
Select , and then select How To > Load paper.
If you want to stop viewing the animation, close the screen.
Loading Pre-punched Paper
Load a single sheet of pre-punched paper in the paper cassette.
Paper size: A4, B5, A5, A6, Letter, Legal
❏ Adjust the print position of your
le
to avoid printing over the holes.
❏ Automatic 2-sided printing is not available for pre-punched paper.
❏ Select Letterhead or Preprinted as the paper type setting.
Loading Paper
>
Loading Paper
>
Loading Pre-punched Paper
31
With the printable side facing down, load a single sheet of paper that does not extend beyond the triangle symbol
at the end of the cassette. Slide the edge guide to the edge of the paper.
While holding the paper steady with your hands, insert the paper cassette until it clicks.
Loading Paper
>
Loading Paper
>
Loading Long Papers
33
Lower the output tray. Select User-Dened as the paper size setting.
❏ Make sure the end of the paper is cut perpendicularly. A diagonal cut may cause paper feed problems.
❏ If the paper is curled, atten it or curl it slightly in the opposite direction before loading. Printing on curled
paper may cause paper jams and smears on the printout.
❏ Do not touch paper that is being fed or ejected. It could injure your hand or cause print quality to decline.
Loading Paper
>
Loading Paper
>
Loading Long Papers
34
Placing Originals
Place originals on the scanner glass or the ADF.
You can place multiple originals in the ADF. If auto duplex scanning is available, you can scan both sides of the
originals at the same time. See the link below for the specications of the ADF.
“ADF Specications” on page 274
Follow the steps below to view the video for placing originals.
Select
, and then select How To > Place Originals. Select the method of placing originals that you want to view.
Select Finish to close the animation screen.
When using the scanner glass
!
Caution:
Be careful not to trap your ngers when closing the document cover. Otherwise you may be injured.
c
Important:
❏ When placing bulky originals such as books, prevent exterior light from shining directly onto the scanner glass.
❏ Do not apply too much force to the scanner glass or the document cover. Otherwise, they may be damaged.
Note:
❏ If there is any trash or dirt on the scanner glass, the scanning range may expand to include it, so the image of the original
may be displaced or reduced. Remove any trash and dirt on the scanner glass before scanning.
❏ A range of 1.5 mm from the corner of the scanner glass is not scanned.
❏ When originals are placed in the ADF and on the scanner glass, priority is given to the originals in the ADF.
❏ If you leave the originals on the scanner glass for a long time, they may stick to the surface of the glass.
Placing Originals
>
Placing Originals
36
When using the ADF
c
Important:
❏ Do not load originals above the line just under the triangle symbol inside the ADF edge guide.
❏ Do not add originals while scanning.
Related Information
&
“Originals that are not Supported by the ADF” on page 37
& “Scanner
Specications
” on page 274
Originals that are not Supported by the ADF
c
Important:
Do not feed photographs or valuable original artwork into the ADF. Misfeeding may wrinkle or damage the
original. Scan these documents on the scanner glass instead.
To prevent paper jams, avoid placing the following originals in the ADF. For these types, use the scanner glass.
❏ Originals that are torn, folded, wrinkled, deteriorated, or curled
❏ Originals with binder holes
❏ Originals held together with tape, staples, paper clips etc.
❏ Originals that have stickers or labels stuck to them
❏ Originals that are cut irregularly or not right angled
❏ Originals that are bound
❏ OHPs, thermal transfer paper, or carbon backs
Placing Originals
>
Originals that are not Supported by the ADF
37
Inserting and Removing an External USB Device
You can insert an external USB device into the external interface USB port by referring to the animations displayed
on the printer's LCD screen.
Select
, and then select How To > USB device connection.
Perform the steps in reverse order to remove the external USB device.
c
Important:
If you remove the external USB device while operating the printer, the data on the external USB device may be lost.
Related Information
&
“Memory Device Specications” on page 279
Sharing Data on a Memory Device
From a computer, you can write or read data on a memory device such as a USB
ash
drive that has been
connected to the printer.
c
Important:
When sharing a memory device inserted in the printer between computers connected by USB or over a network,
write access is only allowed to the computers that are connected by the method you selected on the printer. To write
to the memory device, enter Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Memory Device Interface > File
Sharing on the control panel and then select a connection method.
Note:
It takes a while to recognize data from a computer if a large memory device, such as 2 TB HDD, is connected.
Windows
Select a memory device from PC or Computer. e data on the memory device is displayed.
Note:
If you connected the printer to the network without using the soware disc or Web Installer, map an external interface USB
port as a network drive. Open Run and enter a printer name \\XXXXX or a printer's IP address \\XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX to
Open:. Right-click a device icon displayed to assign the network. e network drive appears in PC or Computer.
Inserting and Removing a Memory Device
>
Sharing Data on a Memory Device
39
Mac OS
Select a corresponding device icon. e data on the external storage device is displayed.
Note:
❏ To remove a memory device, drag and drop the device icon to the trash icon. Otherwise, data on the shared drive may
not be displayed correctly when another memory device is inserted.
❏ To access a memory device through the network, select Go > Connect to Server from the menu on the desktop. Enter a
printer name cifs://XXXXX or smb://XXXXX (Where "XXXXX" is the printer name) in the Server Address, and then
click Connect.
Related Information
&
“Memory Device Specications” on page 279
Inserting and Removing a Memory Device
>
Sharing Data on a Memory Device
40
Printing
Printing Documents................................................42
Printing on Envelopes...............................................73
Printing Photos....................................................73
Printing Web Pages.................................................75
Printing Using a Cloud Service........................................ 76
Printing Documents
Printing from a Computer - Windows
Printing Using Easy Settings
Note:
Operations may dier depending on the application. See the application's help for details.
1. Load paper in the printer.
“Loading Paper” on page 30
2. Open the le you want to print.
3. Select Print or Print Setup from the File menu.
4.
Select your printer.
5. Select Preferences or Properties to access the printer driver window.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
42
6. Change the settings as necessary.
See the menu options for the printer driver for details.
Note:
❏ You can also see the online help for explanations of the setting items. Right-clicking an item displays Help.
❏ When you select Print Preview, you can see a preview of your document before printing.
7. Click OK to close the printer driver window.
8. Click Print.
Note:
❏ When you select Print Preview, a preview window is displayed. To change the settings, click Cancel, and then repeat
the procedure from step 3.
❏ If you want to cancel printing, on your computer right-click on your printer in Devices and Printers, Printer, or in
Printers and Faxes. Click See what's printing, right-click on the job you want to cancel, and then select Cancel.
However, you cannot cancel a print job from the computer once it has been completely sent to the printer. In this
case, cancel the print job by using the printer's control panel.
Related Information
&
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
& “List of Paper Type” on page 30
& “Menu Options for the Printer Driver” on page 43
Menu Options for the Printer Driver
Open the print window in an application, select the printer, and then access the printer driver window.
Note:
Menus vary depending on the option you selected.
Main Tab
Printing Presets:
Add/Remove Presets:
You can add or remove your own presets for frequently used print settings. Select the preset you want
to use from the list.
Document Size:
Select the paper size on which you want to print. If you select User-Dened, enter the paper width
and height, and then register the size.
Orientation:
Select the orientation you want to use to print.
Paper Type:
Select the type of paper on which you print.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
43
Quality:
Select the print quality you want to use for printing. Available settings depend on the paper type you
select. Selecting High provides higher quality printing, but the printing speed may be slower.
2-Sided Printing:
Allows you to perform 2-sided printing.
Settings:
You can specify the binding edge and the binding margins. When printing multi-page
documents, you can select to print starting from either the front or the back side of the page.
Print Density:
Select the document type to adjust the print density. If the appropriate print density is selected,
you can prevent images from bleeding through to the reverse side. Select User-Dened to
adjust the print density manually.
Multi-Page:
Allows you to print several pages on one sheet or perform poster printing. Click Layout Order to
specify the order in which pages are printed.
Copies:
Set the number of copies you want to print.
Collate:
Prints multi-page documents collated in order and sorted into sets.
Reverse Order:
Allows you to print from the last page so that the pages are stacked in the correct order aer
printing.
Quiet Mode:
Reduces the noise the printer makes. However, enabling this may reduce print speed.
Print Preview:
Displays a preview of your document before printing.
Job Arranger Lite:
Job Arranger Lite allows you to combine several les created by dierent applications and print them
as a single print job.
Show Settings/Hide Settings:
Displays a list of items currently set on the Main and More Options tabs. You can show or hide the
current setting list screen.
Restore Defaults:
Return all settings to their factory default values. e settings on the More Options tab are also reset
to their defaults.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
44
Ink Levels:
Displays the approximate ink level.
More Options Tab
Printing Presets:
Add/Remove Presets:
You can add or remove your own presets for frequently used print settings. Select the preset you want
to use from the list.
Document Size:
Select the paper size on which you want to print.
Output Paper:
Select the paper size on which you want to print. If the Document Size diers from the Output
Paper, Reduce/Enlarge Document is selected automatically. You do not have to select it when
printing without reducing or enlarging the size of a document.
Reduce/Enlarge Document:
Allows you to reduce or enlarge the size of a document.
Fit to Page:
Automatically reduce or enlarge the document to t to the paper size selected in Output
Paper.
Zoom to:
Prints with a specic percentage.
Center:
Prints images in the center of the paper.
Tone Correction:
Automatic:
Adjusts the tone of images automatically.
Custom:
Allows you to perform manual tone correction. Click Advanced for further settings.
Image Options:
Enables print quality options such as Emphasize Text. You can also thicken thin lines to make
them visible on the printouts.
Watermark Features:
Allows you to make settings for anti-copy patterns, watermarks, or headers and footers.
Add/Delete:
Allows you to add or remove any anti-copy patterns or watermarks that you want to use.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
45
Settings:
Allows you to set the printing method for anti-copy patterns or watermarks.
Header/Footer:
You can print information such as a user name and printing date in headers or footers. You can
then set font, size, or style.
Additional Settings:
Rotate 180°:
Rotates pages 180 degrees before printing. Select this item when printing on paper such as
envelopes that are loaded in xed direction in the printer.
Bidirectional Printing:
Prints when the print head moves in both directions.
e
print speed is faster, but the quality
may decline.
Mirror Image:
Inverts the image so that it prints as it would appear in a mirror.
Show Settings/Hide Settings:
Displays a list of items currently set on the Main and More Options tabs. You can show or hide the
current setting list screen.
Restore Defaults:
Return all settings to their factory default values.
e
settings on the Main tab are also reset to their
defaults.
Maintenance Tab
Print Head Nozzle Check:
Prints a nozzle check pattern to check if the print head nozzles are clogged.
Print Head Cleaning:
Cleans the clogged nozzles in the print head. Because this feature uses some ink, clean the print head
only if the nozzle is clogged. Print a nozzle check pattern and then select Clean.
Job Arranger Lite:
Opens the Job Arranger Lite window. Here you can open and edit previously saved data.
EPSON Status Monitor 3:
Opens the EPSON Status Monitor 3 window. Here you can conrm the status of the printer and the
consumables.
Monitoring Preferences:
Allows you to make settings for items on the EPSON Status Monitor 3 window.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
46
Extended Settings:
Allows you to make a variety of settings. Right-click each item to view the Help for more details.
Print Queue:
Displays the jobs waiting to be printed. You can check, pause, or resume print jobs.
Language:
Changes the language to be used on the printer driver window. To apply the settings, close the printer
driver, and then open it again.
Software Update:
Starts EPSON
Soware
Updater to check for the latest version of applications on the Internet.
Online Order:
Allows you to access the site where you can purchase Epson's ink cartridges.
Technical Support:
If the manual is installed on your computer, the manual is displayed. If it is not installed, you can
connect to the Epson Web site to check the manual and available technical support.
Adding Printing Presets for Easy Printing
If you create your own preset of frequently used print settings on the printer driver, you can print easily by
selecting the preset from the list.
1. On the printer driver's Main or More Options tab, set each item (such as Document Size and Paper Type).
2. Click Add/Remove Presets in Printing Presets.
3. Enter a Name and, if necessary, enter a comment.
4. Click Save.
Note:
To delete an added preset, click Add/Remove Presets, select the preset name you want to delete from the list, and then
delete it.
“Main Tab” on page 43
“More Options Tab” on page 45
5. Click Print.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
47
e next time you want to print using the same settings, select the registered setting name from Printing Presets,
and click OK.
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing on 2-Sides
You can use either of the following methods to print on both sides of the paper.
❏ Automatic 2-sided printing
❏ Manual 2-sided printing
When the printer has nished printing the rst side, ip the paper over to print on the other side.
Note:
❏ If you do not use paper that is suitable for 2-sided printing, the print quality may decline and paper jams may occur.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 242
❏ Depending on the paper and the data, ink may bleed through to the other side of the paper.
❏ You cannot perform manual 2-sided printing unless EPSON Status Monitor 3 is enabled. If EPSON Status Monitor 3 is
disabled, access the printer driver window, click Extended Settings on the Maintenance tab, and then select Enable
EPSON Status Monitor 3.
❏ However, manual 2-sided printing may not be available when the printer is accessed over a network or is used as a shared
printer.
1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select the method of 2-Sided Printing.
2. Click Settings, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.
3. Click Print Density, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.
When setting Print Density, you can adjust print density according to the document type.
Note:
❏ is setting is not available when you select manual 2-sided printing.
❏ Printing may be slow depending on the combination of options selected for Select Document Type in the Print
Density Adjustment window and for Quality on the Main tab.
4. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 43
“More Options Tab” on page 45
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
48
5. Click Print.
For manual 2-sided printing, when the rst side has nished printing, a pop-up window is displayed on the
computer. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Related Information
&
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
& “Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing a Booklet
You can also print a booklet that can be created by re-ordering the pages and folding the printout.
Note:
❏ If you do not use paper that is suitable for 2-sided printing, the print quality may decline and paper jams may occur.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 242
❏ Depending on the paper and the data, ink may bleed through to the other side of the paper.
❏ You cannot perform manual 2-sided printing unless EPSON Status Monitor 3 is enabled. If EPSON Status Monitor 3 is
disabled, access the printer driver window, click Extended Settings on the Maintenance tab, and then select Enable
EPSON Status Monitor 3.
❏ However, manual 2-sided printing may not be available when the printer is accessed over a network or is used as a shared
printer.
1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select the type of long-edge binding you want to use from 2-Sided Printing.
2.
Click Settings, select Booklet, and then select Center Binding or Side Binding.
❏ Center Binding: Use this method when printing a small number of pages that can be stacked and easily
folded in half.
❏ Side Binding. Use this method when printing one sheet (four pages) at a time, folding each in half, and then
putting them together in one volume.
3.
Click OK.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
49
4. When printing data that has a lot of photos and images, click Print Density, and then make the appropriate
settings, and then click OK.
When setting Print Density, you can adjust print density according to the document type.
Note:
Printing may be slow depending on the combination of options selected for Select Document Type in the Print Density
Adjustment window and for Quality on the Main tab.
5. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 43
“More Options Tab” on page 45
6.
Click Print.
Related Information
&
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
& “Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing Several Pages on One Sheet
You can print several pages of data on a single sheet of paper.
1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select 2-Up, 4-Up, 6-Up, 8-Up, 9-Up, or 16-Up as the Multi-Page setting.
2. Click Layout Order, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.
3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 43
“More Options Tab” on page 45
4. Click Print.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
50
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing to Fit the Paper Size
Select the paper size you loaded in the printer as the Destination Paper Size setting.
1.
On the printer driver's More Options tab, make the following settings.
❏ Document Size: Select the size of the paper you set in the application setting.
❏ Output Paper: Select the paper size you loaded in the printer.
Fit to Page is automatically selected.
Note:
Click Center to print the reduced image in the middle of the paper.
2. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 43
“More Options Tab” on page 45
3. Click Print.
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
51
Printing a Reduced or Enlarged Document at any Magnication
You can reduce or enlarge the size of a document by a specic percentage.
1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, select the document size from the Document Size setting.
2. Select the paper size you want to print on from the Output Paper setting.
3. Select Reduce/Enlarge Document, Zoom to, and then enter a percentage.
Select Center to print the images in the center of the page.
4. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 43
“More Options Tab” on page 45
5. Click Print.
Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing One Image on Multiple Sheets for Enlargement (Creating a Poster)
is
feature allows you to print one image on multiple sheets of paper. You can create a larger poster by taping
them together.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
52
Note:
is feature is not available with 2-sided printing.
1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select 2x1 Poster, 2x2 Poster, 3x3 Poster, or 4x4 Poster as the Multi-Page
setting.
2. Click Settings, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.
Note:
Print Cutting Guides allows you to print a cutting guide.
3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 43
“More Options Tab” on page 45
4. Click Print.
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Making Posters Using Overlapping Alignment Marks
Here is an example of how to make a poster when 2x2 Poster is selected, and Overlapping Alignment Marks is
selected in Print Cutting Guides.
e actual guides are printed in monochrome, but for this explanation they are shown as blue and red lines.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
53
1. Prepare Sheet 1 and Sheet 2. Cut o the margins of Sheet 1 along the vertical blue line through the center of
the top and bottom cross marks.
2. Place the edge of Sheet 1 on top of Sheet 2 and align the cross marks, then temporarily tape the two sheets
together from the back.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
54
3. Cut the taped sheets in two along the vertical red line through the alignment markers (this time, the line to the
le
of the cross marks).
4. Tape the sheets together from the back.
5. Repeat steps 1 to 4 to tape Sheet 3 and Sheet 4 together.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
55
6. Cut o the margins of Sheet 1 and Sheet 2 along the horizontal blue line through the center of the le and right
side cross marks.
7. Place the edge of Sheet 1 and Sheet 2 on top of Sheet 3 and Sheet 4 and align the cross marks, and then
temporarily tape them together from the back.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
56
10. Cut o the remaining margins along the outer guide.
Printing with a Header and Footer
You can print information such as a user name and printing date in headers or footers.
1.
On the printer driver's More Options tab, click Watermark Features, and then select Header/Footer.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
58
2. Settings, and then select the items you want to print and then click OK.
Note:
❏ To specify the rst page number, select Page Number from the position you want to print in the header or footer, and
then select the number in Starting number.
❏ If you want to print text in the header or footer, select the position you want to print, and then select Te xt . Enter the
text you want to print in the text input eld.
3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 43
“More Options Tab” on page 45
4. Click Print.
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing an Anti-Copy Pattern
You can print an anti-copy pattern on your printouts. When printing, the letters themselves are not printed and the
entire print is screen-toned lightly. e hidden letters appear when photocopied to easily distinguish the original
from the copies.
Anti-Copy Pattern is available under the following conditions:
❏ Paper Type: Plain paper, Letterhead, Recycled, Color, Preprinted, High Quality Plain Paper, or
ick
paper
❏ Quality: Standard
❏ 2-Sided Printing: O, Manual (Long-edge binding), or Manual (Short-edge binding)
❏ Tone C orre ct ion: Automatic
Note:
You can also add your own anti-copy pattern.
1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, click Watermark Features, and then select anti-copy pattern.
2.
Click Settings to change details such as the size or density of the pattern.
3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 43
“More Options Tab” on page 45
4. Click Print.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
59
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing Multiple Files Together
Job Arranger Lite allows you to combine several les created by dierent applications and print them as a single
print job. You can specify the print settings for combined les, such as multi-page layout, and 2-sided printing.
1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select Job Arranger Lite, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 43
2. Click Print.
When you start printing, the Job Arranger Lite window is displayed.
3. With the Job Arranger Lite window opened, open the le that you want to combine with the current le, and
then repeat the above steps.
4. When you select a print job added to Print Project in the Job Arranger Lite window, you can edit the page
layout.
5. Click Print from the File menu to start printing.
Note:
If you close the Job Arranger Lite window before adding all the print data to the Print Project, the print job you are
currently working on is canceled. Click Save from the File menu to save the current job. e extension of the saved les
is "ecl".
To open a Print Project, click Job Arranger Lite on the printer driver's Maintenance tab to open the Job Arranger Lite
window. Next, select Open from the File menu to select the le.
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
60
Adjusting the Print Tone
You can adjust the tone used in the print job. ese adjustments are not applied to the original data.
1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, select the method of tone correction from the Tone C orre c ti on
setting.
❏ Automatic: is setting automatically adjusts the tone to match the paper type and print quality settings.
❏ Custom: Click Advanced, you can make your own settings.
2. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 43
“More Options Tab” on page 45
3. Click Print.
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing to Emphasize Thin Lines
You can thicken thin lines that are too thin to print.
1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, click Image Options in the Ton e C or rec ti on setting.
2. Select Emphasize in Lines.
3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 43
“More Options Tab” on page 45
4. Click Print.
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
61
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing Clear Bar Codes
You can print a bar code clearly and make it easy to scan. Only enable this feature if the bar code you printed
cannot be scanned.
You can use this feature under the following conditions.
❏ Paper Type: Plain paper, Letterhead, Recycled, Color, Preprinted, High Quality Plain Paper, ick paper, Epson
Photo Quality Ink Jet, Epson Matte, or Envelope
❏ Quality: Standard
1. On the printer driver's Maintenance tab, click Extended Settings, and then select Barcode mode.
2. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 43
“More Options Tab” on page 45
3. Click Print.
Note:
Deblurring may not always be possible depending on the circumstances.
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
Printing Using Easy Settings
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
62
Note:
Operations and screens dier depending on the application. See the application's help for details.
1. Load paper in the printer .
“Loading Paper” on page 30
2. Open the le you want to print.
3. Select Print from the File menu or another command to access the print dialog.
If necessary, click Show Details or
d
to expand the print window.
4. Select your printer.
5.
Select Print Settings from the pop-up menu.
Note:
If the Print Settings menu is not displayed on macOS Catalina (10.15) or later, macOS High Sierra (10.13), macOS
Sierra (10.12), OS X El Capitan (10.11), OS X Yosemite (10.10), OS X Mavericks (10.9), the Epson printer driver has
not been installed correctly. Enable it from the following menu.
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), remove the
printer, and then add the printer again. See the following to add a printer.
“Adding a Genuine Epson Printer (for Mac OS Only)” on page 137
macOS Mojave (10.14) cannot access Print Settings in applications made by Apple such as TextEdit.
6.
Change the settings as necessary.
See the menu options for the printer driver for details.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
63
7. Click Print.
Note:
If you want to cancel printing, on your computer click the printer icon in the Dock. Select the job you want to cancel,
and then click
next to the progress meter. However, you cannot cancel a print job from the computer once it has
been completely sent to the printer. In this case, cancel the print job by using the printer's control panel.
Related Information
&
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
& “List of Paper Type” on page 30
& “Menu Options for Print Settings” on page 65
Menu Options for the Printer Driver
Open the print window in an application, select the printer, and then access the printer driver window.
Note:
Menus vary depending on the option you selected.
Menu Options for Layout
Pages per Sheet:
Select the number of pages to be printed on one sheet.
Layout Direction:
Specify the order in which the pages will be printed.
Border:
Prints a border around the pages.
Reverse page orientation:
Rotates pages 180 degrees before printing. Select this item when printing on paper such as envelopes
that are loaded in
xed
direction in the printer.
Flip horizontally:
Inverts an image to print as it would appear in a mirror.
Menu Options for Color Matching
ColorSync/EPSON Color Controls:
Select the method for color adjustment. ese options adjusts colors between the printer and the
computer display to minimize the dierence in tone.
Menu Options for Paper Handling
Collate pages:
Prints multi-page documents collated in order and sorted into sets.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
64
Pages to Print:
Select to print only odd pages or even pages.
Page Order:
Select to print from the top or the last page.
Scale to t paper size:
Prints to t to the paper size you loaded.
❏ Destination Paper Size:
Select the paper size to print on.
❏ Scale down only:
Select this when you want to reduce the size only if the print data is too large for the paper size
loaded in the printer.
Menu Options for Cover Page
Print Cover Page:
Select whether or not to print a cover page. When you want to add a back cover, select
Aer
document.
Cover Page Type:
Select the contents of the cover page.
Menu Options for Print Settings
Media Type:
Select the type of paper on which you print.
Print Quality:
Select the pint quality you want to use for printing. e options vary depending on the paper type.
Menu Options for Color Options
You can adjust the brightness and contrast.
Menu Options for Two-sided Printing Settings
Two-sided Printing:
Prints on both sides of the paper.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
65
Adding Printing Presets for Easy Printing
If you create your own preset of frequently used print settings on the printer driver, you can print easily by
selecting the preset from the list.
1. Set each item such as Print Settings and Layout (Paper Size, Media Type, and so on).
2. Click Presets to save the current settings as a preset.
3. Click OK.
Note:
To delete an added preset, click Presets > Show Presets, select the preset name you want to delete from the list, and then
delete it.
4. Click Print.
e
next time you want to print using the same settings, select the registered preset name from the Presets.
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing on 2-Sides
You can print on both sides of the paper.
Note:
❏ If you do not use paper that is suitable for 2-sided printing, the print quality may decline and paper jams may occur.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 242
❏ Depending on the paper and the data, ink may bleed through to the other side of the paper.
1. Select Two-sided Printing Settings from the pop-up menu.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
66
2. Select the bindings in Two-sided Printing.
3. Select the type of original in Document Type.
Note:
❏ Printing may be slow depending on the Document Type setting.
❏ If you are printing high-density data such as photos or graphs, select Text & Photos or Te x t & Graphic s as the
Document Type setting. If scung occurs or the image bleeds through to the reverse side, adjust the print density
and ink drying time by clicking the arrow mark next to Adjustments.
4. Set the other items as necessary.
5. Click Print.
Related Information
&
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
& “Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing Several Pages on One Sheet
You can print several pages of data on a single sheet of paper.
1.
Select Layout from the pop-up menu.
2. Set the number of pages in Pages per Sheet, the Layout Direction (page order), and Border.
“Menu Options for Layout” on page 64
3. Set the other items as necessary.
4. Click Print.
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
67
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing to Fit the Paper Size
Select the paper size you loaded in the printer as the Destination Paper Size setting.
1. Select the size of the paper you set in the application as the Paper Size setting.
2.
Select Paper Handling from the pop-up menu.
3. Select Scale to t paper size.
4. Select the paper size you loaded in the printer as the Destination Paper Size setting.
5.
Set the other items as necessary.
6. Click Print.
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
68
Printing a Reduced or Enlarged Document at any Magnication
You can reduce or enlarge the size of a document by a specic percentage.
Note:
Operations dier depending on the application. See the application's help for details.
1. Do one of the following.
❏ Select Print from the File menu of the application. Click Page Setup, and then select your printer in
Format For. Select the size of the data to be printed from Paper Size, enter a percentage in Scale, and then
click OK.
❏ Select Page Setup from the File menu of the application. Select your printer in Format For. Select the size
of the data to be printed from Paper Size, enter a percentage in Scale, and then click OK. Select Print from
the File menu.
2. Select your printer in Printer.
3. Set the other items as necessary.
4. Click Print.
Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Adjusting the Print Tone
You can adjust the tone used in the print job. ese adjustments are not applied to the original data.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
69
1. Select Color Options from the pop-up menu, and then set the brightness and contrast.
2. Set the other items as necessary.
3. Click Print.
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62
Printing Documents from Smart Devices (iOS)
You can print documents from a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet.
Printing Documents Using Epson Smart Panel
Note:
Operations may dier depending on the device.
1. Set up your printer for wireless printing.
2.
If Epson Smart Panel is not installed, install it.
“Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart Panel)” on page 246
3. Connect your smart device to the wireless router.
4. Start Epson Smart Panel.
5. Select the print document menu on the home screen.
6. Select the document you want to print.
7. Start printing.
Printing Documents Using AirPrint
AirPrint enables instant wireless printing from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install
drivers or download soware.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing Documents from Smart Devices (iOS)
70
Note:
If you disabled paper conguration messages on your printer control panel, you cannot use AirPrint. See the link below to
enable the messages, if necessary.
1. Set up your printer for wireless printing. See the link below.
https://epson.sn
2. Connect your Apple device to the same wireless network that your printer is using.
3. Print from your device to your printer.
Note:
For details, see the AirPrint page on the Apple website.
Related Information
&
“Cannot Print Even ough a Connection has been Established (iOS)” on page 165
Printing Documents from Smart Devices (Android)
You can print documents from a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet.
Printing Documents Using Epson Smart Panel
Note:
Operations may dier depending on the device.
1. Set up your printer for wireless printing.
2. If Epson Smart Panel is not installed, install it.
“Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart Panel)” on page 246
3. Connect your smart device to the wireless router.
4. Start Epson Smart Panel.
5.
Select the print document menu on the home screen.
6. Select the document you want to print.
7. Start printing.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing Documents from Smart Devices (Android)
71
Printing Documents Using Epson Print Enabler
You can wirelessly print your documents, emails, photos, and web pages right from your Android phone or tablet
(Android v7.0 or later). With a few taps, your Android device will discover an Epson printer that is connected to
the same wireless network.
Note:
Operations may dier depending on the device.
1. Set up your printer for wireless printing. See the link below.
https://epson.sn
2. Install the Epson Print Enabler plug-in from Google Play.
3. Connect your Android device to the same wireless network that your printer is using.
4. Go to Settings on your Android device, select Printing, and then enable Epson Print Enabler.
5. From an Android application such as Chrome, tap the menu icon and print whatever is on the screen.
Note:
If you do not see your printer, tap All Printers and select your printer.
Printing Using Mopria Print Service
Mopria Print Service enables instant wireless printing from Android smart phones or tablets.
1. Install Mopria Print Service from Google Play.
2. Load paper in the printer.
3. Set up your printer for wireless printing. See the link below.
https://epson.sn
4. Connect your Android device to the same wireless network that your printer is using.
5. Print from your device to your printer.
Note:
For more details, access the Mopria Web site at https://mopria.org.
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing Documents from Smart Devices (Android)
72
Printing on Envelopes
Printing on Envelopes from a Computer (Windows)
1.
Load envelopes in the printer.
“Loading Paper” on page 30
2. Open the
le
you want to print.
3. Access the printer driver window.
4. Select the envelope size from Document Size on the Main tab, and then select Envelope from Paper Type.
5. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
6. Click Print.
Printing on Envelopes from a Computer (Mac OS)
1.
Load envelopes in the printer.
“Loading Paper” on page 30
2.
Open the
le
you want to print.
3. Select Print from the File menu or another command to access the print dialog.
4. Select the size as the Paper Size setting.
5.
Select Print Settings from the pop-up menu.
6. Select Envelope as the Media Type setting.
7. Set the other items as necessary.
8.
Click Print.
Printing Photos
Printing JPEG Files from a Memory Device
You can print JPEG les from a memory device connected to the printer.
1.
Connect the memory device to the printer's external interface USB port.
“Inserting and Removing an External USB Device” on page 39
2. Select Memory Device on the home screen.
Printing
>
Printing Photos
>
Printing JPEG Files from a Memory Device
73
3. Select JPEG.
4. Select the
le,
and then proceed to the next screen.
5. Tap
x
.
Menu Options for JPEG Settings
(Select Photo Menu):
Make settings for ordering, selecting, and deselecting image data.
Paper Setting:
Specify the paper source settings which you want to print on.
Layout:
Select how to layout the JPEG
les.
With Border is for printing one
le
per sheet with margins
around the edges. 20-up is for printing 20
les
on one sheet. Index is for making index printing with
information.
Fit Frame:
Select On to crop the image to t into the selected print layout automatically. If the aspect ratio of the
image data and the paper size is dierent, the image is automatically enlarged or reduced so that the
short sides match the short sides of the paper. e long side of the image is cropped if it extends
beyond the long side of the paper. is feature may not work for panorama photos.
Quality:
Select High for higher quality printing, but the printing speed may be slower.
Date:
Select the format of the date the photo was taken or saved. e date is not printed for some layouts.
Clear All Settings:
Resets all settings to their defaults.
Printing TIFF Files from a Memory Device
You can print TIFF les from a memory device connected to the printer.
1. Connect the memory device to the printer's external interface USB port.
“Inserting and Removing an External USB Device” on page 39
2.
Select Memory Device on the home screen.
3. Select TIFF.
4.
Select the
le,
and then proceed to the next screen.
5. Tap
x
.
Printing
>
Printing Photos
>
Printing TIFF Files from a Memory Device
74
Menu Options for TIFF Settings
:
Changes the order of the
les.
Paper Setting:
Specify the paper source settings which you want to print on.
Layout:
Select how to layout the Multi-TIFF le. With Border is for printing one page per sheet with margins
around the edges. 20-up is for printing 20 pages on one sheet. Index is for making index printing
with information.
Fit Frame:
Select On to crop the image to
t
into the selected print layout automatically. If the aspect ratio of the
image data and the paper size is dierent, the image is automatically enlarged or reduced so that the
short sides match the short sides of the paper. e long side of the image is cropped if it extends
beyond the long side of the paper.
is
feature may not work for panorama photos.
Quality:
Select High for higher quality printing, but the printing speed may be slower.
Date:
Select the format of the date the photo was taken or saved.
e
date is not printed for some layouts.
Clear All Settings:
Resets all settings to their defaults.
Printing Web Pages
Printing Web Pages from Smart Devices
Note:
Operations may dier depending on the device.
1. Set up your printer for wireless printing.
2.
If Epson Smart Panel is not installed, install it.
“Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart Panel)” on page 246
3. Connect your smart device to the same wireless network as your printer.
4. Open the web page you want to print in your web browser app.
5. Tap Share from the menu of the web browser application.
6. Select Smart Panel.
Printing
>
Printing Web Pages
>
Printing Web Pages from Smart Devices
75
7. Tap Print.
Printing Using a Cloud Service
By using Epson Connect service available on the Internet, you can print from your smartphone, tablet PC, or
laptop, anytime and practically anywhere. To use this service, you need to register the user and the printer in
Epson Connect.
e
features available on the Internet are as follows.
❏ Email Print
When you send an email with attachments such as documents or images to an email address assigned to the
printer, you can print that email and the attachments from remote locations such as your home or oce printer.
❏ Remote Print Driver
is is a shared driver supported by Remote Print Driver. When printing using a printer in a remote location,
you can print by changing the printer on the usual applications window.
See the Epson Connect web portal for details on how to setup or print.
https://www.epsonconnect.com/
http://www.epsonconnect.eu
(Europe only)
Registering to Epson Connect Service from the Control Panel
Follow the steps below to register the printer.
1. Select Settings on the control panel.
2. Select General Settings > Web Service Settings > Epson Connect Services > Unregister to print the
registration sheet.
Printing
>
Printing Using a Cloud Service
>
Registering to Epson Connect Service from the Control Panel
76
Available Copying Methods
Place the originals on the scanner glass or the ADF, and then select the Copy menu on the home screen.
Copying Originals
You can copy xed size or custom size originals in monochrome.
1.
Load paper in the printer.
“Loading Paper” on page 30
2. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
3. Select Copy on the home screen.
4. Tap
x
.
Copying on 2-Sides
Copy multiple originals on both sides of the paper.
1. Place all originals face up in the ADF.
c
Important:
If you want to copy originals that are not supported by the ADF, use the scanner glass.
“Originals that are not Supported by the ADF” on page 37
Note:
You can also place the originals on the scanner glass.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
Copying
>
Available Copying Methods
>
Copying on 2-Sides
79
2. Select Copy on the home screen.
3. Select the Copy tab, and then select
(2-Sided) , and then select the 2-sided menu option you want to
perform.
4. Specify the original orientation and the binding position, and then select OK.
5. Tap
x
.
Copying by Enlarging or Reducing
You can copy originals at a specied magnication.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
2. Select Copy on the home screen.
3. Select the Advanced Settings tab, select Reduce/Enlarge.
4. Specify the amount of enlargement or reduction, and then select OK.
5. Tap
x
on the Copy tab.
Copying Multiple Originals onto One Sheet
You can copy the multiple originals onto a single sheet.
1. Place all originals face up in the ADF.
Place them in the direction shown in the illustration.
Copying
>
Available Copying Methods
>
Copying Multiple Originals onto One Sheet
80
❏ Readable Direction
❏ Le Direction
c
Important:
If you want to copy originals that are not supported by the ADF, use the scanner glass.
“Originals that are not Supported by the ADF” on page 37
Note:
You can also place the originals on the scanner glass.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
2.
Select Copy on the home screen.
3. Select the Advanced Settings tab, select Multi-Page, and then select 2-up or 4-up.
4. Specify the layout order and the original orientation, and then select OK.
5.
Tap
x
on the Copy tab.
Copying in Page Order
When making multiple copies of a multi-page document, you can discharge one copy at a time in page order.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
2. Select Copy on the home screen.
3.
Select the Advanced Settings tab, and then select Finishing > Collate (Page Order).
4. Tap
x
on the Copy tab.
Copying
>
Available Copying Methods
>
Copying in Page Order
81
Copying Originals Using Good Quality
You can copy originals without shadows and punched holes.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
2. Select Copy on the home screen.
3. Select the Advanced Settings tab, and then enable Remove Shadow or Remove Punch Holes or adjust the
image quality in Image Quality.
4. Specify the settings as necessary, and then select OK.
5. Tap
x
on the Copy tab.
Copying ID card
Scans both sides of an ID card and copies onto one side of a paper.
1. Place the original on the scanner glass.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
2.
Select Copy on the home screen.
3. Select the Copy tab, and then enable ID Card Copy.
4. Specify the Orientation (Original), and then select OK.
5.
Tap
x
on the Copy tab.
Basic Menu Options for Copying
Note:
e items may not be available depending on other settings you made.
Copying
>
Basic Menu Options for Copying
82
(2-Sided):
Select 2-sided layout.
❏ 1→1-Sided
Copies one side of an original onto a single side of paper.
❏ 1→2-Sided
Copies two single-sided originals onto both sides of a single sheet of paper. Select the orientation
of your original and the binding position of the paper.
(Density):
Increase the level of density when the copying results are faint. Decrease the level of density when ink
smears.
ID Card Copy:
Scans both sides of an ID card and copies onto one side of a paper.
Advanced Menu Options for Copying
Note:
e items may not be available depending on other settings you made.
Paper Setting:
Select the paper size and the paper type you loaded.
Reduce/Enlarge:
Congures
the
magnication
ratio of the enlargement or reduction. Tap the value and specify the
magnication used to enlarge or reduce the original within a range of 25 to 400%.
❏ Auto
Enlarge or reduce the original size automatically to the magnication of the paper size. For
example, if you set the original size to A6 and set the paper size to A4, the magnication
automatically adjusts to 200.
When there are white margins around the original, the white margins from the corner mark (
)
of the scanner glass are detected as the scan area, but the margins at the opposite side may be
cropped.
Copying
>
Advanced Menu Options for Copying
83
❏ Reduce to Fit Paper
Copies the scanned image at a smaller size than the Reduce/Enlarge value to t within the paper
size. If the Reduce/Enlarge value is larger than the paper size, data may be printed beyond the
edges of the paper.
❏ Actual Size
Copies at 100 % magnication.
❏ A4→A5 and others
Automatically enlarges or reduces the original to t to a specic paper size.
Original Size:
Select the size of your original. When copying non-standard size originals, select the size closest to
your original.
Multi-Page:
Select the copy layout.
❏ Single Page
Copies a single-sided original onto a single sheet.
❏ 2-up
Copies two single-sided originals onto a single sheet in 2-up layout. Select the layout order and the
orientation of your original.
❏ 4-up
Copies four single-sided originals onto a single sheet in 4-up layout. Select the layout order and
the orientation of your original.
Original Type:
Select the type of your original. Copies in optimal quality to match the type of original.
Finishing:
Select how to eject the paper for multiple copies of multiple originals.
❏ Group (Same Pages)
Copies the originals by page as a group.
❏ Collate (Page Order)
Copies the originals collated in order and sorted into sets.
Copying
>
Advanced Menu Options for Copying
84
Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of your original.
Image Quality:
Adjust image settings.
❏ Contrast
Adjust the
dierence
between the bright and dark parts.
❏ Sharpness
Adjust the outline of the image.
❏ Remove Background
Adjust the density of the background color. Tap + to make it bright (white) and tap - to make it
dark (black).
Binding Margin:
Select such as the binding position, margin, and orientation of your original.
Reduce to Fit Paper:
Copies the scanned image at a smaller size than the Reduce/Enlarge value to t within the paper size.
If the Reduce/Enlarge value is larger than the paper size, data may be printed beyond the edges of the
paper.
Remove Shadow:
Removes shadows that appear around copies when copying thick paper or that appear in the center of
copies when copying a booklet.
Remove Punch Holes:
Removes the binding holes when copying.
Clear All Settings:
Resets the copy settings to their defaults.
Copying
>
Advanced Menu Options for Copying
85
Scanning
Available Scanning Methods..........................................87
Scanning Originals to a Network Folder..................................87
Scanning Originals to an Email........................................90
Scanning Originals to a Computer......................................93
Scanning Originals to a Memory Device..................................94
Scanning Originals to the Cloud....................................... 95
Scanning Using WSD............................................... 97
Scanning Originals to a Smart Device....................................99
Available Scanning Methods
You can use any of the following methods to scan using this printer.
Scanning to a Network Folder
You can save the scanned image to a pre-congured folder on a network.
“Scanning Originals to a Network Folder” on page 87
Scanning to an Email
You can send scanned image
les
by email directly from the printer through a
pre-congured
email
server.
“Scanning Originals to an Email” on page 90
Scanning to a Computer
You can save the scanned image to a computer connected to the printer.
“Scanning Originals to a Computer” on page 93
Scanning to a Memory Device
You can save scanned images directly to a memory device inserted into the printer.
“Scanning Originals to a Memory Device” on page 94
Sending to a Cloud Service
You can send scanned images from the printer's control panel to cloud services that have been
registered in advance.
“Scanning Originals to the Cloud” on page 95
Scanning Using WSD
You can save the scanned image to a computer connected to the printer, using WSD feature.
“Scanning Using WSD” on page 97
Scanning Directly from Smart Devices
You can save scanned images directly to a smart device such as a smart phone or tablet by using the
Epson Smart Panel application on the smart device.
“Scanning Originals to a Smart Device” on page 99
Scanning Originals to a Network Folder
Check the following before scanning.
❏ Make sure that a network folder is prepared. See the following when creating a shared folder on a network.
“Creating the Shared Folder” on page 301
❏ Register a network folder path in your contacts in advance to easily specify the folder.
“Making Contacts Available” on page 317
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to a Network Folder
87
Note:
Make sure the printer's Date/Time and Time Dierence settings are correct. Access the menus from Settings > General
Settings > Basic Settings > Date/Time Settings.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
2. Select Scan > Network Folder/FTP on the control panel.
3. Specify the destination.
“Destination Menu Options for Scanning to a Network Folder” on page 88
Note:
You can print the history of the folder in which documents are saved, by selecting
.
4. Select Scan Settings tab, and then check settings such as the save format, and change them if necessary.
“Scan Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder” on page 89
5. Select Destination tab again, and then tap
x
.
Destination Menu Options for Scanning to a Network Folder
Keyboard:
Open the Edit Location screen. Enter the folder path and set each item on the screen.
Edit Location:
Enter the folder path and set each item on the screen.
❏ Communication Mode:
Select the communication mode for the folder.
❏ Location (Required):
Enter a folder path in which to save the scanned image.
❏ User Name:
Enter a user name to log on to the specied folder.
❏ Password:
Enter a password corresponding to the user name.
❏ Connection Mode:
Select the connection mode for the folder.
❏ Port Number:
Enter a port number for the folder.
Contacts:
Select a destination from the contacts list.
You can search for a contact from the contacts list. Enter the search keyword into the box at the top of
the screen.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to a Network Folder
>
Destination Menu Options for Scanning to a Network Folder
88
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder
Note:
e items may not be available depending on other settings you made.
Color Mode:
Select whether to scan in color or in monochrome.
File Format:
Select the format in which to save the scanned image.
When you select PDF, PDF/A, or TIFF as the le format, select whether to save all originals as one le
(multi-page) or save each original separately (single page).
❏ Compression Ratio:
Select how much to compress the scanned image.
❏ PDF Settings:
When you have selected PDF as the save format setting, use these settings to protect PDF
les.
To create a PDF
le
that requires a password when opening, set Document Open Password. To
create a PDF
le
that requires a password when printing or editing, set Permissions Password.
Quality
❏ Resolution:
Select the scanning resolution.
❏ Original Type:
Select the type of your original.
Scan Area:
Select the scan area. To crop the white space around the text or image when scanning, select Auto
Cropping. To scan at the maximum area of the scanner glass, select Max Area.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Density:
Select the contrast of the scanned image.
Remove Shadow:
Remove the shadows of the original that appear in the scanned image.
❏ Surround:
Remove the shadows at the edge of the original.
❏ Center:
Remove the shadows of the binding margin of the booklet.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to a Network Folder
>
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder
89
Remove Punch Holes:
Remove the punch holes that appear in the scanned image. You can specify the area to erase the
punch holes by entering a value in the box on the right.
❏ Erasing Position:
Select the position to remove the punch holes.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
File Name:
❏ Filename Prex:
Enter a prex for the name of the images in alphanumeric characters and symbols.
❏ Add Date:
Add the date to the le name.
❏ Add Time:
Add the time to the le name.
Clear All Settings
Resets the scan settings to their defaults.
Scanning Originals to an Email
You need to setup the following before scanning.
❏ Congure the email server.
“Conguring a Mail Server” on page 297
❏ Register an email address in your contacts in advance so that you can easily specify the address by selecting it
from your contacts.
❏ Make sure the printer's Date/Time and Time Dierence settings are correct. Access the menus from Settings >
General Settings > Basic Settings > Date/Time Settings.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
2. Select Scan > Email on the control panel.
3.
Specify the recipient.
“Recipient Menu Options for Scanning to an Email” on page 91
Note:
❏ e number of recipients you selected is displayed on the right of the screen. You can send emails to up to 10
addresses and groups.
If groups is included in recipients, you can select up to 108 individual addresses in total, taking addresses in the
groups into account.
❏ Select the address box at the top of the screen to display the list of selected addresses.
❏ Select
to display or print the sending history, or change the email server settings.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to an Email
90
4. Select Scan Settings tab, and then check settings such as the save format, and change them if necessary.
“Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email” on page 91
5. Select Recipient tab again, and then tap
x
.
Recipient Menu Options for Scanning to an Email
Keyboard:
Enter the email address manually.
Contacts:
Select a destination from the contacts list.
You can search for a contact from the contacts list. Enter the search keyword into the box at the top of
the screen.
History:
Select the address from the history list.
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email
Note:
e items may not be available depending on other settings you made.
Color Mode:
Select whether to scan in color or in monochrome.
File Format:
Select the format in which to save the scanned image.
When you select PDF, PDF/A, or TIFF as the le format, select whether to save all originals as one le
(multi-page) or save each original separately (single page).
❏ Compression Ratio:
Select how much to compress the scanned image.
❏ PDF Settings:
When you have selected PDF as the save format setting, use these settings to protect PDF les.
To create a PDF le that requires a password when opening, set Document Open Password. To
create a PDF le that requires a password when printing or editing, set Permissions Password.
Quality
❏ Resolution:
Select the scanning resolution.
❏ Original Type:
Select the type of your original.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to an Email
>
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email
91
Scan Area:
Select the scan area. To crop the white space around the text or image when scanning, select Auto
Cropping. To scan at the maximum area of the scanner glass, select Max Area.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Density:
Select the contrast of the scanned image.
Remove Shadow:
Remove the shadows of the original that appear in the scanned image.
❏ Surround:
Remove the shadows at the edge of the original.
❏ Center:
Remove the shadows of the binding margin of the booklet.
Remove Punch Holes:
Remove the punch holes that appear in the scanned image. You can specify the area to erase the
punch holes by entering a value in the box on the right.
❏ Erasing Position:
Select the position to remove the punch holes.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Subject:
Enter a subject for the email in alphanumeric characters and symbols.
Attached File Max Size:
Select the maximum le size that can be attached to the email.
File Name:
❏ Filename
Prex
:
Enter a
prex
for the name of the images in alphanumeric characters and symbols.
❏ Add Date:
Add the date to the le name.
❏ Add Time:
Add the time to the le name.
Clear All Settings
Resets the scan settings to their defaults.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to an Email
>
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email
92
Scanning Originals to a Computer
Note:
To use this feature, make sure the following applications are installed on your computer.
❏ Epson ScanSmart (Windows 7 or later, or OS X El Capitan (10.11) or later)
❏ Epson Event Manager (Windows Vista/Windows XP, or OS X Yosemite (10.10)/OS X Mavericks (10.9.5))
❏ Epson Scan 2 (application required to use the scanner feature)
See the following to check for installed applications.
Windows 11: Click the start button, and then check the All apps > Epson Soware folder > Epson ScanSmart, and the
EPSON folder > Epson Scan 2.
Windows 10: Click the start button, and then check the Epson Soware folder > Epson ScanSmart, and the EPSON folder
> Epson Scan 2.
Windows 8.1/Windows 8: Enter the application name in the search charm, and then check the displayed icon.
Windows 7: Click the start button, and then select All Programs. Next, check the Epson Soware folder > Epson
ScanSmart, and the EPSON folder > Epson Scan 2.
Windows Vista/Windows XP: Click the start button, and then select All Programs or Programs. Next, check the Epson
Soware folder > Epson Event Manager, and the EPSON folder > Epson Scan 2.
Mac OS: Select Go > Applications > Epson Soware.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
2. Select Scan > Computer on the control panel.
3. Select a computer on which to save the scanned images.
If you want to change the selected computer, select
, and then select another computer.
4. Select to select how to save the scanned image to a computer.
❏ Preview on Computer (Windows 7 or later, or OS X El Capitan (10.11) or later): Previews the scanned
image on a computer before saving images.
❏ Save as JPEG: Saves the scanned image in JPEG format.
❏ Save as PDF: Saves the scanned image in PDF format.
5. Tap
x
.
When using Windows 7 or later, or OS X El Capitan (10.11) or later: Epson ScanSmart automatically starts on your
computer, and scanning starts.
Note:
❏ See the Epson ScanSmart help for detailed operation information for the soware. Click Help on the Epson ScanSmart
screen to open the help.
❏ You can not only start scanning from the printer but also from your computer by using Epson ScanSmart.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to a Computer
93
Scanning Originals to a Memory Device
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
2. Insert a memory device into the printer.
“Inserting and Removing an External USB Device” on page 39
3. Select Scan > Memory Device on the control panel.
4. Set items on Scan tab, such as the save format.
“Scan Options for Scanning to a Memory Device” on page 94
5. Select Advanced Settings tab, and then check settings, and change them if necessary.
“Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to a Memory Device” on page 94
6. Select Scan tab again, and then tap
x
.
Scan Options for Scanning to a Memory Device
Color Mode:
Select whether to scan in color or in monochrome.
File Format:
Select the format in which to save the scanned image.
When you select PDF, PDF/A, or TIFF as the le format, select whether to save all originals as one le
(multi-page) or save each original separately (single page).
❏ Compression Ratio:
Select how much to compress the scanned image.
❏ PDF Settings:
When you have selected PDF as the save format setting, use these settings to protect PDF les.
To create a PDF le that requires a password when opening, set Document Open Password. To
create a PDF le that requires a password when printing or editing, set Permissions Password.
Quality
❏ Resolution:
Select the scanning resolution.
❏ Original Type:
Select the type of your original.
Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to a Memory Device
Note:
e items may not be available depending on other settings you made.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to a Memory Device
>
Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to a Memory Device
94
Scan Area:
Select the scan area. To crop the white space around the text or image when scanning, select Auto
Cropping. To scan at the maximum area of the scanner glass, select Max Area.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Density:
Select the contrast of the scanned image.
Remove Shadow:
Remove the shadows of the original that appear in the scanned image.
❏ Surround:
Remove the shadows at the edge of the original.
❏ Center:
Remove the shadows of the binding margin of the booklet.
Remove Punch Holes:
Remove the punch holes that appear in the scanned image. You can specify the area to erase the
punch holes by entering a value in the box on the right.
❏ Erasing Position:
Select the position to remove the punch holes.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
File Name:
❏ Filename
Prex
:
Enter a
prex
for the name of the images in alphanumeric characters and symbols.
❏ Add Date:
Add the date to the le name.
❏ Add Time:
Add the time to the le name.
Clear All Settings
Resets the scan settings to their defaults.
Scanning Originals to the Cloud
Before using this feature, make settings using Epson Connect. See the following Epson Connect portal website for
details.
https://www.epsonconnect.com/
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to the Cloud
95
http://www.epsonconnect.eu (Europe only)
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
2.
Select Scan > Cloud on the control panel.
3. Select
on the top of the screen, and then select a destination.
4. Make the scan settings.
“Scan Options for Scanning to the Cloud” on page 96
“Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud” on page 96
5. Tap
x
.
Scan Options for Scanning to the Cloud
Color Mode:
Select whether to scan in color or in monochrome.
File Format:
Select the format in which to save the scanned image.
When you select PDF as the
le
format, select whether to save all originals as one
le
(multi-page) or
save each original separately (single page).
Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud
Note:
e items may not be available depending on other settings you made.
Scan Area:
Select the scan area. To crop the white space around the text or image when scanning, select Auto
Cropping. To scan at the maximum area of the scanner glass, select Max Area.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Original Type:
Select the type of your original.
Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Density:
Select the contrast of the scanned image.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to the Cloud
>
Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud
96
Remove Shadow:
Remove the shadows of the original that appear in the scanned image.
❏ Surround:
Remove the shadows at the edge of the original.
❏ Center:
Remove the shadows of the binding margin of the booklet.
Remove Punch Holes:
Remove the punch holes that appear in the scanned image. You can specify the area to erase the
punch holes by entering a value in the box on the right.
❏ Erasing Position:
Select the position to remove the punch holes.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Clear All Settings
Resets the scan settings to their defaults.
Scanning Using WSD
Note:
❏ is feature is only available for computers running Windows Vista or later.
❏ If you are using Windows 7/Windows Vista, you need to setup your computer in advance using this feature.
“Setting Up a WSD Port” on page 97
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
2.
Select Scan > WSD on the control panel.
3. Select a computer.
4. Tap
x
.
Setting Up a WSD Port
is
section explains how to set up a WSD port for Windows 7/Windows Vista.
Note:
For Windows 8 or later, the WSD port is set up automatically.
e following is necessary to set up a WSD port.
❏
e
printer and the computer are connected to the network.
❏ e printer driver is installed on the computer.
Scanning
>
Scanning Using WSD
>
Setting Up a WSD Port
97
1. Turn the printer on.
2. Click start, and then click Network on the computer.
3. Right-click the printer, and then click Install.
Click Continue when the User Account Control screen is displayed.
Click Uninstall and start again if the Uninstall screen is displayed.
Note:
e printer name you set on the network and model name (EPSON XXXXXX (XX-XXXX)) are displayed on the
network screen. You can check the printer's name set on the network from the printer's control panel or by printing a
network status sheet.
4.
Click Your device is ready to use.
Scanning
>
Scanning Using WSD
>
Setting Up a WSD Port
98
5. Check the message, and then click Close.
6. Open the Devices and Printers screen.
❏ Windows 7
Click start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound (or Hardware) > Devices and Printers.
❏ Windows Vista
Click start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
7. Check that an icon with the printer's name on the network is displayed.
Select the printer name when using with WSD.
Scanning Originals to a Smart Device
Note:
Before scanning, install Epson Smart Panel on your smart device.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
2. Start Epson Smart Panel on your smart device.
3. Select scan menu on the home screen.
4.
Follow the on-screen instructions to scan and save the images.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to a Smart Device
99
Faxing
Before Using Fax Features...........................................101
Overview of this Printer's Fax Features..................................101
Sending Faxes Using the Printer.......................................104
Receiving Faxes on the Printer........................................107
Menu Options for Faxing............................................111
Menu Options for Inbox............................................ 114
Using Other Faxing Features.........................................115
Sending a Fax from a Computer.......................................116
Receiving Faxes on a Computer.......................................120
Before Using Fax Features
Check the following before you start using the fax features.
❏
e
printer and the phone line, and (if it is being used) the phone machine are connected correctly
❏ Fax basic settings (Fax Setting Wizard) is complete
❏ Other necessary Fax Settings are complete
See "Related Information" below to make settings.
Related Information
&
“Connecting the Printer to a Phone Line” on page 326
& “Making the Printer Ready to Send and Receive Faxes” on page 329
& “Making Settings for the Printer's Fax Features According to Use” on page 331
& “Basic Settings” on page 261
& “Send Settings” on page 263
& “Making Contacts Available” on page 317
& “User Settings” on page 271
Overview of this Printer's Fax Features
Feature: Sending Faxes
Sending Methods
❏ Sending automatically
When you scan an original by selecting
x
(Send), the printer dials the recipients and sends the fax.
“Sending Faxes Using the Printer” on page 104
❏ Sending manually
When you perform a manual check on the line connection by dialing the recipient, select
x
(Send) to start
sending a fax directly.
“Sending Faxes Dialing from the External Phone Device” on page 106
Recipient Designation when Sending a Fax
You can enter recipients using Keypad, Contacts, and Recent.
“Recipient” on page 111
“Making Contacts Available” on page 317
Scan Settings when Sending a Fax
You c a n s e l e c t i tem s s u ch as Resolution or Original Size (Glass) when sending faxes.
“Scan Settings:” on page 111
Faxing
>
Overview of this Printer's Fax Features
>
Feature: Sending Faxes
101
Using Fax Send Settings when Sending a Fax
You can use Fax Send Settings such as Direct Send (to send a large document stably) or Send Fax Later (to send a
fax at a time you specied).
“Fax Send Settings:” on page 112
Feature: Receiving Faxes
Receive Mode
ere
are two options in Receive Mode for receiving incoming faxes.
❏ Manual
Mainly for phoning, but also for faxing
“Usage of Manual Mode” on page 108
❏ Auto
- Only for faxing (external phone device is not required)
- Mainly for faxing, and sometimes phoning
“Usage of Auto Mode” on page 108
Receiving Faxes by Operating a Connected Phone
You can receive faxes by only operating an external phone device.
“Fax Settings” on page 260
“Making Settings When You Connect a Phone Device” on page 332
Destinations of Received Faxes
❏ Received faxes are printed by default. You can make settings to save received faxes to the inbox and/or an
external memory device. If you save in the inbox, you can check the contents on the screen.
“Fax Output Settings” on page 264
“Menu Options for Inbox” on page 114
“Viewing Received Faxes Saved in the Printer on the LCD Screen” on page 110
Feature: PC-FAX Send/Receive (Windows/Mac OS)
PC-FAX Send
You can send faxes from a computer.
Faxing
>
Overview of this Printer's Fax Features
>
Feature: PC-FAX Send/Receive (Windows/Mac OS)
102
“Enabling Sending Faxes from a Computer” on page 334
“Application for Conguring Fax Operations and Sending Faxes (FAX Utility)” on page 247
“Application for Sending Faxes (PC-FAX Driver)” on page 248
“Sending a Fax from a Computer” on page 116
PC-FAX Receive
You can receive faxes on a computer.
“Making Settings to Send and Receive Faxes on a Computer” on page 334
“Application for Conguring Fax Operations and Sending Faxes (FAX Utility)” on page 247
“Receiving Faxes on a Computer” on page 120
Features: Various Fax Reports
You can check the status of sent and received faxes in a report.
“Report Settings” on page 267
“Fax Send Settings:” on page 112
“Transmission Log:” on page 113
“Fax Report:” on page 113
Feature: Security when Sending and Receiving Faxes
You can use many security features such as Direct Dialing Restrictions to prevent sending to the wrong
destination, or Backup Data Auto Clear to prevent information leakage. You can set a password for the inbox in
the printer.
“Security Settings” on page 267
“Save to Inbox:” on page 264
Features: Other Useful Features
Blocking Junk Faxes
You can reject junk faxes.
“Rejection Fax:” on page 262
Faxing
>
Overview of this Printer's Fax Features
>
Features: Other Useful Features
103
Receiving Faxes After Dialing
Aer dialing to another fax machine, you can receive documents from that fax machine.
“Receiving Faxes by Making a Phone Call” on page 109
“Polling Receive:” on page 113
Sending Faxes Using the Printer
You can send faxes by entering fax numbers for recipients on the printer's control panel.
Note:
When sending a fax in monochrome, you can preview the scanned image on the LCD screen before sending.
1. Place the originals.
You can send up to 100 pages in one transmission; however depending on the remaining amount of memory,
you may not be able to send faxes even with less than 100 pages.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
2. Select Fax on the printer's control panel.
3. Specify the recipient.
“Selecting Recipients” on page 104
4.
Select the Fax Settings tab, and then make settings as necessary.
“Fax Settings” on page 111
5.
Tap
x
on the Recipient tab to send the fax.
Note:
❏ If the fax number is busy or there are some problems, the printer automatically redials aer one minute.
❏ To cancel sending, tap
y
.
❏ It takes longer to send a fax in color because the printer performs scanning and sending simultaneously. While the
printer is sending a fax in color, you cannot use the other features.
Selecting Recipients
You can specify recipients on the Recipient tab to send the fax using the following methods.
Entering Fax Number Manually
Select Keypad, enter a fax number on the screen displayed, and then select OK.
- To add a pause (pause for three seconds during dialing), enter a hyphen (-).
- If you have set an external access code in Line Type, enter "#" (hash) instead of the actual external access code at
the beginning of the fax number.
Note:
If you cannot manually enter a fax number, Direct Dialing Restrictions in Security Settings is set to On. Select fax
recipients from the contacts list or the sent fax history.
Faxing
>
Sending Faxes Using the Printer
>
Selecting Recipients
104
Selecting the recipients from the contacts list
Select Contacts, select recipients you want to send, and then select Close. If the recipient you want to send to has
not been registered in Contacts yet, select Add Entry and register it.
Selecting the recipients from the sent fax history
Select Recent, and then select a recipient.
Note:
To delete recipients you entered, display the list of recipients by tapping on the eld of a fax number or the number of
recipients on the LCD screen, select the recipient from the list, and then select Remove.
Related Information
&
“Making Contacts Available” on page 317
Various Ways of Sending Faxes
Sending a Fax after Checking the Scanned Image
You can preview the scanned image on the LCD screen before sending the fax. (Monochrome faxes only)
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 36
2. Select Fax on the home screen.
3. Specify the recipient.
“Selecting Recipients” on page 104
4. Select the Fax Settings tab, and then make settings as necessary.
“Fax Settings” on page 111
5. Select Preview on the Recipient tab to scan, and then check the scanned document image.
-
: Moves the screen in the direction of the arrows.
-
: Reduces or enlarges.
-
: Moves to the previous or the next page.
Note:
❏ When Direct Send is enabled, you cannot preview.
❏ When the preview screen is le untouched for the time set in Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Send
Settings > Fax Preview Display Time, the fax is sent automatically.
❏ e image quality of a sent fax may be dierent from what you previewed depending on the capability of the
recipient machine.
Faxing
>
Sending Faxes Using the Printer
>
Various Ways of Sending Faxes
105
6. Select Start Sending. Otherwise, select Cancel
Note:
e image quality of a sent fax may be dierent from what you previewed depending on the capability of the recipient
machine.
Sending Faxes Dialing from the External Phone Device
You can send a fax by dialing using the connected telephone when you want to talk over the phone before sending
a fax, or when the recipient's fax machine does not switch to the fax automatically.
1. Pick up the handset of the connected telephone, and then dial the recipient's fax number using the phone.
Note:
When the recipient answers the phone, you can talk with the recipient.
2. Select Fax on the home screen.
3.
Make necessary settings on theFax Settings.
“Fax Settings” on page 111
4. When you hear a fax tone, tap
x
, and then hang up the handset.
Note:
When a number is dialed using the connected telephone, it takes longer to send a fax because the printer performs
scanning and sending simultaneously. While sending the fax, you cannot use the other features.
Sending Many Pages of a Monochrome Document (Direct Send)
When sending a fax in monochrome, the scanned document is temporarily stored in the printer's memory.
erefore, sending a lot of pages may cause the printer to run out of memory and stop sending the fax. You can
avoid this by enabling the Direct Send feature, however, it takes longer to send the fax because the printer
performs scanning and sending simultaneously. You can use this feature when there is only one recipient.
Accessing the Menu
You can nd the menu on the printer's control panel below.
Fax > Fax Settings > Direct Send.
Sending Faxes in Monochrome at Specied Time of the Day (Send Fax Later)
You can set to send a fax at a
specied
time. Only monochrome faxes can be sent when the time to send is
specied.
1.
Select Fax on the home screen.
2. Specify the recipient.
“Selecting Recipients” on page 104
3. Select the Fax Settings tab, and then select Send Fax Later.
4. Tap the Send Fax Later eld to set this to On.
Faxing
>
Sending Faxes Using the Printer
>
Various Ways of Sending Faxes
106
5. Select the Time eld, enter the time you want to send the fax, and then select OK.
6. Select OK to apply the settings.
You can also make settings such as the resolution and the sending method as necessary.
7.
Send the fax.
Note:
You cannot send another fax until the fax has been sent at the specied time. If you want to send another one, you need
to cancel the scheduled fax by selecting Fax on the home screen, and then deleting it.
Sending Dierent Size Documents Using ADF (ADF Continuous Scan)
Sending faxes by placing originals one by one, or by placing originals by size, you can send them as one document
at their original sizes.
Note:
If you load a batch of originals that have mixed sizes into the ADF, the originals are sent at the width of the widest original
among them and the length of each original.
1. Place the rst batch of originals at the same size.
2.
Select Fax on the home screen.
3. Specify the recipient.
“Selecting Recipients” on page 104
4. Select the Fax Settings tab, and then tap ADF Continuous Scan to set this to On.
You can also make settings such as the resolution and the sending method as necessary.
5. Tap
x
(Send) on the Recipient tab.
6. When scanning the rst set of originals is complete and a message is displayed on the control panel asking you
to scan the next set of originals, select Ye s , set the next originals, and then select Start Scanning.
Note:
If you leave the printer untouched for the time set in Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Send Settings >
Wait Time for Next Original aer you have been prompted to set the next originals, the printer stops storing and starts
sending the document.
Receiving Faxes on the Printer
If the printer is connected to the phone line and basic settings have been completed using the Fax Setting Wizard,
you can receive faxes.
You can save received faxes, check them on the printer screen, and print them as necessary.
Faxing
>
Receiving Faxes on the Printer
107
Received faxes are printed in the printer's initial settings.
When you want to check the status of the fax settings, print a Fax Settings List by selecting Fax > (More) >
Fax Report > Fax Settings List.
Receiving Incoming Faxes
ere are two options in Receive Mode.
Related Information
&
“Usage of Manual Mode” on page 108
& “Usage of Auto Mode” on page 108
Usage of Manual Mode
is
mode is mainly for making phone calls, but is also for faxing.
Receiving Faxes
When the telephone rings, you can answer the ringing manually by picking up the handset.
❏ When you hear a fax signal (baud):
Select Fax on the printer's home screen, select Send/Receive > Receive, and then tap
x
. Once the printer starts
receiving the fax, you can hang up the handset.
❏ If the ringing is for a voice call:
You can answer the phone as normal.
Receiving Faxes Using only the Connected Telephone
When Remote Receive is set, you can receive faxes by simply entering the Start Code.
When the telephone rings, pick up the handset. When you hear a fax tone (baud), dial the two digit Start Code,
and then hang up the handset. If you do not know the start code, ask the administrator.
Related Information
& “Remote Receive:” on page 262
Usage of Auto Mode
is mode allows you to use the line for the following uses.
Faxing
>
Receiving Faxes on the Printer
>
Receiving Incoming Faxes
108
❏ Using the line for faxing only (external telephone is not necessary)
❏ Using the line for faxing mainly, and sometimes phoning
Receiving Faxes Without an External Phone Device
e
printer automatically switches to receive faxes when the number of rings you set in Rings to Answer is
complete.
Receiving Faxes With an External Phone Device
A printer with an external phone device works as follows.
❏ When the answering machine answers within the number of rings set in Rings to Answer:
- If the ringing is for a fax: e printer automatically switches to receive faxes.
- If the ringing is for a voice call: e answering machine can receive voice calls and record voice messages.
❏ When you pick up the handset within the number of rings set in Rings to Answer:
- If the ringing is for a fax: Hold the line until the printer automatically starts receiving the fax by displaying
Connecting on the printer's control panel. Once the printer starts receiving the fax, you can hang up the
handset. To start receiving the fax immediately, use the same steps as for Manual. Select Fax on the printer's
control panel, and then select Send/Receive > Receive. Next, tap
x
, and then hang up the handset.
- If the ringing is for a voice call: You can answer the phone as normal.
❏ When the ringing stops and the printer automatically switches to receive faxes:
- If the ringing is for a fax: e printer starts receiving faxes.
- If the ringing is for a voice call: You cannot answer the phone. Ask the person to call you back.
Note:
Set the number of rings to answer for the answering machine to a lower number than the number set in Rings to Answer.
Otherwise, the answering machine cannot receive voice calls to record voice messages. For details on setting up the answering
machine, see the manual supplied with the answering machine.
Receiving Faxes by Making a Phone Call
You can receive a fax stored on another fax machine by dialing the fax number.
Receiving Faxes by Polling (Polling Receive)
You can receive a fax stored on another fax machine by dialing the fax number. Use this feature to receive a
document from a fax information service. However, if the fax information service has an audio guidance feature
that you need to follow to receive a document, you cannot use this feature.
Note:
To receive a document from a fax information service that uses audio guidance, just dial the fax number using the connected
telephone, and operate the phone and the printer following the audio guidance.
1.
Select Fax on the home screen.
2. Tap
(More).
3. Tap Polling Receive to set this to On, and then tap Close.
Faxing
>
Receiving Faxes on the Printer
>
Receiving Faxes by Making a Phone Call
109
4. Enter the fax number.
“Selecting Recipients” on page 104
Note:
When Security Settings > Direct Dialing Restrictions is set to On, you can only select fax recipients from the contact
list or the sent fax history. You cannot manually enter a fax number.
5. Tap
x
to start Polling Receive.
Viewing Received Faxes Saved in the Printer on the LCD Screen
If you set up to save received faxes in the printer, you can view the contents and print as necessary.
“Making Settings to Save Received Faxes to the Inbox” on page 333
1.
Tap
on the home screen.
Note:
When there are received faxes that have not been read, the number of unread documents is displayed on the
on the
home screen.
2. Tap Open Inbox (XX Unread).
3. If the inbox has been password protected, enter the inbox password.
4. Select the fax you want to view from the list.
e
contents of the fax are displayed.
❏
: Moves the screen in the direction of the arrows.
❏ : Reduces or enlarges.
❏
: Rotates the image to the right by 90 degrees.
❏
: Moves to the previous or the next page.
❏ To hide the operation icons, tap anywhere on the preview screen except for the icons. Tap again to display
the icons.
Faxing
>
Receiving Faxes on the Printer
>
Viewing Received Faxes Saved in the Printer on the LCD Screen
110
5. Select whether to print or delete the document you have viewed, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
c
Important:
If the printer runs out of memory, receiving and sending faxes is disabled. Delete documents that you have
already read or printed.
Menu Options for Faxing
Recipient
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Fax > Recipient
Keypad:
Manually enter a fax number.
Contacts:
Select a recipient from the contacts list. You can also add or edit a contact.
Recent:
Select a recipient from the sent fax history. You can also add the recipient to the contacts list.
Related Information
&
“Selecting Recipients” on page 104
Fax Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Fax > Fax Settings
Scan Settings:
Resolution:
Select the resolution of the outgoing fax. If you select a higher resolution, the data size
becomes larger and it takes time to send the fax.
Density:
Sets the density of the outgoing fax. + makes the density darker, and - makes it lighter.
Remove Background:
Detects the paper color (background color) of the original document, and removes or lightens
the color. Depending on the darkness and vividness of the color, it may not be removed or
lightened
Faxing
>
Menu Options for Faxing
>
Fax Settings
111
Sharpness:
Enhances or defocuses the outline of the image. + enhances the sharpness, and - defocuses the
sharpness.
ADF Continuous Scan:
Sending faxes by placing originals one by one, or by placing originals by size, you can send
them as one document at their original sizes.
“Sending Dierent Size Documents Using ADF (ADF Continuous Scan)” on page 107
Original Size (Glass):
Select the size and orientation of the original you placed on the scanner glass.
Color Mode:
Select whether to scan in color or in monochrome.
Fax Send Settings:
Direct Send:
Sends a monochrome fax while scanning the originals. Since scanned originals are not stored
temporarily in the printer's memory even when sending a large volume of pages, you can avoid
printer errors due to a lack of memory. Note that sending using this feature takes longer than
not using this feature. See the related information below on this topic.
You cannot use this feature when sending a fax to multiple recipients.
“Sending Many Pages of a Monochrome Document (Direct Send)” on page 106
Send Fax Later:
Sends a fax at a time you
specied.
Only a monochrome fax is available when using this
option.
“Sending Faxes in Monochrome at Specied Time of the Day (Send Fax Later)” on page 106
Add Sender Information:
❏ Add Sender Information
Select the position where you want to include the header information (sender name and fax
number) in the outgoing fax, or not to include the information.
- O: Sends a fax with no header information.
- Outside of Image: Sends a fax with header information in the top white margin of the fax.
is keeps the header from overlapping with the scanned image, however, the fax received
by the recipient may be printed across two sheets depending on the size of the originals.
- Inside of Image: Sends a fax with header information approximately 7 mm lower than the
top of the scanned image. e header may overlap with the image, however, the fax received
by the recipient will not be split into two documents.
❏ Fax Header
Select the header for the recipient. To use this feature, you should register multiple headers
in advance.
❏ Additional Information
Select the information you want to add. You can select one from Your Ph on e Num b er and
Destination List.
Faxing
>
Menu Options for Faxing
>
Fax Settings
112
Transmission Report:
Prints a transmission report aer you send the fax.
Print on Error prints a report only when an error occurs.
When Attach Fax image to report has been set in Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings
> Report Settings, faxes with errors are also printed with the report.
Clear All Settings:
Restores all settings in Scan Settings and Fax Send Settings to their defaults.
More
Selecting in Fax on the home screen displays the More menu.
Transmission Log:
You can check the history of sent or received fax jobs.
Fax Report:
Last Transmission:
Prints a report for the previous fax that was sent or received through polling.
Fax Log:
Prints a transmission report. You can set to print this report automatically using the following
menu.
Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Report Settings > Fax Log Auto Print
Fax Settings List:
Prints the current fax settings.
Protocol Trace:
Prints a detailed report for the previous fax that was sent or received.
Polling Receive:
When this is set to On and you call the sender's fax number, you can receive documents from the
sender's fax machine.
“Receiving Faxes by Polling (Polling Receive)” on page 109
When you leave the Fax menu, the setting returns to O (default).
Inbox:
Accesses (Inbox) on the home screen.
Reprint Faxes:
Reprints the received faxes in the printer.
Faxing
>
Menu Options for Faxing
>
More
113
Fax Settings:
Accesses Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings. Access the setting menu as a printer
administrator.
“Fax Settings” on page 260
Menu Options for Inbox
:
You can access the Inbox where the received faxes are stored by tapping this icon. When there are received
faxes that have not been read, the number of unread documents is displayed on the
.
Open Inbox (XX Unread)
(Inbox Menu)
Settings
Save to Inbox:
Saves received faxes to the printer's Inbox. Up to 100 documents can be saved.
Note that saving 100 documents may not be possible depending on the usage
conditions such as the le size of saved documents, and using of multiple fax
saving features at a time.
ough
the received faxes are not automatically printed, you can view them on
the printer's screen and print only the ones you need.
Options when memory is full:
You can select the operation to print the received fax or refuse to receive it when
the Inbox memory is full.
Inbox Password Settings:
Password protects the Inbox to restrict users from viewing received faxes. Select
Change to change the password, and select Reset to cancel password protection.
When changing or resetting the password, you need the current password.
You c a n n ot s et a p a s s w or d w he n Options when memory is full has been set to
Receive and print faxes.
Print All:
Selecting this prints out all received faxes in the inbox.
Delete All:
Selecting this deletes all received faxes in the inbox.
Inbox (List)
You can save up to 100 documents in the inbox in total.
Faxing
>
Menu Options for Inbox
114
preview screen
❏ : Reduces or enlarges.
❏
: Rotates the image to the right by 90 degrees.
❏
: Moves the screen in the direction of the arrows.
❏
: Moves to the previous or the next page.
To hide the operation icons, tap anywhere on the preview screen except for the icons.
Tap again to display the icons.
Delete:
Deletes the document you are previewing.
Proceed to Print:
Prints the document you are previewing. You can make settings such as 2-Sided before
starting printing.
(Preview menu)
Details:
Displays information for the selected document such as the saved date and time,
and total number of pages.
Related Information
&
“Making Settings to Save Received Faxes to the Inbox” on page 333
Using Other Faxing Features
Printing Fax Report Manually
1. Select Fax on the home screen.
2. Tap
(More).
3. Select Fax Report.
4.
Select the report you want to print, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
Note:
You can change the report format. From the home screen, select Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Report
Settings, and then change the Attach Fax image to report or Report Format settings.
Faxing
>
Using Other Faxing Features
>
Printing Fax Report Manually
115
Sending a Fax from a Computer
You can send faxes from the computer by using the FAX Utility and PC-FAX driver.
For details on how to operate FAX Utility, see Basic Operations in the FAX Utility help (displayed on the main
window).
Note:
❏ Check if the FAX Utility and the printer's PC-FAX driver has been installed before using this feature.
“Application for Conguring Fax Operations and Sending Faxes (FAX Utility)” on page 247
“Application for Sending Faxes (PC-FAX Driver)” on page 248
❏ If the FAX Utility is not installed, install the FAX Utility using the EPSON
Soware
Updater (application for updating
soware).
“Application for Updating Soware and Firmware (Epson Soware Updater)” on page 252
Related Information
&
“Enabling Sending Faxes from a Computer” on page 334
Sending Documents Created Using an Application (Windows)
By selecting a printer fax from the Print menu of an application like Microso Word or Excel, you can directly
transmit data such as documents, drawings, and tables you have created, with a cover sheet.
Note:
e following explanation uses Microso Word as an example. e actual operation may dier depending on the application
you use. For details, see the application’s help.
1. Using an application, create a document to transmit by fax.
2. Click Print from the File menu.
e application’s Print window appears.
3. Select XXXXX (FAX) (where XXXXX is your printer name) in Printer, and then check the settings for fax
sending.
❏ Specify 1 in Number of copies. Fax may not be transmitted correctly if you specify 2 or more.
❏ You can send up to 100 pages in one fax transmission.
4. Click Printer Properties or Properties if you want to specify Paper Size, Orientation, Color, Image Quality,
or Character Density.
For details, see the PC-FAX driver help.
5. Click Print.
Note:
When Using FAX Utility for the rst time, a window for registering your information is displayed. Enter the necessary
information, and then click OK.
Recipient Settings screen of FAX Utility is displayed.
Faxing
>
Sending a Fax from a Computer
>
Sending Documents Created Using an Application (Windows)
116
6. When you want to send other documents in the same fax transmission, select Add documents to send
checkbox.
e screen for adding documents is displayed when you click Next in step 9.
7. Select Attach a cover sheet checkbox if necessary.
8. Specify a recipient.
❏ Selecting a recipient (name, fax number and so on) from PC-FAX Phone Book:
If the recipient is saved in the phone book, do the steps below.
A
Click the PC-FAX Phone Book tab.
B
Select the recipient from the list and click Add.
❏ Selecting a recipient (name, fax number and so on) from the contacts on the printer:
If the recipient is saved in the contacts on the printer, do the steps below.
A
Click the Contacts on Printer tab.
B
Select contacts from the list and click Add to proceed to Add to Recipient window.
C
Select the contacts from the list displayed, and then click Edit.
D
Add the personal data such as Company/Corp. and Title as necessary, and then click OK to return to
the Add to Recipient window.
E
As necessary, select the checkbox of Register in the PC-FAX Phone Book to save the contacts to PC-
FAX Phone Book.
F
Click OK.
❏ Specifying a recipient (name, fax number and so on) directly:
Do the steps below.
A
Click the Manual Dial tab.
B
Enter the necessary information.
C
Click Add.
Furthermore, by clicking Save to Phone Book, you can save the recipient in the list under the PC-FAX
Phone Book tab.
Note:
❏ If your printer's Line Type is set to PBX and the access code has been set to use # (hash) instead of entering the exact
prex code, enter # (hash). For details, see Line Type in Basic Settings from related information link below.
❏ If you have selected Enter fax number twice in the Optional Settings on the FAX Utility main screen, you need to
enter the same number again when you click Add or Next.
e recipient is added to the Recipient List displayed in the upper part of the window.
9. Click Next.
❏ When you have selected Add documents to send checkbox, follow the steps below to add documents in the
Document Merging window.
A
Open a document you want to add, and then select the same printer (fax name) in the Print window.
e
document is added to the Document List to Merge list.
B
Click Preview to check the merged document.
C
Click Next.
Note:
e Image Quality and Color settings you have selected for the rst document are applied to other documents.
Faxing
>
Sending a Fax from a Computer
>
Sending Documents Created Using an Application (Windows)
117
❏ When you have selected Attach a cover sheet checkbox, specify the content of the cover sheet in the Cover
Sheet Settings window.
A
Select a cover sheet from samples in the Cover Sheet list. Note that there is no function to create an
original cover sheet or to add an original cover sheet to the list.
B
Enter the Subject and Message.
C
Click Next.
Note:
Set the following as necessary in Cover Sheet Settings.
❏ Click Cover Sheet Formatting if you want to change the order of the items on the cover sheet. You can select the
cover sheet size in Paper Size. You can also select a cover sheet at a dierent size to the document being transmitted.
❏ Click Font if you want to change the font used for the text on the cover sheet.
❏ Click Sender Settings if you want to change the sender information.
❏ Click Detailed Preview if you want to check the cover sheet with the subject and the message you entered.
10. Check the transmission content and click Send.
Make sure the name and fax number of the recipient are correct before transmitting. Click Preview to preview
the cover sheet and document to transmit.
Once transmission starts, a window displaying the transmission status appears.
Note:
❏ To stop transmitting, select the data, and click Cancel
. You can also cancel using the printer's control panel.
❏ If an error occurs during transmission, the Communication error window appears. Check the error information
and retransmit.
❏ e Fax Status Monitor screen (the screen mentioned above where you can check the transmission status) is not
displayed if Display Fax Status Monitor During Transmission is not selected in the Optional Settings screen of the
FAX Utility main screen.
Related Information
&
“Basic Settings” on page 261
Sending Documents Created Using an Application (Mac OS)
By selecting a fax-capable printer from the Print menu of a commercially available application, you can send data
such as documents, drawings, and tables, you have created.
Note:
e following explanation uses Text Edit, a standard Mac OS application as an example.
1. Create the document you want to send by fax in an application.
2. Click Print from the File menu.
e application’s Print window is displayed.
3. Select your printer (fax name) in Name, click
d
to display the detailed settings, check the print settings, and
then click OK.
Faxing
>
Sending a Fax from a Computer
>
Sending Documents Created Using an Application (Mac OS)
118
4. Make settings for each item.
❏ Specify 1 in Number of copies. Even if you specify 2 or more, only 1 copy is sent.
❏ You can send up to 100 pages in one fax transmission.
Note:
e page size of documents you can send is the same as the paper size you can fax from the printer.
5. Select Fax Settings from the popup menu, and then make settings for each item.
See the PC-FAX driver's help for explanations on each setting item.
Click
at the bottom le of the window to open the PC-FAX driver's help.
6. Select the Recipient Settings menu, and then specify the recipient.
❏ Specifying a recipient (name, fax number, and so on) directly:
Click the Add item, enter the necessary information, and then click
. e recipient is added to the
Recipient List displayed in the upper part of the window.
If you have selected "Enter fax number twice" in the PC-FAX driver settings, you need to enter the same
number again when you click
.
If your fax connection line requires a prex code, enter External Access Prex.
Note:
If your printer's Line Type is set to PBX and the access code has been set to use # (hash) instead of entering the exact
prex code, enter # (hash). For details, see Line Type in Basic Settings from Related Information link below.
❏ Selecting a recipient (name, fax number, and so on) from the phone book:
If the recipient is saved in the phone book, click . Select the recipient from the list, and then click Add
> OK.
If your fax connection line requires a prex code, enter External Access Prex.
Note:
If your printer's Line Type is set to PBX and the access code has been set to use # (hash) instead of entering the exact
prex code, enter # (hash). For details, see Line Type in Basic Settings from Related Information link below.
7. Check the recipient settings, and then click Fax.
Sending starts.
Make sure the name and fax number of the recipient are correct before transmitting.
Note:
❏ If you click the printer icon in Dock, the transmission status check screen is displayed. To stop sending, click the data,
and then click Delete.
❏ If an error occurs during transmission, the Sending failed message is displayed. Check the transmission records on
the Fax Transmission Record screen.
❏ Mixed paper size documents may not be sent correctly.
Related Information
&
“Basic Settings” on page 261
Faxing
>
Sending a Fax from a Computer
>
Sending Documents Created Using an Application (Mac OS)
119
Receiving Faxes on a Computer
Faxes can be received by a printer and saved in PDF format on a computer connected to the printer. Use the FAX
Utility (application) to make settings.
For details on how to operate FAX Utility, see Basic Operations in the FAX Utility help (displayed on the main
window). If the password entry screen is displayed on the computer screen while you are making settings, enter the
password. If you do not know the password, contact your administrator.
Note:
❏ Check if the FAX Utility has been installed and the FAX Utility settings have been made before using this feature.
“Application for
Conguring
Fax Operations and Sending Faxes (FAX Utility)” on page 247
❏ If the FAX Utility is not installed, install the FAX Utility using the EPSON
Soware
Updater (application for updating
soware).
“Application for Updating Soware and Firmware (Epson Soware Updater)” on page 252
c
Important:
❏ To receive faxes on a computer, the Receive Mode on the printer's control panel must be set to Auto. Contact
your administrator for information on the printer settings status. To make settings on the printer's control panel,
select Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings > Receive Mode.
❏ e computer set to receive faxes should always be on. Received documents are saved in the printer's memory
temporarily before the documents are saved on the computer. If you turn o the computer, the printer's memory
might become full as it cannot send the documents to the computer.
❏
e
number of documents that have been temporarily saved to the printer’s memory are displayed on the
on
the printer's control panel.
❏ To read the received faxes, you need to install a PDF viewer such as Adobe Reader in the computer.
Related Information
&
“Receiving Incoming Faxes” on page 108
Checking for New Faxes (Windows)
By setting up a computer to save faxes received by the printer, you can check the processing status of received faxes,
and whether or not there are any new faxes using the fax icon on the Windows task bar. By setting up the computer
to display a notication when new faxes are received, a notication screen pops up near the Windows system tray,
and you can check the new faxes.
Note:
❏ Received fax data saved to the computer is removed from the printer's memory.
❏ You need Adobe Reader to view the received faxes saved as PDF les.
Using the Fax Icon on the Task Bar (Windows)
You can check for new faxes and the operation status by using the fax icon displayed on the Windows taskbar.
Faxing
>
Receiving Faxes on a Computer
>
Checking for New Faxes (Windows)
120
1. Check the icon.
❏
: Standing by.
❏
: Checking for new faxes.
❏
: Importing new faxes is complete.
2. Right-click the icon, and then click View Receiving Fax Record.
e Receiving Fax Record screen is displayed.
3. Check the date and the sender in the list, and then open the received le as a PDF.
Note:
❏ Received faxes are automatically renamed using the following naming format.
YYYYMMDDHHMMSS_xxxxxxxxxx_nnnnn (Year/Month/Day/Hour/Minute/Second_sender’s number)
❏ You can also open the received fax folder directly when you right-click the icon. For details, see Optional Settings in
the FAX Utility and its help (displayed on the main window).
While the fax icon indicates that it is standing by, you can check for new faxes instantly by selecting Check new
faxes now.
Using the Notication Window (Windows)
When you set to notify you the new faxes exist, a notication window is displayed near the task bar for each the
fax.
1. Check the notication screen displayed on your computer screen.
Note:
e notication screen disappears if no operation is performed for a given length of time. You can change the
notication settings such as the display time.
2. Click anywhere in the notication screen, except for the button.
e
Receiving Fax Record screen is displayed.
3. Check the date and the sender in the list, and then open the received
le
as a PDF.
Note:
❏ Received faxes are automatically renamed using the following naming format.
YYYYMMDDHHMMSS_xxxxxxxxxx_nnnnn (Year/Month/Day/Hour/Minute/Second_sender’s number)
❏ You can also open the received fax folder directly when you right-click the icon. For details, see Optional Settings in
the FAX Utility and its help (displayed on the main window).
Checking for New Faxes (Mac OS)
You can check for new faxes using one of the following methods. is is available only on computers set to "Save"
(save faxes on this computer).
❏ Open the received fax folder
(specied
in Received Fax Output Settings.)
❏ Open the Fax Receive Monitor and click Check new faxes now.
Faxing
>
Receiving Faxes on a Computer
>
Checking for New Faxes (Mac OS)
121
❏ Notication that new faxes have been received
Select the Notify me of new faxes via a dock icon in the Fax Receive Monitor > Preferences in the FAX Utility,
the fax receive monitor icon on the Dock jumps to notify you that new faxes have arrived.
Open the Received Fax Folder from Received Fax Monitor (Mac OS)
You can open the save folder from the computer
specied
to receive faxes when selecting "Save" (save faxes on
this computer).
1. Click the received fax monitor icon on the Dock to open Fax Receive Monitor.
2. Select the printer and click Open folder, or double click the printer name.
3. Check the date and the sender in the le name, and then open the PDF le.
Note:
Received faxes are automatically renamed using the following naming format.
YYYYMMDDHHMMSS_xxxxxxxxxx_nnnnn (Year/Month/Day/Hour/Minute/Second_sender's number)
Information sent from the sender is displayed as the sender's number. is number may not be displayed depending on
the sender.
Canceling the Feature that Saves Incoming Faxes to the Computer
You can cancel saving faxes to the computer by using the FAX Utility.
For details, see Basic Operations in the FAX Utility help (displayed on the main window).
Note:
❏ If there are any faxes that have not been saved to the computer, you cannot cancel the feature that saves faxes on the
computer.
❏ You can also change the settings on the printer. Contact your administrator for information on canceling settings to save
received faxes on the computer.
Related Information
&
“Making Save to Computer Setting not to Receive Faxes” on page 335
Faxing
>
Receiving Faxes on a Computer
>
Canceling the Feature that Saves Incoming Faxes to the Computer
122
Maintaining the Printer
Checking the Status of Consumables................................... 124
Improving Print, Copy, Scan, and Fax Quality.............................124
Cleaning the Printer...............................................133
Saving Power.................................................... 134
Disabling your Wi-Fi Connection..................................... 134
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately..........................134
Transporting and Storing the Printer................................... 140
Checking the Status of Consumables
You can check the approximate ink level and the approximate service life of the maintenance box from the printer's
control panel. Select
on the home screen.
Note:
❏ You can also check the approximate ink level and the approximate service life of the maintenance box from the status
monitor on the printer driver.
❏ Windows
Click EPSON Status Monitor 3 on the Maintenance tab.
If EPSON Status Monitor 3 is disabled, click Extended Settings on the Maintenance tab, and then select
Enable EPSON Status Monitor 3.
❏ Mac OS
Apple menu > System Preferences > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax) > Epson(XXXX) >
Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility > EPSON Status Monitor
❏ You can continue printing while the ink low message is displayed. Replace the ink cartridges when required.
Related Information
&
“Maintenance Tab” on page 46
& “Guide to Mac OS Printer Driver” on page 246
& “It is Time to Replace the Ink Cartridges” on page 198
& “It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box” on page 201
Improving Print, Copy, Scan, and Fax Quality
Adjusting the Print Quality
If you notice a misaligned vertical lines, blurred images, or horizontal banding, adjust the print quality.
1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.
2. Select Print Quality Adjustment.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions to load paper and print the nozzle check pattern.
4. Examine the printed pattern.
❏ If there are broken lines or missing segments as shown in the "NG" pattern, the print head nozzles may be
clogged. Select
to clean the print head.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, Scan, and Fax Quality
>
Adjusting the Print Quality
124
❏ If you cannot see any broken lines or missing segments as in the following "OK" pattern, the nozzles are not
clogged. Select
to proceed to the next adjustment.
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to print the patterns for print head alignment, and then align the print head.
❏ is pattern allows you to perform alignment if your printouts look blurry.
Find and select the number for the most solid pattern.
❏ is pattern allows you to perform alignment if vertical ruled lines appear misaligned.
Find and select the number for the pattern that has the least misaligned vertical line.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, Scan, and Fax Quality
>
Adjusting the Print Quality
125
❏ is pattern allows you to perform alignment if you see horizontal banding at regular intervals.
Find and select the number for the least separated and overlapping pattern.
Checking and Cleaning the Print Head
If the nozzles are clogged, the printouts become faint or there is visible banding. If the nozzles are severely clogged,
a blank sheet will be printed. When print quality has declined, rst use the nozzle check feature to check if the
nozzles are clogged. If the nozzles are clogged, clean the print head.
c
Important:
❏ Do not open the scanner unit or turn o the printer during head cleaning. If the head cleaning is incomplete, you
may not be able to print.
❏ Head cleaning consumes ink and should not be performed more than necessary.
❏ When ink is low, you may not be able to clean the print head.
❏ If print quality has not improved aer repeating nozzle check and head cleaning 3 times, wait for at least 12
hours without printing, and then run the nozzle check again and repeat the head cleaning if necessary. We
recommend turning o the printer by using the
P
button. If print quality has still not improved, contact Epson
support.
❏ To prevent the print head from drying out, do not unplug the printer while the power is on.
1.
Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.
2. Select Print Head Nozzle Check.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions to load paper and print the nozzle check pattern.
4. Examine the printed pattern.
❏ If there are broken lines or missing segments as shown in the "NG" pattern, the print head nozzles may be
clogged. Go to the next step.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, Scan, and Fax Quality
>
Checking and Cleaning the Print Head
126
❏ If you cannot see any broken lines or missing segments as in the following "OK" pattern, the nozzles are not
clogged. Print head cleaning is not necessary. Select
to exit.
5. Select .
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to clean the print head.
7.
When cleaning is
nished,
follow the on-screen instructions to print the nozzle check pattern again. Repeat
cleaning and printing the pattern until all lines are printed completely.
Note:
You can also check and clean the print head from the printer driver. See the related information link below for details.
Related Information
&
“Maintenance Tab” on page 46
& “Guide to Mac OS Printer Driver” on page 246
Preventing nozzle clogging
Always use the power button when turning the printer on and o.
Check that the power light is
o
before you disconnect the power cord.
e ink itself can dry out if it is not covered. Just like placing a cap on a fountain pen or an oil pen to prevent it
from drying, make sure the print head is capped properly to prevent the ink from drying.
When the power cord is unplugged or a power outage occurs while the printer is in operation, the print head may
not be capped properly. If the print head is le as it is, it will dry out causing nozzles (ink outlets) to clog.
In these cases, turn the printer on and
o
again as soon as possible to cap the print head.
Aligning the Print Head
If you notice a misalignment of vertical lines or blurred images, align the print head.
1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.
2. Select Print Head Alignment.
3. Select one of the alignment menus.
❏ Ruled Line Alignment: Select this if your printouts look blurry or vertical ruled lines appear misaligned.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, Scan, and Fax Quality
>
Aligning the Print Head
127
❏ Horizontal Alignment: Select this if you see horizontal banding at regular intervals.
4. Follow the on-screen instructions to load paper and print the alignment pattern.
Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears
When the printouts are smeared or scued, clean the roller inside.
c
Important:
Do not use tissue paper to clean the inside of the printer. e print head nozzles may be clogged with lint.
1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.
2. Select Paper Guide Cleaning.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions to load paper and clean the paper path.
4. Repeat this procedure until the paper is not smeared with ink.
Cleaning the Scanner Glass
When the copies or scanned images are smeared, clean the scanner glass.
!
Caution:
Be careful not to trap your hand or ngers when opening or closing the document cover. Otherwise you may be
injured.
c
Important:
Never use alcohol or thinner to clean the printer.
ese
chemicals can damage the printer.
1. Open the document cover.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, Scan, and Fax Quality
>
Cleaning the Scanner Glass
128
2. Use a so, dry, clean cloth to clean the surface of the scanner glass.
c
Important:
❏ If the glass surface is stained with grease or some other hard-to-remove material, use a small amount of
glass cleaner and a so cloth to remove it. Wipe o all remaining liquid.
❏ Do not press the glass surface too hard.
❏ Be careful not to scratch or damage the surface of the glass. A damaged glass surface can decrease the scan
quality.
Cleaning the ADF
When the copied or scanned images from the ADF are smeared or the originals do not feed in the ADF correctly,
clean the ADF.
c
Important:
Never use alcohol or thinner to clean the printer. ese chemicals can damage the printer.
1. Open the ADF cover.
2. Use a so, moist cloth to clean the roller and the interior of the ADF.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, Scan, and Fax Quality
>
Cleaning the ADF
129
c
Important:
❏ Using a dry cloth may damage the surface of the roller.
❏ Use the ADF
aer
the roller has dried.
3. Close the ADF cover, and then open the document cover.
4. Clean the part that is shown in the illustration.
c
Important:
❏ If the glass surface is stained with grease or some other hard-to-remove material, use a small amount of
glass cleaner and a so cloth to remove it. Wipe o all remaining liquid.
❏ Do not press the glass surface too hard.
❏ Be careful not to scratch or damage the surface of the glass. A damaged glass surface can decrease the scan
quality.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, Scan, and Fax Quality
>
Cleaning the ADF
130
Cleaning the Translucent Film
When the printout is not improved aer aligning the print head or cleaning the paper path, the translucent lm
inside the printer may be smeared.
Items required:
❏ Cotton swabs (several)
❏ Water with a few drops of detergent (2 to 3 drops of detergent in 1/4 cup of tap water)
❏ Light for checking smears
c
Important:
Do not use cleaning liquid other than water with a few drops of detergent.
1. Turn o the printer by pressing the
P
button.
2. Open the scanner unit.
3.
Check if the translucent lm is smeared. Smears are easier to see if you use a light.
If there are smears (such as nger marks or grease) on the translucent lm (A), go to the next step.
A: Translucent lm
B: Rail
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, Scan, and Fax Quality
>
Cleaning the Translucent Film
131
c
Important:
Be careful not to touch the rail (B). Otherwise, you may not be able to print. Do not wipe
o
the grease on the
rail, because this is necessary for operations.
4.
Moisten a cotton swab with the water with a few drops of detergent so that it is not dripping water, and then
wipe the smeared part.
Be careful not to touch the ink that has adhered inside the printer.
c
Important:
Wipe o the smear gently. If you press the cotton swab too hard to the lm, the springs of the lm may be
dislocated and the printer may be damaged.
5. Use a new dry cotton swab to wipe the lm.
c
Important:
Do not leave any bers on the lm.
Note:
To prevent the smear from spreading, frequently replace the cotton swab with a new one.
6.
Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the
lm
is not smeared.
7. Visually check that the
lm
is not smeared.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, Scan, and Fax Quality
>
Cleaning the Translucent Film
132
Cleaning the Printer
If the components and the case are dirty or dusty, turn o the printer and clean them using a so, clean cloth that
has been dampened with water. If you cannot remove the dirt, try adding a small amount of mild detergent to the
damp cloth.
c
Important:
❏ Be careful not to get water onto the printer mechanism or any electrical components. Otherwise, the printer
could be damaged.
❏ Never use alcohol or paint thinner to clean the components and the case. ese chemicals can damage them.
❏ Do not touch the parts shown in the following illustration. Doing so may cause a malfunction.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Cleaning the Printer
133
Saving Power
e printer enters sleep mode or turns o automatically if no operations are performed for a set period. You can
adjust the time before power management is applied. Any increase will aect the product's energy eciency. Please
consider the environment before making any change.
1.
Select Settings on the home screen.
2. Select General Settings > Basic Settings.
3. Do one of the following.
Note:
Your produc t may have the Power O Settings or Power O Timer feature depending on the location of purchase.
❏ Select Sleep Timer or Power O Settings > Power O If Inactive or Power O If Disconnected, and then
make settings.
❏ Select Sleep Timer or Power O Timer, and then make settings.
Disabling your Wi-Fi Connection
If you used to use Wi-Fi (wireless LAN) but no longer need to do so due to a change in connection mode and so
on, you can disable your Wi-Fi connection.
By removing unnecessary Wi-Fi signals, you can also reduce the load on your standby power.
1.
Tap
on the printer's home screen.
2. Select Wi-Fi (Recommended).
3. Select Change Settings.
4. Select Others.
5. Select Disable Wi-Fi.
Follow the on-screen instructions.
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
Connect your computer to the network and install the latest version of applications from the website. Log in to
your computer as an administrator. Enter the administrator password if the computer prompts you.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
134
Installing the Applications Separately
Note:
❏ When reinstalling an application, you need to uninstall it rst.
❏ You can download the latest applications from the Epson website.
http://www.epson.com
❏ If you use Windows Server operating systems, you cannot use Epson Soware Updater. Download the latest applications
from the Epson website.
1. Make sure the printer and the computer are available for communication, and the printer is connected to the
Internet.
2. Start EPSON Soware Updater.
e
screenshot is an example on Windows.
3. For Windows, select your printer, and then click to check for the latest available applications.
4.
Select the items you want to install or update, and then click the install button.
c
Important:
Do not turn
o
or unplug the printer until the update is complete. Doing so may result in malfunction of the
printer.
Related Information
&
“Application for Updating Soware and Firmware (Epson Soware Updater)” on page 252
& “Uninstalling Applications” on page 138
Maintaining the Printer
>
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
>
Installing the Applications Separ
…
135
Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows
You can check if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed on your computer by using one of the following
methods.
Select Control Panel > View devices and printers (Printers, Printers and Faxes), and then do the following to
open the print server properties window.
❏ Windows 11/Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Server 2022/Windows Server 2019/
Windows Server 2016/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2008 R2
Click the printer icon, and then click Print server properties at the top of the window.
❏ Windows Vista/Windows Server 2008
Right-click on the Printers folder, and then click Run as administrator > Server Properties.
❏ Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
From the File menu, select Server Properties.
Click the Drivers tab. If your printer name is displayed in the list, a genuine Epson printer driver is installed on
your computer.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
>
Installing the Applications Separ
…
136
Related Information
&
“Installing the Applications Separately” on page 135
Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Mac OS
You can check if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed on your computer by using one of the following
methods.
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then
select the printer. Click Options & Supplies, and if the Options tab and Utility tab are displayed on the window, a
genuine Epson printer driver is installed on your computer.
Related Information
&
“Installing the Applications Separately” on page 135
Adding a Genuine Epson Printer (for Mac OS Only)
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax).
2. Click +, and then select your printer on the screen displayed.
3. Make the following settings.
❏ macOS Monterey (12.x) or later
Click Select Soware from Use, select your printer on the screen displayed, and then click OK.
❏ Mac OS X Mavericks (10.9) to macOS Big Sur (11.x)
Select your printer from Use.
4. Click Add.
Note:
If your printer is not listed, check that it is correctly connected to the computer and that the printer is on.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
>
Adding a Genuine Epson Printer
…
137
Uninstalling Applications
Log in to your computer as an administrator. Enter the administrator password if the computer prompts you.
Uninstalling Applications - Windows
1. Press the
P
button to turn o the printer.
2. Quit all running applications.
3. Open Control Panel:
❏ Windows 11
Click on the start button, and then select All apps > Windows Tools > Control Panel.
❏ Windows 10/Windows Server 2022/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel.
❏ Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP/Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008/Windows Server
2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click the start button and select Control Panel.
4. Open Uninstall a program (or Add or Remove Programs):
❏ Windows 11/Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows Server 2022/
Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012/Windows
Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008
Select Uninstall a program in Programs.
❏ Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click Add or Remove Programs.
5. Select the application you want to uninstall.
You cannot uninstall the printer driver if there is any print jobs. Delete or wait to be printed the jobs before
uninstalling.
6. Uninstall the applications:
❏ Windows 11/Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows Server 2022/
Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012/Windows
Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008
Click Uninstall/Change or Uninstall.
❏ Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click Change/Remove or Remove.
Note:
If the User Account Control window is displayed, click Continue.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
>
Uninstalling Applications
138
Uninstalling Applications - Mac OS
1.
Download the Uninstaller using EPSON Soware Updater.
Once you have downloaded the Uninstaller, you do not need to download it again each time you uninstall the
application.
2. Press the
P
button to turn o the printer.
3. To uninstall the printer driver or PC-FAX driver, select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers &
Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then remove the printer from the enabled printers list.
4. Quit all running applications.
5. Select Go > Applications > Epson Soware > Uninstaller.
6. Select the application you want to uninstall, and then click Uninstall.
c
Important:
e Uninstaller removes all drivers for Epson inkjet printers on the computer. If you use multiple Epson inkjet
printers and you only want to delete some drivers, delete all of them rst, and then install the necessary printer
driver again.
Note:
If you cannot nd the application you want to uninstall in the application list, you cannot uninstall using the
Uninstaller. In this situation, select Go > Applications > Epson Soware, select the application you want to uninstall,
and then drag it to the trash icon.
Related Information
&
“Application for Updating Soware and Firmware (Epson Soware Updater)” on page 252
Updating Applications and Firmware
You may be able to clear certain problems and improve or add functions by updating the applications and the
rmware.
Make sure you use the latest version of the applications and
rmware.
1. Make sure that the printer and the computer are connected, and the computer is connected to the internet.
2. Start EPSON Soware Updater, and update the applications or the rmware.
c
Important:
Do not turn o the computer or the printer until the update is complete; otherwise, the printer may
malfunction.
Note:
If you cannot nd the application you want to update in the list, you cannot update using the EPSON Soware Updater.
Check for the latest versions of the applications from your local Epson website.
http://www.epson.com
Maintaining the Printer
>
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
>
Updating Applications and Firm
…
139
Related Information
&
“Application for Updating Soware and Firmware (Epson Soware Updater)” on page 252
Updating the Printer's Firmware Using the Control Panel
If the printer is connected to the Internet, you can update the printer's
rmware
using the control panel. By
updating the rmware, the printer's performance may improve, or new functions may be added. You can also set
the printer to regularly check for rmware updates and notify you if any are available.
1. Select Settings on the home screen.
2. Select Firmware Update > Update.
Note:
Enable Notication to set the printer to regularly check for available rmware updates.
3. Check the message displayed on the screen and select Start Checking.
4.
Check the message displayed on the screen, select Start, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
e rmware is updated when new rmware is found. Once the update has started, it cannot be interrupted.
c
Important:
❏ Do not turn o or unplug the printer until the update is complete. Doing so may result in malfunction of the
printer.
❏ If the rmware update is not completed or is unsuccessful, the printer does not start up normally and
"Recovery Mode" is displayed on the LCD screen the next time the printer is turned on. In this situation, you
need to update the rmware again using a computer. Connect the printer to the computer with a USB cable.
While "Recovery Mode" is displayed on the printer, you cannot update the rmware over a network
connection. On the computer, access your local Epson website, and then download the latest printer
rmware. See the instructions on the website for the next steps.
Transporting and Storing the Printer
When you need to store the printer or transport it when moving or for repairs, follow the steps below to pack the
printer.
1. Turn o the printer by pressing the
P
button.
2. Make sure the power light turns o, and then unplug the power cord.
c
Important:
Unplug the power cord when the power light is o. Otherwise, the print head does not return to the home
position causing the ink to dry, and printing may become impossible.
3. Make sure there are no external USB device connected.
4.
Disconnect all cables such as the power cord and USB cable.
5. Remove all of the paper from the printer.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Transporting and Storing the Printer
140
6. Make sure there are no originals on the printer.
7. Open the scanner unit with the document cover closed. Secure the ink cartridge holder to the case with tape.
!
Caution:
Be careful not to trap your hand or
ngers
when opening or closing the scanner unit. Otherwise you may be
injured.
8. Close the scanner unit.
9. Prepare to pack the printer as shown below.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Transporting and Storing the Printer
141
10. Pack the printer in its box, using the protective materials.
c
Important:
❏ When storing or transporting the printer, avoid tilting it, placing it vertically, or turning it upside down;
otherwise ink may leak.
❏ Leave the ink cartridge installed. Removing the cartridge can dry out the print head and may prevent the printer
from printing.
When you use the printer again, make sure you remove the tape securing the ink cartridge holder. If print quality
has declined the next time you print, clean and align the print head.
Related Information
&
“Checking and Cleaning the Print Head” on page 126
& “Aligning the Print Head” on page 127
Maintaining the Printer
>
Transporting and Storing the Printer
142
Solving Problems
e
Printer Does Not Work as Expected.................................144
A Message is Displayed on the LCD Screen...............................196
Paper Gets Jammed................................................197
It is Time to Replace the Ink Cartridges................................. 198
It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box...............................201
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor.....................202
Cannot Solve Problem..............................................220
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
The Printer Does Not Turn On or
O
Power Does Not Turn On
e following causes can be considered.
The power cord is not plugged in properly to the electrical outlet.
Solutions
Make sure the power cord is securely plugged in.
The
P
button was not pressed for long enough.
Solutions
Hold down the
P
button for a little longer.
Power Does Not Turn O
The
P
button was not pressed for long enough.
Solutions
Hold down the
P
button for a little longer. If you still cannot turn
o
the printer, unplug the power cord.
To prevent the print head from drying out, turn the printer back on and turn it o by pressing the
P
button.
Power Turns O Automatically
The Power O Settings or Power O Timer feature is enabled.
Solutions
❏ Select Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Power O Settings, and then disable the Power
O If Inactive and Power O If Disconnected settings.
❏ Select Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings, and then disable the Power O Timer Setting.
Note:
Your product may have the Power O Settings or Power O Timer feature depending on the location of purchase.
Paper Does Not Feed Properly
No Paper Feeds
e
following causes can be considered.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Paper Does Not Feed Properly
144
The installation location is inappropriate.
Solutions
Place the printer on a at surface and operate in the recommended environmental conditions.
&
“Environmental Specications” on page 281
Unsupported paper is being used.
Solutions
Use paper supported by this printer.
&
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
& “Unavailable Paper Types” on page 243
Paper handling is inappropriate.
Solutions
Follow paper handling precautions.
&
“Paper Handling Precautions” on page 29
Too many sheets are loaded in the printer.
Solutions
Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specied for the paper.
&
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
The paper settings on the printer are incorrect.
Solutions
Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the
printer.
&
“Paper Size and Type Settings” on page 29
Paper Feeds at a Slant
e following causes can be considered.
The installation location is inappropriate.
Solutions
Place the printer on a at surface and operate in the recommended environmental conditions.
&
“Environmental Specications” on page 281
Unsupported paper is being used.
Solutions
Use paper supported by this printer.
&
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Paper Does Not Feed Properly
145
& “Unavailable Paper Types” on page 243
Paper handling is inappropriate.
Solutions
Follow paper handling precautions.
&
“Paper Handling Precautions” on page 29
The paper is loaded incorrectly.
Solutions
Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
Too many sheets are loaded in the printer.
Solutions
Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets
specied
for the paper.
&
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
The paper settings on the printer are incorrect.
Solutions
Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the
printer.
&
“Paper Size and Type Settings” on page 29
Several Sheets of Paper are Fed at a Time
e following causes can be considered.
The installation location is inappropriate.
Solutions
Place the printer on a at surface and operate in the recommended environmental conditions.
&
“Environmental Specications” on page 281
Unsupported paper is being used.
Solutions
Use paper supported by this printer.
&
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
& “Unavailable Paper Types” on page 243
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Paper Does Not Feed Properly
146
Paper handling is inappropriate.
Solutions
Follow paper handling precautions.
&
“Paper Handling Precautions” on page 29
The paper is moist or damp.
Solutions
Load new paper.
Static electricity is causing sheets of paper to stick to each other.
Solutions
Fan the paper before loading. If the paper still does not feed, load one sheet of paper at a time.
Too many sheets are loaded in the printer.
Solutions
Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets
specied
for the paper.
&
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
The paper settings on the printer are incorrect.
Solutions
Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the
printer.
&
“Paper Size and Type Settings” on page 29
Multiple sheets of paper feed at the same time during manual 2-sided printing.
Solutions
Remove any paper that is loaded in the paper source before you reload the paper.
Original Does Not Feed in the ADF
e
following causes can be considered.
Originals that are not supported by the ADF are being used.
Solutions
Use originals supported by the ADF.
&
“ADF Specications” on page 274
The originals are loaded incorrectly.
Solutions
Load originals in the correct direction, and slide the ADF edge guides against the edges of the originals.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Paper Does Not Feed Properly
147
Too many originals are loaded in the ADF.
Solutions
Do not load originals above the line indicated by the triangle symbol on the ADF.
The original slips when paper dust adheres to the roller.
Solutions
Clean the inside of the ADF.
&
“Cleaning the ADF” on page 129
Originals are not detected.
Solutions
On the screen for copy or scan, or fax, check that the ADF icon is on. If it is o, place the originals again.
Cannot Print
Cannot Print from Windows
Make sure the computer and the printer are connected correctly.
e
cause and solution to the problem
dier
depending on whether or not they are connected.
Checking the Connection Status
If you are using Windows, use the Epson Printer Connection Checker to check the connection status for the
computer and the printer. You may be able to solve the problem depending on the results of the check.
1. Double-click the Epson Printer Connection Checker icon on the desktop.
Epson Printer Connection Checker starts.
If there is no icon on the desktop, follow the methods below to start Epson Printer Connection Checker.
❏ Windows 11
Click the start button, and then select All apps > Epson Soware > Epson Printer Connection Checker.
❏ Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select Epson
Soware
> Epson Printer Connection Checker.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
148
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏ Windows 7
Click the start button, and then select All Programs > Epson Soware > Epson Printer Connection
Checker.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions to check.
Note:
If the printer name is not displayed, install a genuine Epson printer driver.
“Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows” on page 136
When you have identied the problem, follow the solution displayed on the screen.
When you cannot solve the problem, check the following according to your situation.
❏
e
printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 149
❏ e printer is not recognized using a USB connection
“e Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Windows)” on page 152
❏ e printer is recognized, but printing cannot be performed.
“Cannot Print Even ough a Connection has been Established (Windows)” on page 152
Cannot connect to a Network
e problem could be one of the following issues.
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
Aer moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn o the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
149
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are dierent.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to
dierent
SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
❏ Check the SSID that the printer is connected to by printing out the network connection check report.
❏ On all of the computers and smart devices you want to connect to the printer, check the name of the
Wi-Fi or network you are connected to.
❏ If the printer and your computer or smart device are connected to
dierent
networks, reconnect the
device to the SSID that the printer is connected to.
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.
Solutions
Most wireless routers have a separator function that blocks communication between devices within the
same SSID. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if
they are connected to the same network, disable the separator function on the wireless router. See the
manual provided with the wireless router for details.
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.
Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP on the printer’s control panel,
and then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.
If the printer network settings are incorrect, recongure the printer network settings according to the
network environment.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
150
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.
The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy
Ecient Ethernet).
Solutions
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Ecient
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.
❏ Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.
❏ Cannot connect to the printer.
❏ e communication speed becomes slow.
Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.
1. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
2. When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.
See the documentation provided with the computer for details.
3. Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.
4. On the printer, print a network connection report.
“Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network Connection Report)” on page 226
5.
Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.
6. On the computer, access Web Cong.
7. Select Log in and enter the administrator password.
Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.
“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 249
8. Select Network > Wired LAN.
9. Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.
10.
Click Next.
11. Click OK.
12. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
13.
If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.
14. Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
151
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.
The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Windows)
e following causes can be considered.
The USB cable is not plugged into the USB inlet correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.
There is a problem with the USB hub.
Solutions
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.
There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.
Solutions
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.
Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (Windows)
e
following causes can be considered.
There is a problem with the software or data.
Solutions
❏ Make sure that a genuine Epson printer driver (EPSON XXXXX) is installed. If a genuine Epson
printer driver is not installed, the available functions are limited. We recommend using a genuine
Epson printer driver.
❏ If you are printing a large data size image, the computer may run out of memory. Print the image at a
lower resolution or a smaller size.
❏ If you have tried all of the solutions and have not solved the problem, try uninstalling and then
reinstalling the printer driver.
❏ You may be able to clear the problem by updating the
soware
to the latest version. To check the
soware status, use the soware update tool.
&
“Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows” on page 136
& “Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Mac OS” on page 137
& “Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately” on page 134
& “Updating Applications and Firmware” on page 139
There is a problem with the printer's status.
Solutions
Click EPSON Status Monitor 3 on the printer driver's Maintenance tab, and then check the printer
status. If EPSON Status Monitor 3 is disabled, click Extended Settings on the Maintenance tab, and
then select Enable EPSON Status Monitor 3.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
152
There is still a job waiting to be printed.
Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab. If unnecessary data remains, select Cancel all
documents from the Printer menu.
The printer is pending or
oine.
Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab.
If the printer is oine or pending, clear the oine or pending setting from the Printer menu.
The printer is not selected as the default printer.
Solutions
Right-click the printer icon in Control Panel > View devices and printers (or Printers, Printers and
Faxes) and click Set as default printer.
Note:
If there are multiple printer icons, see the following to select the correct printer.
Example)
USB connection: EPSON XXXX Series
Network connection: EPSON XXXX Series (network)
If you install the printer driver multiple times, copies of the printer driver may be created. If copies such
as "EPSON XXXX Series (copy 1)" are created, right-click the copied driver icon, and then click Remove
Device.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
153
The printer port is not set correctly.
Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab.
Make sure the printer port is set correctly as shown below in Property > Port from the Printer menu.
USB connection: USBXXX, Network connection: EpsonNet Print Port
Suddenly the Printer Cannot Print over a Network Connection
e problem could be one of the following issues.
The network environment has been changed.
Solutions
When you have changed the network environment, such as the wireless router or provider, try making
network settings for the printer again.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
154
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
The printer is not connected to the network.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check, and then print the network
connection report. If the report shows that the network connection failed, check the network connection
report and then follow the printed solutions.
&
“Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network Connection Report)” on page 226
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.
There is still a job waiting to be printed.
Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab. If unnecessary data remains, select Cancel all
documents from the Printer menu.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
155
The printer is pending or oine.
Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab.
If the printer is
oine
or pending, clear the
oine
or pending setting from the Printer menu.
The printer is not selected as the default printer.
Solutions
Right-click the printer icon in Control Panel > View devices and printers (or Printers, Printers and
Faxes) and click Set as default printer.
Note:
If there are multiple printer icons, see the following to select the correct printer.
Example)
USB connection: EPSON XXXX Series
Network connection: EPSON XXXX Series (network)
If you install the printer driver multiple times, copies of the printer driver may be created. If copies such
as "EPSON XXXX Series (copy 1)" are created, right-click the copied driver icon, and then click Remove
Device.
The printer port is not set correctly.
Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab.
Make sure the printer port is set correctly as shown below in Property > Port from the Printer menu.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
156
USB connection: USBXXX, Network connection: EpsonNet Print Port
Cannot Print from Mac OS
Make sure the computer and the printer are connected correctly.
e
cause and solution to the problem
dier
depending on whether or not they are connected.
Checking the Connection Status
Use EPSON Status Monitor to check the connection status for the computer and the printer.
1.
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and
then select the printer.
2.
Click Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility.
3. Click EPSON Status Monitor.
When the status of consumables is displayed, a connection has been successfully established between the computer
and the printer.
Check the following if a connection has not been established.
❏ e printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 158
❏
e
printer is not recognized using a USB connection
“
e
Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Mac OS)” on page 160
Check the following if a connection has been established.
❏ e printer is recognized, but printing cannot be performed.
“Cannot Print Even ough a Connection has been Established (Mac OS)” on page 161
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
157
Cannot connect to a Network
e
problem could be one of the following issues.
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
Aer moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn o the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are dierent.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to dierent SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
158
❏ Check the SSID that the printer is connected to by printing out the network connection check report.
❏ On all of the computers and smart devices you want to connect to the printer, check the name of the
Wi-Fi or network you are connected to.
❏ If the printer and your computer or smart device are connected to dierent networks, reconnect the
device to the SSID that the printer is connected to.
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.
Solutions
Most wireless routers have a separator function that blocks communication between devices within the
same SSID. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if
they are connected to the same network, disable the separator function on the wireless router. See the
manual provided with the wireless router for details.
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.
Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP on the printer’s control panel,
and then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.
If the printer network settings are incorrect, recongure the printer network settings according to the
network environment.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.
The device connected to the USB 3.0 port causes radio frequency interference.
Solutions
When you connect a device to the USB 3.0 port on a Mac, radio frequency interference may occur. Try
the following if you cannot connect to wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) or if operations become unstable.
❏ Place the device that is connected to the USB 3.0 port further away from the computer.
❏ Connect to the SSID for the 5 GHz range.
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 224
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
159
The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy
Ecient
Ethernet).
Solutions
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Ecient
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.
❏ Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.
❏ Cannot connect to the printer.
❏ e communication speed becomes slow.
Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.
1. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
2. When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.
See the documentation provided with the computer for details.
3. Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.
4. On the printer, print a network connection report.
“Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network Connection Report)” on page 226
5. Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.
6.
On the computer, access Web
Cong
.
7. Select Log in and enter the administrator password.
Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.
“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 249
8.
Select Network > Wired LAN.
9. Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.
10. Click Next.
11.
Click OK.
12. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
13. If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.
14.
Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.
The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Mac OS)
e following causes can be considered.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
160
The USB cable is not plugged into the USB inlet correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.
There is a problem with the USB hub.
Solutions
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.
There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.
Solutions
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.
Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (Mac OS)
e following causes can be considered.
There is a problem with the software or data.
Solutions
❏ Make sure that a genuine Epson printer driver (EPSON XXXXX) is installed. If a genuine Epson
printer driver is not installed, the available functions are limited. We recommend using a genuine
Epson printer driver.
❏ If you are printing a large data size image, the computer may run out of memory. Print the image at a
lower resolution or a smaller size.
❏ If you have tried all of the solutions and have not solved the problem, try uninstalling and then
reinstalling the printer driver.
❏ You may be able to clear the problem by updating the soware to the latest version. To check the
soware status, use the soware update tool.
&
“Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows” on page 136
& “Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Mac OS” on page 137
& “Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately” on page 134
& “Updating Applications and Firmware” on page 139
There is a problem with the status of the printer.
Solutions
Make sure the printer status is not Pause.
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax),
and then double-click the printer. If the printer is paused, click Resume.
Suddenly the Printer Cannot Print over a Network Connection
e problem could be one of the following issues.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
161
The network environment has been changed.
Solutions
When you have changed the network environment, such as the wireless router or provider, try making
network settings for the printer again.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
The printer is not connected to the network.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check, and then print the network
connection report. If the report shows that the network connection failed, check the network connection
report and then follow the printed solutions.
&
“Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network Connection Report)” on page 226
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.
Cannot Print from Smart Device
Make sure the smart device and the printer are connected correctly.
e cause and solution to the problem dier depending on whether or not they are connected.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
162
Check the connection with the smart device
Use Epson Smart Panel to check the connection between the smart device and the printer.
Open the Epson Smart Panel. If you cannot connect to the printer, tap [+] at the top of the screen to reset.
If you are not using Epson Smart Panel, see the link below.
https://epson.sn
Cannot connect to a Network
e problem could be one of the following issues.
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
Aer moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn o the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
163
The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are dierent.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to dierent SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
❏ Check the SSID that the printer is connected to by printing out the network connection check report.
❏ On all of the computers and smart devices you want to connect to the printer, check the name of the
Wi-Fi or network you are connected to.
❏ If the printer and your computer or smart device are connected to dierent networks, reconnect the
device to the SSID that the printer is connected to.
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.
Solutions
Most wireless routers have a separator function that blocks communication between devices within the
same SSID. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if
they are connected to the same network, disable the separator function on the wireless router. See the
manual provided with the wireless router for details.
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.
Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP on the printer’s control panel,
and then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.
If the printer network settings are incorrect, recongure the printer network settings according to the
network environment.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
There is a problem with the network settings on the smart device.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your smart device to make sure that your smart device's network settings
are correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the smart device.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
164
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the smart device
for details.
Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (iOS)
e following causes can be considered.
Paper Setup Auto Display is disabled.
Solutions
Enable Paper Setup Auto Display in the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Paper Source Settings > Paper Setup Auto Display
AirPrint is disabled.
Solutions
Enable the AirPrint setting on Web Cong.
&
“Application for
Conguring
Printer Operations (Web
Cong
)” on page 249
Suddenly the Printer Cannot Print over a Network Connection
e
problem could be one of the following issues.
The network environment has been changed.
Solutions
When you have changed the network environment, such as the wireless router or provider, try making
network settings for the printer again.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
165
The printer is not connected to the network.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check, and then print the network
connection report. If the report shows that the network connection failed, check the network connection
report and then follow the printed solutions.
& “Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network Connection Report)” on page 226
There is a problem with the network settings on the smart device.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your smart device to make sure that your smart device's network settings
are correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the smart device.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the smart device
for details.
Cannot Start Scanning
Cannot Start Scanning from Windows
Make sure the computer and the printer are connected correctly.
e cause and solution to the problem dier depending on whether or not they are connected.
Checking the Connection Status
Use Epson Printer Connection Checker to check the connection status for the computer and the printer. You may
be able to solve the problem depending on the results of the check.
1. Double-click the Epson Printer Connection Checker icon on the desktop.
Epson Printer Connection Checker starts.
If there is no icon on the desktop, follow the methods below to start Epson Printer Connection Checker.
❏ Windows 11
Click the start button, and then select All apps > Epson
Soware
> Epson Printer Connection Checker.
❏ Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select Epson Soware > Epson Printer Connection Checker.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏ Windows 7
Click the start button, and then select All Programs > Epson Soware > Epson Printer Connection
Checker.
2.
Follow the on-screen instructions to check.
Note:
If the printer name is not displayed, install a genuine Epson printer driver.
“Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows” on page 136
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
166
When you have identied the problem, follow the solution displayed on the screen.
When you cannot solve the problem, check the following according to your situation.
❏
e
printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 167
❏ e printer is not recognized using a USB connection
“e Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Windows)” on page 152
❏ e printer is recognized, but scanning cannot be performed.
“Cannot Scan Even ough a Connection has been Correctly Established (Windows)” on page 170
Cannot connect to a Network
e problem could be one of the following issues.
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
Aer moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn o the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
167
The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are dierent.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to dierent SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
❏ Check the SSID that the printer is connected to by printing out the network connection check report.
❏ On all of the computers and smart devices you want to connect to the printer, check the name of the
Wi-Fi or network you are connected to.
❏ If the printer and your computer or smart device are connected to dierent networks, reconnect the
device to the SSID that the printer is connected to.
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.
Solutions
Most wireless routers have a separator function that blocks communication between devices within the
same SSID. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if
they are connected to the same network, disable the separator function on the wireless router. See the
manual provided with the wireless router for details.
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.
Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP on the printer’s control panel,
and then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.
If the printer network settings are incorrect, recongure the printer network settings according to the
network environment.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
168
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.
The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy
Ecient Ethernet).
Solutions
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Ecient
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.
❏ Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.
❏ Cannot connect to the printer.
❏ e communication speed becomes slow.
Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.
1. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
2. When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.
See the documentation provided with the computer for details.
3. Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.
4.
On the printer, print a network connection report.
“Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network Connection Report)” on page 226
5.
Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.
6. On the computer, access Web Cong.
7. Select Log in and enter the administrator password.
Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.
“Application for
Conguring
Printer Operations (Web
Cong
)” on page 249
8. Select Network > Wired LAN.
9. Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.
10.
Click Next.
11. Click OK.
12. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
13.
If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.
14. Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.
The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Windows)
e
following causes can be considered.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
169
The USB cable is not plugged into the USB inlet correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.
There is a problem with the USB hub.
Solutions
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.
There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.
Solutions
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.
Cannot Scan Even Though a Connection has been Correctly Established (Windows)
Scanning at a high resolution over a network.
Solutions
Try scanning at a lower resolution.
Cannot Start Scanning from Mac OS
Make sure the computer and the printer are connected correctly.
e
cause and solution to the problem
dier
depending on whether or not they are connected.
Checking the Connection Status
Use EPSON Status Monitor to check the connection status for the computer and the printer.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and
then select the printer.
2. Click Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility.
3. Click EPSON Status Monitor.
When the remaining ink levels are displayed, a connection has been successfully established between the computer
and the printer.
Check the following if a connection has not been established.
❏ e printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 171
❏ e printer is not recognized using a USB connection
“e Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Mac OS)” on page 160
Check the following if a connection has been established.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
170
❏ e printer is recognized, but scanning cannot be performed.
“Cannot Scan Even ough a Connection has been Correctly Established (Mac OS)” on page 174
Cannot connect to a Network
e problem could be one of the following issues.
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
Aer moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn o the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
171
The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are dierent.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to dierent SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
❏ Check the SSID that the printer is connected to by printing out the network connection check report.
❏ On all of the computers and smart devices you want to connect to the printer, check the name of the
Wi-Fi or network you are connected to.
❏ If the printer and your computer or smart device are connected to dierent networks, reconnect the
device to the SSID that the printer is connected to.
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.
Solutions
Most wireless routers have a separator function that blocks communication between devices within the
same SSID. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if
they are connected to the same network, disable the separator function on the wireless router. See the
manual provided with the wireless router for details.
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.
Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP on the printer’s control panel,
and then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.
If the printer network settings are incorrect, recongure the printer network settings according to the
network environment.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
172
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.
The device connected to the USB 3.0 port causes radio frequency interference.
Solutions
When you connect a device to the USB 3.0 port on a Mac, radio frequency interference may occur. Try
the following if you cannot connect to wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) or if operations become unstable.
❏ Place the device that is connected to the USB 3.0 port further away from the computer.
❏ Connect to the SSID for the 5 GHz range.
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 224
The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy
Ecient Ethernet).
Solutions
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Ecient
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.
❏ Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.
❏ Cannot connect to the printer.
❏
e
communication speed becomes slow.
Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.
1. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
2. When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.
See the documentation provided with the computer for details.
3. Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.
4. On the printer, print a network connection report.
“Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network Connection Report)” on page 226
5. Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.
6. On the computer, access Web Cong.
Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.
“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 249
7. Select the Network Settings tab > Wired LAN.
8. Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.
9. Click Next.
10. Click OK.
11. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
173
12. If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.
13. Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.
The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Mac OS)
e following causes can be considered.
The USB cable is not plugged into the USB inlet correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.
There is a problem with the USB hub.
Solutions
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.
There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.
Solutions
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.
Cannot Scan Even Though a Connection has been Correctly Established (Mac OS)
Scanning at a high resolution over a network.
Solutions
Try scanning at a lower resolution.
Cannot Start Scanning from Smart Device
Make sure the smart device and the printer are connected correctly.
e cause and solution to the problem dier depending on whether or not they are connected.
Check the connection with the smart device
Use Epson Smart Panel to check the connection between the smart device and the printer.
Open the Epson Smart Panel. If you cannot connect to the printer, tap [+] at the top of the screen to reset.
If you are not using Epson Smart Panel, see the link below.
https://epson.sn
Cannot connect to a Network
e
problem could be one of the following issues.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
174
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
Aer moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn o the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are dierent.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to dierent SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
❏ Check the SSID that the printer is connected to by printing out the network connection check report.
❏ On all of the computers and smart devices you want to connect to the printer, check the name of the
Wi-Fi or network you are connected to.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
175
❏ If the printer and your computer or smart device are connected to dierent networks, reconnect the
device to the SSID that the printer is connected to.
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.
Solutions
Most wireless routers have a separator function that blocks communication between devices within the
same SSID. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if
they are connected to the same network, disable the separator function on the wireless router. See the
manual provided with the wireless router for details.
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.
Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP on the printer’s control panel,
and then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.
If the printer network settings are incorrect,
recongure
the printer network settings according to the
network environment.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
There is a problem with the network settings on the smart device.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your smart device to make sure that your smart device's network settings
are correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the smart device.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the smart device
for details.
Cannot Save Scanned Images to the Shared Folder
Messages are Displayed on the Control Panel
When error messages are displayed on the control panel, check the message itself or the following list to solve the
problems.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
176
Messages Solutions
DNS error. Check DNS settings. Cannnot connect to the computer. Check the following.
❏ Make sure that the address in the contacts list on the printer and the address
of the shared folder are the same.
❏ If the IP address of the computer is static and is set manually, change the
computer name in the network path to the IP address.
Example: \\EPSON02\SCAN to \\192.168.xxx.xxx\SCAN
❏ Make sure that the computer is turned on and does not sleep. If the computer
sleeps, you cannot save scanned images to the shared folder.
❏ Temporarily disable the computer's Firewall and security software. If this clears
the error, check the settings in the security software.
❏ If Public network is selected as the network place, you cannot save the
scanned images to the shared folder. Set the forward settings for each port.
❏ If you are using a laptop computer and the IP address is set as DHCP, the IP
address may change when reconnecting to the network. Obtain the IP address
again.
❏ Make sure the DNS setting is correct. Contact your network administrator
about the DNS settings.
❏ The computer name and the IP address may
dier
when the management
table of the DNS server is not updated. Contact your DNS server administrator.
Authentication error. Please check the
Email Server Settings.
Make sure the user name and the password are correct on the computer and the
contacts on the printer. Also, make sure that the password has not expired.
Communication error. Check the Wi-Fi/
network connection.
Cannot communicate with a network folder that is registered on the contacts list.
Check the following.
❏ Make sure that Use Microsoft network sharing is enabled on the Web Cong.
Select Network > MS Network on the Web Cong.
❏ Make sure that the address in the contacts list on the printer and the address
of the shared folder are the same.
❏ Access rights for the user in the contacts list should be added on the Sharing
tab and the Security tab of the shared folder's properties. Also, the
permissions for the user should be set to "allowed".
The le name is already in use. Rename
the le and scan again.
Change the le name settings. Otherwise, move or delete the les, or change the
le name on the shared folder.
Scanned le(s) are too large. Only XX
page(s) have been sent. Check if the
destination has enough space.
There is not enough disk space on the computer. Increase the free space on the
computer.
Checking the Point where the Error Occurred
Solutions
When saving scanned images to the shared folder, saving process proceeds as following. You can then
check the point where the error occurred.
Items Operation Error Messages
Connecting Connect to the computer from the printer. DNS error. Check DNS settings.
Logging on to the
computer
Log on to the computer with the user name and
the password.
Authentication error. Please check the
Email Server Settings.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
177
Items Operation Error Messages
Checking the folder to
save
Check the network path of the shared folder. Communication error. Check the Wi-Fi/
network connection.
Checking the le name Check if there is a le with the same name as the
le you want to save in the folder.
The le name is already in use. Rename
the le and scan again.
Writing the le Write a new le. Scanned le(s) are too large. Only XX
page(s) have been sent. Check if the
destination has enough space.
Saving the Scanned Images Takes a Long Time
It takes a long time for the name resolution to correspond to the "Domain Name" and the "IP
Address".
Solutions
Check the following points.
❏ Make sure the DNS setting is correct.
❏ Make sure each DNS setting is correct when checking the Web
Cong
.
❏ Make sure the DNS domain name is correct.
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
e following causes can be considered.
There are some problems in telephone wall jack.
Solutions
Check that the telephone wall jack works by connecting a phone to it and testing it. If you cannot make or
receive calls, contact your telecommunication company.
There are some problems in connecting to the telephone line.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Check Fax Connection on the control panel to run
the automatic fax connection check. Try the solutions printed on the report.
Communication error occurs.
Solutions
Select Slow(9,600bps) in Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings > Fax Speed on
the control panel.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
178
Connected to a DSL phone line without DSL lter.
Solutions
To connect to a DSL phone line, you need to use a DSL modem equipped with a built-in DSL lter, or
install a separate DSL lter to the line. Contact your DSL provider.
“Connecting to DSL or ISDN” on page 327
There are some problems in the DSL lter when you connect to a DSL phone line.
Solutions
If you can not send or receive fax, connect the printer directly to a telephone wall jack to see if the printer
can send a fax. If it works, the problem may be caused by the DSL lter. Contact your DSL provider.
Cannot Send Faxes
e following causes can be considered.
The connection line is set to PSTN in a facility where a private branch exchange (PBX) is
being used.
Solutions
Select PBX in Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings > Line Type on the control
panel.
Sending faxes without entering an access code in an environment in which a PBX is
installed.
Solutions
If your phone system requires an external access code to get an outside line, register the access code to the
printer, and enter # (hash) at the beginning of a fax number when sending.
The header information for outgoing faxes is not registered.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings > Header and set up the header
information. Some fax machines automatically reject incoming faxes that do not include header
information.
Your caller ID is blocked.
Solutions
Contact your telecommunication company to unblock your caller ID. Some phones or fax machines
automatically reject anonymous calls.
The recipient's fax number is wrong.
Solutions
Check that the recipient's number registered in your contacts list or that you entered directly using the
keypad is correct. Or, check with the recipient that the fax number is correct.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
179
The recipient's fax machine is not ready to receive faxes.
Solutions
Ask the recipient if the recipient's fax machine is ready to receive a fax.
The data being sent is too large.
Solutions
You can send faxes at a smaller data size using one of the following methods.
❏ When you send the fax in monochrome, enable Direct Send in Fax > Fax Settings > Fax Send
Settings.
“Sending Many Pages of a Monochrome Document (Direct Send)” on page 106
❏ Using the connected phone
“Sending Faxes Dialing from the External Phone Device” on page 106
❏ Separating the originals
Cannot Receive Faxes
e
following causes can be considered.
Subscribing to a call forwarding service.
Solutions
If you have subscribed to a call forwarding service, the printer may not be able to receive faxes. Contact
the service provider.
The Receive Mode is set to Manual while an external phone device is connected to the
printer.
Solutions
If an external phone device is connected to the printer and is sharing a phone line with the printer, select
Settings >General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings, and then set Receive Mode to Auto.
The available memory of the inbox is not enough.
Solutions
100 received documents have been saved in the inbox in total. Delete the unnecessary documents.
The computer that will save the received faxes is not turned on.
Solutions
When you have made settings to save received faxes to a computer, turn on the computer.
e
received
fax is deleted once it has been saved to the computer.
The sender's fax number has been registered to the Rejection Number List.
Solutions
Make sure that the sender's number can be deleted from the Rejection Number List before deleting it.
Delete it from Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings > Rejection Fax > Edit
Blocked Number list. Or disable the Rejection Number List in Settings > General Settings > Fax
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
180
Settings > Basic Settings > Rejection Fax > Rejection Fax. Faxes sent from numbers that have been
registered to this list are blocked when this setting is enabled.
The sender's fax number has not been registered in the contacts list.
Solutions
Register the sender's fax number to contact list. Or disable Unregistered Contacts in Settings > General
Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings > Rejection Fax > Rejection Fax. Faxes sent from numbers that
have not been registered to this list are blocked when this setting is enabled.
The sender has sent the fax without header information.
Solutions
Ask the sender if header information is setup on their fax machine. Or, disable Fax Header Blank in
Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings > Rejection Fax > Rejection Fax. Faxes that
do not include header information are blocked when this setting is enabled.
Cannot Send Faxes to a Specic Recipient
The Fax Speed setting registered in the contact list is wrong.
Solutions
Select the recipient from the contact list, and then select Edit > Fax Speed > Slow(9,600bps).
Cannot Send Faxes at a Specied Time
The printer's date and time is wrong.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Date/Time Settings, and then set the correct date
and time.
Faxes Are Sent at the Wrong Size
e following causes can be considered.
The originals are not placed correctly.
Solutions
❏ Make sure the original is placed correctly against the alignment marks.
❏ If the edge of the scanned image is missing, move the original slightly away from the edge of the
scanner glass. You cannot scan the area within approximately 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) from the edge of the
scanner glass.
&
“Placing Originals” on page 36
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
181
There is dust or dirt on the originals or the scanner glass.
Solutions
Remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals, and clean the scanner glass.
&
“Cleaning the Scanner Glass” on page 128
Cannot Save Received Faxes to a Memory Device
e
following causes can be considered.
Saving received faxes to external memory is disabled.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Receive Settings, and then enable Save to Memory
Device in each menu.
A memory device is not connected to the printer.
Solutions
Connect a memory device, in which you have created a folder to save faxes, to the printer. Once the faxes
are saved in the device, they are deleted from the printer's memory.
There is not enough free space in the device.
Solutions
Delete unnecessary data from the device to increase the amount of free space. Or, connect another device
that has enough free space.
The memory device is write-protected.
Solutions
Disable write protection on the memory device.
Received Faxes Are Not Printed
e
following causes can be considered.
An error has occurred in the printer such as a paper jam.
Solutions
Clear the printer error, and then ask the sender to resend the fax.
Printing received faxes is disabled under the current settings.
Solutions
If Save to Computer is set to Ye s , change the setting to Yes an d Pri nt. Or, disable Save to Inbox and Save
to Computer allows printing to be performed.
You c a n n d Save to Inbox and Save to Computer in Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings >
Receive Settings > Fax Output Settings.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
182
Cannot Send and Receive Faxes (Windows)
Make sure the computer and the printer are connected correctly. e cause and solution to the problem dier
depending on whether or not they are connected.
Checking the Connection Status
If you are using Windows, use the Epson Printer Connection Checker to check the connection status for the
computer and the printer. You may be able to solve the problem depending on the results of the check.
1.
Double-click the Epson Printer Connection Checker icon on the desktop.
Epson Printer Connection Checker starts.
If there is no icon on the desktop, follow the methods below to start Epson Printer Connection Checker.
❏ Windows 11
Click the start button, and then select All apps > Epson Soware > Epson Printer Connection Checker.
❏ Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select Epson Soware > Epson Printer Connection Checker.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏ Windows 7
Click the start button, and then select All Programs > Epson
Soware
> Epson Printer Connection
Checker.
2.
Follow the on-screen instructions to check.
Note:
If the printer name is not displayed, install a genuine Epson printer driver.
“Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows” on page 136
When you have
identied
the problem, follow the solution displayed on the screen.
When you cannot solve the problem, check the following according to your situation.
❏ e printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 149
❏
e
printer is not recognized using a USB connection
“e Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Windows)” on page 152
❏ e printer is recognized, but printing cannot be performed.
“Cannot Print Even
ough
a Connection has been Established (Windows)” on page 152
Cannot connect to a Network
e problem could be one of the following issues.
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn
o
the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
183
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
Aer
moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn
o
the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are dierent.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to
dierent
SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
❏ Check the SSID that the printer is connected to by printing out the network connection check report.
❏ On all of the computers and smart devices you want to connect to the printer, check the name of the
Wi-Fi or network you are connected to.
❏ If the printer and your computer or smart device are connected to dierent networks, reconnect the
device to the SSID that the printer is connected to.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
184
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.
Solutions
Most wireless routers have a separator function that blocks communication between devices within the
same SSID. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if
they are connected to the same network, disable the separator function on the wireless router. See the
manual provided with the wireless router for details.
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.
Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP on the printer’s control panel,
and then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.
If the printer network settings are incorrect,
recongure
the printer network settings according to the
network environment.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.
The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy
Ecient Ethernet).
Solutions
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Ecient
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.
❏ Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.
❏ Cannot connect to the printer.
❏ e communication speed becomes slow.
Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.
1. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
2. When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.
See the documentation provided with the computer for details.
3. Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.
4. On the printer, print a network connection report.
“Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network Connection Report)” on page 226
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
185
5. Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.
6. On the computer, access Web
Cong
.
7. Select Log in and enter the administrator password.
Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.
“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 249
8. Select Network > Wired LAN.
9. Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.
10. Click Next.
11. Click OK.
12. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
13. If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.
14.
Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.
The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Windows)
e following causes can be considered.
The USB cable is not plugged into the USB inlet correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.
There is a problem with the USB hub.
Solutions
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.
There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.
Solutions
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes Even Though a Connection has been Correctly
Established (Windows)
e following causes can be considered.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
186
The software is not installed.
Solutions
Make sure that the PC-FAX driver have been installed on the computer. e PC-FAX driver is installed
with FAX Utility. Follow the steps below to check if it is installed.
Make sure the printer (fax) is displayed in Devices and Printers, Printer, or Printers and Other
Hardware. e printer (fax) is displayed as "EPSON XXXXX (FAX)". If the printer (fax) is not displayed,
uninstall and then re-install the FAX Utility. See the following to access Devices and Printers, Printer, or
Printers and Other Hardware.
❏ Windows 11
Click on the start button, and then select All Apps > Windows Tools > Control Panel > View devices
and printers in Hardware and Sound.
❏ Windows 10
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel > View devices and
printers in Hardware and Sound.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound or
Hardware.
❏ Windows 7
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound
or Hardware.
❏ Windows Vista
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers in Hardware and Sound.
❏ Windows XP
Click the start button, and select Settings > Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware > Printers
and Faxes.
There are some problems with fax connection and fax settings.
Solutions
Try the resolutions for fax connection and fax settings.
Cannot Send and Receive Faxes (Mac OS)
Make sure the computer and the printer are connected correctly. e cause and solution to the problem dier
depending on whether or not they are connected.
Checking the Connection Status
Use EPSON Status Monitor to check the connection status for the computer and the printer.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and
then select the printer.
2. Click Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility.
3.
Click EPSON Status Monitor.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
187
When the status of consumables is displayed, a connection has been successfully established between the computer
and the printer.
Check the following if a connection has not been established.
❏ e printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 158
❏
e
printer is not recognized using a USB connection
“
e
Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Mac OS)” on page 160
Check the following if a connection has been established.
❏ e printer is recognized, but printing cannot be performed.
“Cannot Print Even ough a Connection has been Established (Mac OS)” on page 161
Cannot connect to a Network
e
problem could be one of the following issues.
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
Aer moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn o the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
188
The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are dierent.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to dierent SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
❏ Check the SSID that the printer is connected to by printing out the network connection check report.
❏ On all of the computers and smart devices you want to connect to the printer, check the name of the
Wi-Fi or network you are connected to.
❏ If the printer and your computer or smart device are connected to dierent networks, reconnect the
device to the SSID that the printer is connected to.
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.
Solutions
Most wireless routers have a separator function that blocks communication between devices within the
same SSID. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if
they are connected to the same network, disable the separator function on the wireless router. See the
manual provided with the wireless router for details.
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.
Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP on the printer’s control panel,
and then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.
If the printer network settings are incorrect, recongure the printer network settings according to the
network environment.
&
“Re-Setting the Network Connection” on page 223
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
189
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.
The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy
Ecient Ethernet).
Solutions
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Ecient
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.
❏ Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.
❏ Cannot connect to the printer.
❏ e communication speed becomes slow.
Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.
1. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
2. When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.
See the documentation provided with the computer for details.
3. Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.
4.
On the printer, print a network connection report.
“Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network Connection Report)” on page 226
5.
Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.
6. On the computer, access Web Cong.
7. Select Log in and enter the administrator password.
Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.
“Application for
Conguring
Printer Operations (Web
Cong
)” on page 249
8. Select Network > Wired LAN.
9. Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.
10.
Click Next.
11. Click OK.
12. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
13.
If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.
14. Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.
The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Mac OS)
e
following causes can be considered.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Send or Receive Faxes
190
The USB cable is not plugged into the USB inlet correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.
There is a problem with the USB hub.
Solutions
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.
There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.
Solutions
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.
Cannot Send or Receive Even Though a Connection has been Correctly Established
(Mac OS)
e following causes can be considered.
The software is not installed.
Solutions
Make sure that the PC-FAX driver have been installed on the computer. e PC-FAX driver is installed
with FAX Utility. Follow the steps below to check if it is installed.
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax),
and then make sure the printer (fax) is displayed. e printer (fax) is displayed as "FAX XXXX (USB)" or
"FAX XXXX (IP)". If the printer (fax) is not displayed, click [+] and then register the printer (fax).
PC-FAX driver is paused.
Solutions
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax),
and then double-click the printer (fax). If the printer is paused, click Resume (or Resume Printer).
There are some problems with fax connection and fax settings.
Solutions
Try the resolutions for fax connection and fax settings.
Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected
Operations are Slow
Printing Is Too Slow
e following causes can be considered.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected
191
Unnecessary applications are running.
Solutions
Close any unnecessary applications on your computer or smart device.
The print quality is set to high.
Solutions
Lower the quality setting.
Bidirectional printing is disabled.
Solutions
Enable the bidirectional (or high speed) setting. When this setting is enabled, the print head prints while
moving in both directions, and the printing speed increases.
❏ Control panel
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings, and then enable Bidirectional.
❏ Windows
Select Bidirectional Printing on the printer driver's More Options tab.
❏ Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print
&Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select On as the
Bidirectional Printing setting.
Quiet Mode is enabled.
Solutions
Disable Quiet Mode. e printing speed slows down when the printer is running in Quiet Mode.
❏ Control panel
Select
on the home screen, and then select O.
❏ Windows
Select O as the Quiet Mode setting on the printer driver's Main tab.
❏ Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select O as the
Quiet Mode setting.
Printing Slows Down Dramatically During Continuous Printing
The function that prevents the printer mechanism from overheating and being damaged is
operating.
Solutions
You can continue printing. To return to normal printing speed, leave the printer idle for at least 30
minutes. Printing speed does not return to normal if the power is
o.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected
192
Scanning Speed Is Slow
Scanning at a high resolution.
Solutions
Try scanning at a lower resolution.
LCD Screen Gets Dark
The printer is in sleep mode.
Solutions
Tap anywhere on the LCD screen to return it to its former state.
Touch Screen Does Not Respond
e following causes can be considered.
A protective sheet has been stuck on the touch screen.
Solutions
If you stick a protective sheet on the touch screen, the optical touch screen may not respond. Remove the
sheet.
The screen is smeared.
Solutions
Turn o the printer, and then wipe the screen using a so, dry cloth. If the screen is smeared, it may not
respond.
"!" is Displayed on the Screen and you Cannot Select Photos
The image
le
is not supported.
Solutions
"!" is displayed on the LCD screen when the image le is not supported by the product. Use les
supported by the product.
&
“Supported Data Specications” on page 279
Memory Device Is not Recognized
The memory device is set to disabled.
Solutions
On the control panel, select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Memory Device Interface,
and the enable the memory device.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected
193
Cannot Save Data to a Memory Device
e
following causes can be considered.
The memory device is write-protected.
Solutions
Disable write protection on the memory device.
There is not enough free space on the memory device.
Solutions
Delete unnesesary data or insert another memory device.
Operation Sounds Are Loud
Quiet Mode is disabled on the printer.
Solutions
If operations sounds are too loud, enable Quiet Mode. Enabling this feature may reduce printing speed.
❏ Control panel
Select
on the home screen, and then enable Quiet Mode.
❏ Windows
Enable Quiet Mode on the printer driver's Main tab.
❏ Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Enable the Quiet
Mode setting.
The Date and Time Are Incorrect
Error occurred in power supply.
Solutions
Aer
a power failure caused by a lightning strike or if the power is
le
o
for a long time, the clock may
show the wrong time. Set the date and the time correctly in Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings
> Date/Time Settings on the control panel.
The Root Certicate Needs to be Updated
The root certicate has expired.
Solutions
Run Web
Cong
, and then update the root
certicate.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected
194
Forgot Your Password
You need help from service personnel.
Solutions
If you forget the administrator's password, contact Epson support.
Copies are Made or Faxes are Sent Unintentionally
Foreign objects are touching the optical touch panel.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Wake from Sle ep, and then turn o Tou ch LCD
Screen to Wake. e printer will not return from sleep mode (power saving) until you press the
P
button.
Sender's Fax Number Not Displayed
The sender's fax number is not set to the sender's machine.
Solutions
e sender may not have set the fax number. Contact the sender.
Sender's Fax Number Displayed on Received Faxes is Wrong
The sender's fax number set to the sender's machine is wrong.
Solutions
e
sender may have set the fax number incorrectly. Contact the sender.
Cannot Make Calls on the Connected Telephone
The phone cable is not connected correctly.
Solutions
Connect the telephone to the EXT. port on the printer, and pick up the receiver. If you cannot hear a dial
tone through the receiver, connect the phone cable correctly.
Answering Machine Cannot Answer Voice Calls
The printer's Rings to Answer setting is set to less than the number of rings for your
answering machine.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings > Rings to Answer, and then set a
number higher than the number of rings for your answering machine.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected
195
A Lot of Junk Faxes Have Been Received
The printer's feature to block junk faxes has not been set up.
Solutions
Make Rejection Fax settings in Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings.
“Making Settings for Blocking Junk Faxes” on page 334
A Message is Displayed on the LCD Screen
If an error message is displayed on the LCD screen, follow the on-screen instructions or the solutions below to
solve the problem.
Error Messages Solutions
Printer Error
Turn on the printer again. See your
documentation for more details.
Remove any paper or protective material in the printer. If the error
message is still displayed, contact Epson support.
Paper out in XX. Load paper, and then insert the paper cassette all the way.
You need to replace Ink Cartridge. To ensure you receive premium print quality and to help protect your
print head, a variable ink safety reserve remains in the cartridge when
your printer indicates it is time to replace the cartridge. Replace the
cartridge when you are prompted to do so.
Paper Setup Auto Display is set to O. Some
features may not be available. For details, see
your documentation.
If Paper Setup Auto Display is disabled, you cannot use AirPrint.
No dial tone is detected. This problem might be resolved by selecting Settings > General
Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings > Line Type and then
selecting PBX. If your phone system requires an external access code to
get an outside line, set the access code after selecting PBX. Use # (hash)
instead of the actual access code when entering an outside fax number.
This makes connection more secure.
If the error message is still displayed, set the Dial Tone Detection
settings to disabled. However, disabling this feature may drop the rst
digit of a fax number and send the fax to the wrong number.
The combination of the IP address and the
subnet mask is invalid. See your documentation
for more details.
Enter the correct IP address or default gateway. Contact the person who
setup the network for assistance.
To use cloud services, update the root certicate
from the Epson Web Cong utility.
Run Web Cong, and then update the root certicate.
Check that the printer driver is installed on the
computer and that the port settings for the
printer are correct.
Make sure the printer port is selected correctly in Property > Port from
the Printer menu as follows.
Select "USBXXX" for a USB connection, or "EpsonNet Print Port" for a
network connection.
Solving Problems
>
A Message is Displayed on the LCD Screen
196
Error Messages Solutions
Recovery Mode
Update Firmware
The printer has started in recovery mode because the rmware update
failed. Follow the steps below to try to update the rmware again.
1. Connect the computer and the printer with a USB cable. (During
recovery mode, you cannot update the rmware over a network
connection.)
2. Visit your local Epson website for further instructions.
Paper Gets Jammed
Check the error displayed on the control panel and follow the instructions to remove the jammed paper including
any torn pieces.
e
LCD screen displays an animation that shows you how to remove jammed paper. Next, select
OK to clear the error.
!
Caution:
Never touch the buttons on the control panel while your hand is inside the printer. If the printer starts operating, it
could cause an injury. Be careful not to touch the protruding parts to avoid injury.
c
Important:
Remove the jammed paper carefully. Removing the paper vigorously may cause damage to the printer.
Preventing Paper Jams
Check the following if paper jams occur frequently.
❏ Place the printer on a at surface and operate in the recommended environmental conditions.
“Environmental Specications” on page 281
❏ Use the paper supported by this printer.
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
❏ Follow paper handling precautions.
“Paper Handling Precautions” on page 29
❏ Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.
“Loading Paper” on page 30
Solving Problems
>
Paper Gets Jammed
>
Preventing Paper Jams
197
❏ Raise the ADF document support.
❏ Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specied for paper.
❏ Load one sheet of paper at a time if you have loaded several sheets of paper.
❏ Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the
printer.
“List of Paper Type” on page 30
It is Time to Replace the Ink Cartridges
Ink Cartridge Handling Precautions
Read the following instructions before replacing ink cartridges.
Storing precautions for ink cartridges
❏ Keep the ink cartridges out of direct sunlight.
❏ Do not store the ink cartridges in high or freezing temperatures.
❏ For best results, Epson recommends using up ink cartridges before the best before date printed on the package,
or within six months of opening the package, whichever is earlier.
❏ For best results, store ink cartridge packages with their bottom down.
❏ Aer bringing an ink cartridge inside from a cold storage site, allow it to warm up at room temperature for at
least three hours before using it.
❏ Do not open the ink cartridge package until you are ready to install it in the printer. e cartridge is vacuum
packed to maintain its reliability. If you leave a cartridge unpacked for a long time before using it, normal
printing may not be possible.
Handling precautions for replacing ink cartridges
❏ Be careful not to break the hooks on the side of the ink cartridge when you remove it from the package.
❏ Do not shake cartridges aer opening the package, as they may leak.
Solving Problems
>
It is Time to Replace the Ink Cartridges
>
Ink Cartridge Handling Precautions
198
❏ You must remove the yellow tape from the cartridge before installing it; otherwise, print quality may decline or
you may not be able to print. Do not remove or tear the label on the cartridge; this can cause leakage.
❏ Do not remove the transparent seal from the bottom of the cartridge; otherwise, the cartridge may become
unusable.
❏ Do not touch the sections shown in the illustration. Doing so may prevent normal operation and printing.
❏ Do not replace ink cartridge with the power
o.
Do not move the print head by hand; otherwise, you may
damage the printer.
Solving Problems
>
It is Time to Replace the Ink Cartridges
>
Ink Cartridge Handling Precautions
199
❏ Do not turn o the printer during ink charging. If the ink charging is incomplete, you may not be able to print.
❏ Do not leave the printer with the ink cartridge removed or do not turn o the printer during cartridge
replacement. Otherwise, ink remaining in the print head nozzles will dry out and you may not be able to print.
❏ If you need to remove an ink cartridge temporarily, make sure you protect the ink supply area from dirt and
dust. Store the ink cartridge in the same environment as the printer, with the ink supply port facing down or
sideways. Do not store ink cartridges with the ink supply port facing up. Because the ink supply port is
equipped with a valve designed to contain the release of excess ink, there is no need to supply your own covers
or plugs.
❏ Removed ink cartridge may have ink around the ink supply port, so be careful not to get any ink on the
surrounding area when removing the cartridges.
❏ is printer uses ink cartridges equipped with a green chip that monitors information such as the amount of
remaining ink for each cartridge.
is
means that even if the cartridge is removed from the printer before it is
expended, you can still use the cartridge aer reinserting it back into the printer. However, when reinserting a
cartridge, some ink may be consumed to guarantee printer performance.
❏ For maximum ink
eciency,
only remove an ink cartridge when you are ready to replace it. Ink cartridges with
low ink status may not be used when reinserted.
❏ To ensure you receive premium print quality and to help protect your print head, a variable ink safety reserve
remains in the cartridge when your printer indicates to replace the cartridge. e yields quoted for you do not
include this reserve.
❏ Do not disassemble or remodel the ink cartridge, otherwise you may not be able to print normally.
❏ You cannot use the cartridge that came with the printer for the replacement.
Ink consumption
❏ To maintain optimum print head performance, some ink is consumed from the cartridge during maintenance
operations. Ink may also be consumed when you replace ink cartridge or turn the printer on.
❏ e ink in the ink cartridge supplied with your printer is partly used during initial setup. In order to produce
high quality printouts, the print head in your printer will be fully charged with ink. is one-o process
consumes a quantity of ink and therefore this cartridge may print fewer pages compared to subsequent ink
cartridges.
❏ Quoted yields may vary depending on the images that you are printing, the paper type that you are using, the
frequency of your prints and environmental conditions such as temperature.
Replacing Ink Cartridges
When a message is displayed prompting you to replace the ink cartridges, select How To and then view the
animations displayed on the control panel to learn how to replace the ink cartridges.
If you need to replace the ink cartridges before they are expended, select Maintenance > Ink Cartridge
Replacement on the home screen, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Select Next for details.
!
Caution:
Be careful not to trap your hand or
ngers
when opening or closing the scanner unit. Otherwise you may be injured.
See the following related information before replacing ink cartridges.
Related Information
&
“Ink Cartridge Codes” on page 243
Solving Problems
>
It is Time to Replace the Ink Cartridges
>
Replacing Ink Cartridges
200
& “Ink Cartridge Handling Precautions” on page 198
It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box
Maintenance Box Handling Precautions
Read the following instructions before replacing the maintenance box.
❏ Do not touch the green chip on the side of the maintenance box. Doing so may prevent normal operation and
printing.
❏ Do not tilt the used maintenance box until
aer
it is sealed in the plastic bag; otherwise ink may leak.
❏ Keep the maintenance box out of direct sunlight.
❏ Do not store the maintenance box in high or freezing temperatures.
❏ Do not replace the maintenance box during printing; otherwise, ink may leak.
❏ Do not remove the maintenance box and its cover except when replacing the maintenance box; otherwise ink
may leak.
❏ When the cover cannot be reattached, the maintenance box may not be installed correctly. Remove the
maintenance box, and re-install it.
❏ Do not reuse a maintenance box which has been removed and le detached for a long period. Ink inside the box
will have
solidied
and no more ink can be absorbed.
❏ Do not touch the openings in the maintenance box as you may get smeared with ink.
Replacing a Maintenance Box
In some print cycles a very small amount of surplus ink may be collected in the maintenance box. To prevent ink
leakage from the maintenance box, the printer is designed to stop printing when the absorbing capacity of the
maintenance box has reached its limit. Whether and how oen this is required will vary according to the number
of pages you print, the type of material that you print and the number of cleaning cycles that the printer performs.
When a message is displayed prompting you to replace the maintenance box, refer to the animations displayed on
the control panel. e need for replacement of the box does not mean that your printer has ceased to operate in
accordance with its specications. e Epson warranty does not cover the cost of this replacement. It is a user-
serviceable part.
Solving Problems
>
It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box
>
Replacing a Maintenance Box
201
Note:
❏ When the maintenance box is full, you cannot print and clean the print head until it is replaced to avoid ink leakage.
However, you can perform operations that do not use ink such as scanning.
Related Information
&
“Maintenance Box Code” on page 244
& “Maintenance Box Handling Precautions” on page 201
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is
Poor
Print Quality is Poor
Banding Appears in Printouts
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.
&
“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 124
Black or Gray Banding Appears at Intervals of Approximately 3.3 cm
e following causes can be considered.
The paper type setting does not match the paper loaded.
Solutions
Select the appropriate paper type setting for the type of paper loaded in the printer.
&
“List of Paper Type” on page 30
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Print Quality is Poor
202
The print quality is set to low.
Solutions
When printing on plain paper, print using a higher quality setting.
❏ Control panel
In the print settings, select the Advanced Settings tab if there is an Advanced Settings tab, and then
select High as the Quality.
❏ Windows
Select High from Quality on the printer driver's Main tab.
❏ Mac OS
Select Fine as Print Quality from the print dialog's Print Settings menu.
The print head position is out of alignment.
Solutions
Align the print head using the Print Quality Adjustment feature.
&
“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 124
Vertical Banding or Misalignment
e
following causes can be considered. Check the causes and follow the solutions in order from the top.
The print head position is out of alignment.
Solutions
Align the print head using the Print Quality Adjustment feature.
&
“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 124
The bidirectional printing setting is enabled.
Solutions
If print quality does not improve even aer aligning the print head, disable the bidirectional setting.
During bidirectional (or high speed) printing, the print head prints while moving in both directions, and
vertical lines may be misaligned. Disabling this setting may slow down printing speed but improve print
quality.
❏ Control panel
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings, and then disable Bidirectional.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Print Quality is Poor
203
❏ Windows
Clear Bidirectional Printing on the printer driver’s More Options tab.
❏ Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select O as the
Bidirectional Printing setting.
Striped Patterns Appear
The bidirectional printing setting is enabled.
Solutions
When printing on plain paper, disable the bidirectional setting.
During bidirectional (or high speed) printing, the print head prints while moving in both directions, and
vertical lines may be misaligned. Disabling this setting may slow down printing speed but improve print
quality.
❏ Control panel
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings, and then disable Bidirectional.
❏ Windows
Clear Bidirectional Printing on the printer driver’s More Options tab.
❏ Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select O as the
Bidirectional Printing setting.
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.
&
“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 124
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Print Quality is Poor
204
Printout Comes Out as a Blank Sheet
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.
&
“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 124
The print settings and the paper size loaded in the printer are dierent.
Solutions
Change the print settings according to the paper size loaded in the printer. Load paper in the printer that
matches the print settings.
Multiple sheets of paper are fed into the printer at the same time.
Solutions
See the following to prevent multiple sheets of paper being fed into the printer at the same time.
&
“Several Sheets of Paper are Fed at a Time” on page 146
Paper Is Smeared or
Scued
e
following causes can be considered.
Paper is loaded incorrectly.
Solutions
When horizontal banding (perpendicular to the printing direction) appears, or the top or bottom of the
paper is smeared, load paper in the correct direction and slide the edge guides to the edges of the paper.
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Print Quality is Poor
205
The paper path is smeared.
Solutions
When vertical banding (horizontal to the printing direction) appears, or the paper is smeared, clean the
paper path.
&
“Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears” on page 128
The paper is curled.
Solutions
Place the paper on a
at
surface to check if it is curled. If it is,
atten
it.
The print head is rubbing the surface of the paper.
Solutions
When printing on thick paper, the print head is close to the printing surface and the paper may be
scued. In this case, enable the reduce scu setting. If you enable this setting, print quality may decline or
printing may slow down.
❏ Control panel
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings, and then enable ick Paper.
❏ Windows
Click Extended Settings on the printer driver's Maintenance tab, and then select
ick
Paper and
Envelopes.
❏ Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select On as
theick paper and envelopes setting.
The back of the paper was printed before the side that had already been printed was dry.
Solutions
When performing manual 2-sided printing, make sure that the ink is completely dry before reloading the
paper.
When printing using automatic 2-sided printing, the print density is too high and the drying
time is too short.
Solutions
When using the automatic 2-sided printing feature and printing high density data such as images and
graphs, set the print density to lower and the drying time to longer.
&
“Printing on 2-Sides” on page 48
& “Printing on 2-Sides” on page 66
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Print Quality is Poor
206
The Position, Size, or Margins of the Printout Are Incorrect
e
following causes can be considered.
The paper is loaded incorrectly.
Solutions
Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
The size of the paper is set incorrectly.
Solutions
Select the appropriate paper size setting.
The margin setting in the application software is not within the print area.
Solutions
Adjust the margin setting in the application so that it falls within the printable area.
Printed Characters Are Incorrect or Garbled
e following causes can be considered.
The USB cable is not connected correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.
There is a job waiting to be printed.
Solutions
Cancel any paused print jobs.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Print Quality is Poor
207
The computer has been manually put into the Hibernate mode or the Sleep mode while
printing.
Solutions
Do not put the computer manually into the Hibernate mode or the Sleep mode while printing. Pages of
garbled text may be printed next time you start the computer.
You are using the printer driver for a dierent printer.
Solutions
Make sure that the printer driver you are using is for this printer. Check the printer name on the top of
the printer driver window.
The Printed Image Is Inverted
The image is set to invert horizontally in the print settings.
Solutions
Clear any mirror image settings in the printer driver or the application.
❏ Windows
Clear Mirror Image on the printer driver’s More Options tab.
❏ Mac OS
Clear Mirror Image from the print dialog's Print Settings menu.
Mosaic-Like Patterns in the Prints
Images or photos with a low resolution were printed.
Solutions
When printing images or photos, print using high-resolution data. Images on web sites are oen low
resolution although they look good enough on the display, and so print quality may decline.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Print Quality is Poor
208
Copy Quality is Poor
Banding Appears in Copies
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.
&
“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 124
Black or Gray Banding Appears at Intervals of Approximately 3.3 cm
e
following causes can be considered.
The paper type setting does not match the paper loaded.
Solutions
Select the appropriate paper type setting for the type of paper loaded in the printer.
&
“List of Paper Type” on page 30
The print head position is out of alignment.
Solutions
Align the print head using the Print Quality Adjustment feature.
&
“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 124
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Copy Quality is Poor
209
Vertical Banding or Misalignment
e
following causes can be considered.
The print head position is out of alignment.
Solutions
Align the print head using the Print Quality Adjustment feature.
&
“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 124
The bidirectional printing setting is enabled.
Solutions
If print quality does not improve even
aer
aligning the print head, disable the bidirectional setting.
During bidirectional (or high speed) printing, the print head prints while moving in both directions, and
vertical lines may be misaligned. Disabling this setting may slow down printing speed but improve print
quality.
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings, and then disable Bidirectional on the control
panel.
Striped Patterns Appear
The bidirectional printing setting is enabled.
Solutions
When printing on plain paper, disable the bidirectional setting.
During bidirectional (or high speed) printing, the print head prints while moving in both directions, and
vertical lines may be misaligned. Disabling this setting may slow down printing speed but improve print
quality.
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings, and then disable Bidirectional on the control
panel.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Copy Quality is Poor
210
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.
&
“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 124
Printout Comes Out as a Blank Sheet
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.
&
“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 124
The print settings and the paper size loaded in the printer are dierent.
Solutions
Change the print settings according to the paper size loaded in the printer. Load paper in the printer that
matches the print settings.
Multiple sheets of paper are fed into the printer at the same time.
Solutions
See the following to prevent multiple sheets of paper being fed into the printer at the same time.
&
“Several Sheets of Paper are Fed at a Time” on page 146
Paper Is Smeared or
Scued
e
following causes can be considered.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Copy Quality is Poor
211
Paper is loaded incorrectly.
Solutions
When horizontal banding (perpendicular to the printing direction) appears, or the top or bottom of the
paper is smeared, load paper in the correct direction and slide the edge guides to the edges of the paper.
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
The paper path is smeared.
Solutions
When vertical banding (horizontal to the printing direction) appears, or the paper is smeared, clean the
paper path.
& “Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears” on page 128
The paper is curled.
Solutions
Place the paper on a at surface to check if it is curled. If it is, atten it.
The printhead is rubbing the surface of the paper.
Solutions
When copying on thick paper, the print head is close to the printing surface and the paper may be
scued.
In this case, enable the reduce
scu
setting.
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings, and then enable ick Paper on the control panel.
If you enable this setting, copy quality may decline or may slow down.
The Position, Size, or Margins of the Copies are Incorrect
e following causes can be considered.
The paper is loaded incorrectly.
Solutions
Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
The size of the paper is set incorrectly.
Solutions
Select the appropriate paper size setting.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Copy Quality is Poor
212
The originals are not placed correctly.
Solutions
❏ Make sure the original is placed correctly against the alignment marks.
❏ If the edge of the scanned image is missing, move the original slightly away from the edge of the
scanner glass. You cannot scan the area within approximately 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) from the edge of the
scanner glass.
&
“Placing Originals” on page 36
There is dust or dirt on the scanner glass.
Solutions
When placing the originals on the scanner glass, remove any dust or dirt that has stuck to the originals,
and clean the scanner glass. If there is dust or stains on the glass, the copy area may extend to include the
dust or stains, resulting in the wrong copying position or small images.
&
“Cleaning the Scanner Glass” on page 128
Original Size is wrong in copy setting.
Solutions
Select the appropriate Original Size in the copy setting.
&
“Advanced Menu Options for Copying” on page 83
Smears, Dots, or Straight Lines Appear in the Copied Image
e
following causes can be considered.
The paper path is dirty.
Solutions
Load and eject paper without printing to clean the paper path.
&
“Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears” on page 128
There is dust or dirt on the originals or the scanner glass.
Solutions
Remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals, and clean the scanner glass.
&
“Cleaning the Scanner Glass” on page 128
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Copy Quality is Poor
213
There is dust or dirt on the ADF or originals.
Solutions
Clean the ADF, and remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals.
&
“Cleaning the ADF” on page 129
The original was pressed with too much force.
Solutions
If you press with too much force, blurring, smudges, and spots may occur.
Do not press with too much force on the original or the document cover.
&
“Placing Originals” on page 36
The copy density setting is too high.
Solutions
Lower the copy density setting.
&
“Basic Menu Options for Copying” on page 82
Moiré (Cross-Hatch) Patterns Appear in the Copied Image
If the original is a printed document such as a magazine or a catalog, a dotted moiré pattern
appears.
Solutions
Change the reduce and enlarge setting. If a moiré pattern still appears, place the original at a slightly
dierent
angle.
&
“Basic Menu Options for Copying” on page 82
An Image of the Reverse Side of the Original Appears in the Copied Image
e following causes can be considered.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Copy Quality is Poor
214
When scanning thin originals, images on the back may be scanned at the same time.
Solutions
Place the original on the scanner glass and then place a piece of black paper over it.
&
“Placing Originals” on page 36
The copy density setting is too high.
Solutions
Lower the copy density setting.
&
“Basic Menu Options for Copying” on page 82
Scanned Image Problems
Uneven Colors, Dirt, Spots, and so on Appear when Scanning from the Scanner
Glass
There is dust or dirt on the originals or the scanner glass.
Solutions
Remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals, and clean the scanner glass.
&
“Cleaning the Scanner Glass” on page 128
The original was pressed with too much force.
Solutions
If you press with too much force, blurring, smudges, and spots may occur.
Do not press with too much force on the original or the document cover.
&
“Placing Originals” on page 36
Straight Lines Appear when Scanning from ADF
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Scanned Image Problems
215
There is dust or dirt on the ADF or originals.
Solutions
Clean the ADF, and remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals.
&
“Cleaning the ADF” on page 129
Oset Appears in the Background of Scanned Images
When scanning thin originals, images on the back may be scanned at the same time.
Solutions
When scanning from the scanner glass, place black paper or a desk pad over the original.
&
“Placing Originals” on page 36
Cannot Scan the Correct Area on the Scanner Glass
The originals are not placed correctly.
Solutions
❏ Make sure the original is placed correctly against the alignment marks.
❏ If the edge of the scanned image is missing, move the original slightly away from the edge of the
scanner glass. You cannot scan the area within approximately 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) from the edge of the
scanner glass.
&
“Placing Originals” on page 36
There is dust or dirt on the scanner glass.
Solutions
Remove any trash or dirt from the scanner glass and document cover. If there is any trash or dirt around
the original, the scanning range expands to include it.
Cannot Solve Problems in the Scanned Image
Check the following if you have tried all of the solutions and have not solved the problem.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Scanned Image Problems
216
There are problems with the scanning software settings.
Solutions
Use Epson Scan 2 Utility to initialize the settings for the scanner soware.
Note:
Epson Scan 2 Utility is an application supplied with the scanner soware.
1. Start the Epson Scan 2 Utility.
❏ Windows 11
Click the start button, and then select All apps > EPSON > Epson Scan 2 Utility.
❏ Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select EPSON > Epson Scan 2 Utility.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏ Windows 7
Click the start button, and then select All Programs or Programs > EPSON > Epson Scan 2 >
Epson Scan 2 Utility.
❏ Mac OS
Select Go > Applications > Epson Soware > Epson Scan 2 Utility.
2. Select the Other tab.
3. Click Reset.
If initialization does not solve the problem, uninstall and re-install the scanner soware.
&
“Installing the Applications Separately” on page 135
The Quality of the Sent Fax is Poor
Quality of the Sent Fax is Poor
e
following causes can be considered.
There is dust or dirt on the originals or the scanner glass.
Solutions
Remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals, and clean the scanner glass.
&
“Cleaning the Scanner Glass” on page 128
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
The Quality of the Sent Fax is Poor
217
The original was pressed with too much force.
Solutions
If you press with too much force, blurring, smudges, and spots may occur.
Do not press with too much force on the original or the document cover.
&
“Placing Originals” on page 36
Straight Lines Appear when Sending Faxes from the ADF
e
following causes can be considered.
There is dust or dirt on the ADF or originals.
Solutions
Clean the ADF, and remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals.
&
“Cleaning the ADF” on page 129
The Image Quality of the Sent Fax is Poor
e following causes can be considered.
The resolution is set to low.
Solutions
If you do not know the performance of the sender’s fax machine, set the following before sending a fax.
❏ Select Fax > Fax Settings and then make the Resolution setting to set the highest quality image.
❏ Select Fax > Fax Settings and then enable Direct Send.
Note that if you set Resolution to Photo but you send the fax without enabling Direct Send, the fax
may be sent at a lower resolution.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
The Quality of the Sent Fax is Poor
218
ECM setting is disabled.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings and enable the ECM setting on the
control panel. is may clear errors that occur due to connection problems. Note that the speed of
sending and receiving faxes may be slower than when ECM is disabled.
An Image of the Reverse Side of the Original Appears in the Sent Fax
e following causes can be considered.
When scanning thin originals, images on the back may be scanned at the same time.
Solutions
Place the original on the scanner glass and then place a piece of black paper over it.
&
“Placing Originals” on page 36
The density setting is high when sending faxes.
Solutions
Select Fax > Fax Settings > Scan Settings > Density, and then lower the setting.
Received Fax Quality is Poor
The Image Quality of Received Faxes is Poor
e following causes can be considered.
ECM setting is disabled.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings and enable the ECM setting on the
control panel. is may clear errors that occur due to connection problems. Note that the speed of
sending and receiving faxes may be slower than when ECM is disabled.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, Scanning, and Faxing Quality is Poor
>
Received Fax Quality is Poor
219
The image quality setting is low on the sender's fax machine.
Solutions
Ask the sender to send faxes at a higher quality.
Cannot Solve Problem
If you cannot solve the problem aer trying all of the solutions, contact Epson support.
If you cannot solve printing or copying problems, see the following related information.
Related Information
&
“Cannot Solve Printing Problems” on page 220
Cannot Solve Printing Problems
If you cannot solve printing or copying problems, try the following solutions in order starting at the top until you
solve the problem.
❏ Make sure you match the paper type loaded in the printer and the paper type set on the printer to the paper
type settings in the printer driver.
“Paper Size and Type Settings” on page 29
❏ Use a higher quality setting on the control panel or the printer driver.
❏ Reinstall the ink cartridge already installed in the printer.
Reinstalling the ink cartridge may clear clogging in the print head nozzles and allow the ink to ow smoothly.
However, because the ink is consumed when the ink cartridge is reinstalled, a message asking you to replace the
ink cartridge may be displayed depending on the amount of ink remaining.
“It is Time to Replace the Ink Cartridges” on page 198
❏ Align the print head.
“Aligning the Print Head” on page 127
❏ Run a nozzle check to see if the print head nozzles are clogged.
If there are missing segments in the nozzle check pattern, the nozzles may be clogged. Repeat head cleaning and
the nozzle check alternately 3 times and check if the clogging has cleared.
Note that print head cleaning uses some ink.
“Checking and Cleaning the Print Head” on page 126
❏ Turn o the printer, wait for at least 12 hours, and then check if the clogging has cleared.
If the problem is clogging, leaving the printer for a while without printing may solve the problem.
You can check the following items while the printer is o.
❏ Check that you are using genuine Epson ink cartridges.
Try to use genuine Epson ink cartridges. e use of non-genuine ink cartridges may cause print quality to
decline.
“Ink Cartridge Codes” on page 243
❏ Make sure that there are no paper fragments le inside the printer.
When you remove the paper, do not touch the translucent lm with your hand or the paper.
Solving Problems
>
Cannot Solve Problem
>
Cannot Solve Printing Problems
220
❏ Check the paper.
Check if the paper is curled or if it has been loaded with the printable side facing in the wrong direction.
“Paper Handling Precautions” on page 29
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
“Unavailable Paper Types” on page 243
❏ Make sure that you are not using an old ink cartridge.
For best results, Epson recommends using up ink cartridges before the best before date printed on the package,
or within six months of opening the package, whichever is earlier.
If you cannot solve the problem by checking the solutions above, you may need to request repairs. Contact Epson
support.
Related Information
&
“Before Contacting Epson” on page 366
& “Contacting Epson Support” on page 366
Solving Problems
>
Cannot Solve Problem
>
Cannot Solve Printing Problems
221
Adding or Replacing the Computer or
Devices
When the
Soware
Disc is not Available.................................223
When Replacing a Computer.........................................223
Re-Setting the Network Connection....................................223
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi-Fi Direct)................232
Adding or Changing the Printer's Connection.............................236
When the Software Disc is not Available
You can download the same contents as found on the soware disc from the Internet.
is
is useful if your computer does not have a disc drive, or if you have lost the
soware
disc that was supplied
with the product.
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up. Follow the
on-screen instructions.
https://epson.sn
When Replacing a Computer
You need to install the printer driver and other soware on the new computer.
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up. Follow the
on-screen instructions.
https://epson.sn
Re-Setting the Network Connection
e printer network needs to be congured in the following cases.
❏ When using a printer with a network connection
❏ When your network environment has changed
❏ When replacing the wireless router
❏ Changing the connection method to the computer
Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer
You can run the installer using one of the following methods.
Setting up from the website
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up.
https://epson.sn
You can also watch the procedure in the Web Movie Manuals. Access the following website.
https://support.epson.net/publist/vlink.php?code=NPD6870
Setting up using the software disc
If your printer came with a soware disc and you are using a Windows computer with a disc drive, insert the disc
into the computer, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-Setting the Network Connection
>
Making Set
…
223
Making Settings for Connecting to the Smart Device
You can use the printer via the wireless router from your smart device when you connect the printer to the same
network as the wireless router.
To set up a new connection, access the following website from the smart device that you want to connect to the
printer. Enter the product name, go to Setup, and then start the setup.
https://epson.sn
Note:
If you have already set up the connection between your smart device and the printer but need to recongure it, you can do so
from an app such as Epson Smart Panel.
Making Wi-Fi Settings from the Control Panel
If you are not using a computer or smart device to set up the printer connection, you can do so on the control
panel.
You can make network settings from the printer's control panel in several ways. Choose the connection method
that matches the environment and conditions that you are using.
If you know the SSID and password for your wireless router, you can set them manually.
Related Information
&
“Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 224
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by Push Button Setup (WPS)” on page 225
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by PIN Code Setup (WPS)” on page 226
Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password
You can set up a Wi-Fi network by entering the information necessary to connect to a wireless router from the
printer's control panel. To set up using this method, you need the SSID and password for a wireless router.
Note:
If you are using a wireless router with its default settings, the SSID and password are on the label. If you do not know the
SSID and password, see the documentation provided with the wireless router.
1.
Tap
on the home screen.
2. Select Wi-Fi (Recommended).
If the printer has already been connected by Ethernet, select Router.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-Setting the Network Connection
>
Making Wi-
…
224
3. Tap Start Setup.
If the network connection is already set up, the connection details are displayed. Tap Change Settings to
change the settings.
If the printer has already been connected by Ethernet, tap Change to Wi-Fi connection., and then select Ye s
aer checking the message.
4. Select Wi-Fi Setup Wizard.
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to select the SSID, enter the password for the wireless router, and start setup.
If you want to check the network connection status for the printer aer setup is complete, see the related
information link below for details.
Note:
❏ If you do not know the SSID, check if it is written on the label of the wireless router. If you are using the wireless
router with its default settings, use the SSID written on the label. If you cannot nd any information, see the
documentation provided with the wireless router.
❏
e
password is case-sensitive.
❏ If you do not know the password, check if the information is written on the label of the wireless router. On the label,
the password may be written "Network Key", "Wireless Password", and so on. If you are using the wireless router
with its default settings, use the password written on the label.
Related Information
&
“Entering Characters” on page 26
& “Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network Connection Report)” on page 226
Making Wi-Fi Settings by Push Button Setup (WPS)
You can automatically set up a Wi-Fi network by pressing a button on the wireless router. If the following
conditions are met, you can set up by using this method.
❏ e wireless router is compatible with WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup).
❏
e
current Wi-Fi connection was established by pressing a button on the wireless router.
Note:
If you cannot nd the button or you are setting up using the soware, see the documentation provided with the wireless
router.
1. Tap on the home screen.
2. Select Wi-Fi (Recommended).
If the printer has already been connected by Ethernet, select Router.
3. Tap Start Setup.
If the network connection is already set up, the connection details are displayed. Tap Change Settings to
change the settings.
If the printer has already been connected by Ethernet, tap Change to Wi-Fi connection., and then select Ye s
aer checking the message.
4. Select Push Button Setup (WPS).
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-Setting the Network Connection
>
Making Wi-
…
225
5. Follow the on-screen instructions.
If you want to check the network connection status for the printer aer setup is complete, see the related
information link below for details.
Note:
If connection fails, restart the wireless router, move it closer to the printer, and try again. If it still does not work, print a
network connection report and check the solution.
Related Information
&
“Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network Connection Report)” on page 226
Making Wi-Fi Settings by PIN Code Setup (WPS)
You can automatically connect to a wireless router by using a PIN code. You can use this method to set up if a
wireless router is capable of WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup). Use a computer to enter a PIN code into the wireless
router.
1. Tap
on the home screen.
2. Select Wi-Fi (Recommended).
If the printer has already been connected by Ethernet, select Router.
3.
Tap Start Setup.
If the network connection is already set up, the connection details are displayed. Tap Change Settings to
change the settings.
If the printer has already been connected by Ethernet, tap Change to Wi-Fi connection., and then select Ye s
aer checking the message.
4.
Select Others > PIN Code Setup (WPS).
5. Follow the on-screen instructions.
If you want to check the network connection status for the printer
aer
setup is complete, see the related
information link below for details.
Note:
See the documentation provided with your wireless router for details on entering a PIN code.
Related Information
&
“Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network Connection Report)” on page 226
Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network
Connection Report)
You can print a network connection report to check the status between the printer and the wireless router.
1. Select Settings on the home screen.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-Setting the Network Connection
>
Checking t
…
226
2. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check.
e connection check starts.
3. Follow the instructions on the printer's screen to print the network connection report.
If an error has occurred, check the network connection report, and then follow the printed solutions.
Related Information
&
“Messages and Solutions on the Network Connection Report” on page 227
Messages and Solutions on the Network Connection Report
Check the messages and error codes on the network connection report, and then follow the solutions.
a. Error code
b. Messages on the Network Environment
Related Information
&
“E-1” on page 228
& “E-2, E-3, E-7” on page 228
& “E-5” on page 229
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-Setting the Network Connection
>
Messages a
…
227
& “E-6” on page 229
& “E-8” on page 230
& “E-9” on page 230
& “E-10” on page 230
& “E-11” on page 231
& “E-12” on page 231
& “E-13” on page 231
& “Message on the Network Environment” on page 232
E-1
Solutions:
❏ Make sure the Ethernet cable is securely connected to your printer and to your hub or other network device.
❏ Make sure your hub or other network device is turned on.
❏ If you want to connect the printer by Wi-Fi, make Wi-Fi settings for the printer again because it is disabled.
E-2, E-3, E-7
Solutions:
❏ Make sure your wireless router is turned on.
❏ Conrm that your computer or device is connected correctly to the wireless router.
❏ Turn o the wireless router. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn it on.
❏ Place the printer closer to your wireless router and remove any obstacles between them.
❏ If you have entered the SSID manually, check if it is correct. Check the SSID from the Network Status part on
the network connection report.
❏ If an wireless router has multiple SSIDs, select the SSID that is displayed. When the SSID is using a non-
compliant frequency, the printer does not display them.
❏ If you are using push button setup to establish a network connection, make sure your wireless router supports
WPS. You cannot use push button setup if your wireless router does not support WPS.
❏ Makes sure your SSID uses only ASCII characters (alphanumeric characters and symbols). e printer cannot
display an SSID that contains non-ASCII characters.
❏ Makes sure you know your SSID and password before connecting to the wireless router. If you are using a
wireless router with its default settings, the SSID and password are located on a label on the wireless router. If
you do not know your SSID and password, contact the person who set up the wireless router, or see the
documentation provided with the wireless router.
❏ If you are connecting to an SSID generated from a tethering smart device, check for the SSID and password in
the documentation provided with the smart device.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-Setting the Network Connection
>
Messages a
…
228
❏ If your Wi-Fi connection suddenly disconnects, check for the conditions below. If any of these conditions are
applicable, reset your network settings by downloading and running the
soware
from the following website.
http://epson.sn > Setup
❏ Another smart device was added to the network using push button setup.
❏ e Wi-Fi network was set up using any method other than push button setup.
Related Information
&
“Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 223
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings from the Control Panel” on page 224
E-5
Solutions:
Make sure the wireless router’s security type is set to one of the following. If it is not, change the security type on
the wireless router, and then reset the printer’s network settings.
❏ WEP-64 bit (40 bit)
❏ WEP-128 bit (104 bit)
❏ WPA PSK (TKIP/AES)
*
❏ WPA2 PSK (TKIP/AES)
*
❏ WPA (TKIP/AES)
❏ WPA2 (TKIP/AES)
❏ WPA3-SAE (AES)
* WPA PSK is also known as WPA Personal. WPA2 PSK is also known as WPA2 Personal.
E-6
Solutions:
❏ Check if MAC address ltering is disabled. If it is enabled, register the printer’s MAC address so that it is not
ltered. See the documentation provided with the wireless router for details. You can check the printer’s MAC
address from the Network Status part on the network connection report.
❏ If your wireless router is using shared authentication with WEP security, make sure the authentication key and
index are correct.
❏ If the number of connectable devices on the wireless router is less than the number of network devices that you
want to connect, make settings on the wireless router to increase the number of connectable devices. See the
documentation provided with the wireless router to make settings.
Related Information
& “Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 223
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-Setting the Network Connection
>
Messages a
…
229
E-8
Solutions:
❏ Enable DHCP on the wireless router if the printer’s Obtain IP Address setting is set to Auto.
❏ If the printer’s Obtain IP Address setting is set to Manual, the IP address you manually set is invalid due to out
of range (for example: 0.0.0.0). Set a valid IP address from the printer’s control panel.
Related Information
&
“Network Settings” on page 257
E-9
Solutions:
Check the following.
❏ Devices are turned on.
❏ You can access the Internet and other computers or network devices on the same network from the devices you
want to connect to the printer.
If still does not connect your printer and network devices aer conrming the above, turn o the wireless router.
Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn it on. en reset your network settings by downloading and running the
installer from the following website.
https://epson.sn > Setup
Related Information
&
“Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 223
E-10
Solutions:
Check the following.
❏ Other devices on the network are turned on.
❏ Network addresses (IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway) are correct if you have set the printer’s
Obtain IP Address to Manual.
Reset the network address if they are incorrect. You can check the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway
from the Network Status part on the network connection report.
If DHCP is enabled, change the printer’s Obtain IP Address setting to Auto. If you want to set the IP address
manually, check the printer’s IP address from the Network Status part on the network connection report, and then
select Manual on the network settings screen. Set the subnet mask to [255.255.255.0].
If still does not connect your printer and network devices, turn
o
the wireless router. Wait for about 10 seconds,
and then turn it on.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-Setting the Network Connection
>
Messages a
…
230
Related Information
&
“Network Settings” on page 257
E-11
Solutions:
Check the following.
❏ e default gateway address is correct if you set the printer’s TCP/IP Setup setting to Manual.
❏ e device that is set as the default gateway is turned on.
Set the correct default gateway address. You can check the default gateway address from the Network Status part
on the network connection report.
Related Information
&
“Network Settings” on page 257
E-12
Solutions:
Check the following.
❏ Other devices on the network are turned on.
❏ e network addresses (IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway) are correct if you are entering them
manually.
❏ e network addresses for other devices (subnet mask and default gateway) are the same.
❏ e IP address does not conict with other devices.
If still does not connect your printer and network devices aer conrming the above, try the following.
❏ Tur n
o
the wireless router. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn it on.
❏ Make network settings again using the installer. You can run it from the following website.
https://epson.sn > Setup
❏ You can register several passwords on a wireless router that uses WEP security type. If several passwords are
registered, check if the
rst
registered password is set on the printer.
Related Information
&
“Network Settings” on page 257
& “Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 223
E-13
Solutions:
Check the following.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-Setting the Network Connection
>
Messages a
…
231
❏ Network devices such as a wireless router, hub, and router are turned on.
❏ e TCP/IP Setup for network devices has not been set up manually. (If the printer’s TCP/IP Setup is set
automatically while the TCP/IP Setup for other network devices is performed manually, the printer’s network
may dier from the network for other devices.)
If it still does not work aer checking the above, try the following.
❏ Tur n
o
the wireless router. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn it on.
❏ Make network settings on the computer that is on the same network as the printer using the installer. You can
run it from the following website.
https://epson.sn > Setup
❏ You can register several passwords on a wireless router that uses the WEP security type. If several passwords are
registered, check if the
rst
registered password is set on the printer.
Related Information
&
“Network Settings” on page 257
& “Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 223
Message on the Network Environment
Message Solution
The Wi-Fi environment needs to be
improved. Turn the wireless router o and
then turn it on. If the connection does not
improve, see the documentation for the
wireless router.
After moving the printer closer to the wireless router and removing any
obstacles between them, turn o the wireless router. Wait for about 10
seconds, and then turn it on. If it still does not connect, see the
documentation supplied with the wireless router.
*No more devices can be connected.
Disconnect one of the connected devices if
you want to add another one.
Computer and smart devices that can be connected simultaneously are
connected in full in the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection. To add another
computer or smart device, disconnect one of the connected devices or
connect it to the other network rst.
You can conrm the number of wireless devices which can be connected
simultaneously and the number of connected devices by checking the
network status sheet or the printer’s control panel.
The same SSID as Wi-Fi Direct exists in the
environment. Change the Wi-Fi Direct SSID
if you cannot connect a smart device to the
printer.
On the printer’s control panel, go to Wi-Fi Direct Setup screen and select the
menu to change the setting. You can change the network name following
after DIRECT-XX-. Enter within 22 characters.
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi-Fi
Direct)
Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) allows you to connect a smart device directly to the printer without a wireless router and
print from the smart device.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi
…
232
About Wi-Fi Direct
Use this connection method when you are not using Wi-Fi at home or at the oce, or when you want to connect
the printer and the computer or smart device directly. In this mode, the printer acts as an wireless router and you
can connect the devices to the printer without having to use a standard wireless router. However, devices directly
connected to the printer cannot communicate with each other through the printer.
e printer can be connected by Wi-Fi or Ethernet, and Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection simultaneously.
However, if you start a network connection in Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection when the printer is connected
by Wi-Fi, the Wi-Fi is temporarily disconnected.
Connecting to Devices using Wi-Fi Direct
is method allows you to connect the printer directly to devices without a wireless router.
Note:
For iOS or Android users, it is convenient to set up from Epson Smart Panel.
You only need to make these settings for the printer and the device that you want to connect to once. Unless you disable Wi-
Fi Direct or restore the network settings to their defaults, you do not need to make these settings again.
1. Tap on the home screen.
2. Tap Wi-Fi Direct.
3.
Tap Start Setup.
4. Select Other Methods.
5.
Select Other OS Devices.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi
…
233
6. On the device's Wi-Fi screen, select the SSID shown on the printer's control panel, and then enter the
password.
7. On the printing app screen for the device, select the printer that you want to connect to.
8. On the printer's control panel, select Complete.
For devices that have been connected to the printer before, select the network name (SSID) on the device's Wi-Fi
screen to connect them again.
Note:
If you are using an iOS device, you can also connect by scanning the QR code with the standard iOS camera. See the link
below
https://epson.sn.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi
…
234
Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) Connection
Note:
When Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection disabled, all computers and smart devices connected to the printer in Wi-Fi
Direct (Simple AP) connection are disconnected. If you want to disconnect a specic device, disconnect from the device
instead of the printer.
1. Tap on the printer's home screen.
2. Select Wi-Fi Direct.
e Wi-Fi Direct information is displayed.
3.
Tap Start Setup.
4.
Tap
.
5. Select Disable Wi-Fi Direct.
6. Tap the Disable the settings.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Related Information
&
“Changing the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) Settings Such as the SSID” on page 235
Changing the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) Settings Such as the SSID
When Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) connection is enabled, you can change the settings from > Wi-Fi
Direct > Start Setup >
, and then the following menu items are displayed.
Change Network Name
Change the Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) network name (SSID) used for connecting to the printer to your arbitrary
name. You can set the network name (SSID) in ASCII characters that is displayed on the soware keyboard on the
control panel. You can enter up to 22 characters.
When changing the network name (SSID), all connected devices are disconnected. Use the new network name
(SSID) if you want to re-connect the device.
Change Password
Change the Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) password for connecting to the printer to your arbitrary value. You can set
the password in ASCII characters that is displayed on the soware keyboard on the control panel. You can enter 8
to 22 characters.
When changing the password, all connected devices are disconnected. Use the new password if you want to re-
connect the device.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi
…
235
Change Frequency Range
Change the frequency range of Wi-Fi Direct used for connecting to the printer. You can select 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz.
When changing the frequency range, all connected devices are disconnected. Re-connect the device.
Note that you cannot re-connect from devices that do not support 5 GHz frequency range when changing to 5
GHz.
Disable Wi-Fi Direct
Disable Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) settings of the printer. When disabling it, all devices connected to the printer in
Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection are disconnected.
Restore Default Settings
Restore all Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) settings to their defaults.
e Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) connection information of the smart device saved to the printer is deleted.
Adding or Changing the Printer's Connection
To Set Up a Printer on Multiple Computers
Although several computers can be connected to the same wireless router, each computer may be assigned a
dierent
SSID.
If the SSIDs assigned by the wireless router are not handled as the same network, then each computer is eectively
connected to a dierent network. When you start setting up the printer from computer A, the printer is added to
the same network as computer A allowing computer A to print from it.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Adding or Changing the Printer's Connection
>
To
…
236
Furthermore, if you start setting up the printer from computer B in the conguration shown above, the printer is
set up on computer B's network allowing computer B to print but not computer A.
To prevent this from happening, when you want to set up a networked printer from a second computer, start the
installer on the computer connected to the same network as the printer. If the printer is found on the same
network, the printer will not be recongured for the network, and it will set up the printer ready for use.
Changing the Connection from Wi-Fi to USB
Follow the steps below if the Wi-Fi you are using is unstable, or if you want to change to a more stable USB
connection.
1. Connect the printer to a computer using a USB cable.
2. Select a printer that is not labeled (XXXXX) when printing using a USB connection.
Your printer name or "Network" is displayed in XXXXX depending on the operating system version.
Example of Windows 11
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Adding or Changing the Printer's Connection
>
C
…
237
Example of Windows 10
Related Information
&
“Rear” on page 20
Changing the Connection from Wi-Fi to Wired LAN
If the Wi-Fi you are using is unstable, or if you want to change to a more stable wired LAN connection, follow
these instructions.
1. Select Settings on the home screen.
2. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Wired LAN Setup.
3.
Follow the guide to connect the LAN cable.
Setting a Static IP Address for the Printer
is section describes how to make settings from the printer's control panel.
1. Select Settings on the printer's home screen.
2. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP.
3. Select Obtain IP Address, and then select Manual.
4. Enter the IP address.
Focus moves to the forward segment or the back segment separated by a period if you select
l
and
r
.
Conrm
the value
reected
on the previous screen.
5. Set up the Subnet Mask and Default Gateway.
Conrm the value reected on the previous screen.
c
Important:
If the combination of the IP Address, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway is incorrect, you cannot proceed with
the settings. Conrm that there is no error in the entry.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Adding or Changing the Printer's Connection
>
S
…
238
6. Enter the IP address for the primary DNS server.
Conrm the value reected on the previous screen.
Note:
When you select Auto for the IP address assignment settings, you can select the DNS server settings from Manual or
Auto. If you cannot obtain the DNS server address automatically, select Manual and enter the DNS server address.
en,
enter the secondary DNS server address directly. If you select Auto, go to step 8.
7. Enter the IP address for the secondary DNS server.
Conrm the value reected on the previous screen.
8. Tap Start Setup.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Adding or Changing the Printer's Connection
>
S
…
239
Product Information
Paper Information.................................................241
Consumable Products Information.....................................243
Soware Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Settings Menu List.................................................252
Product Specications..............................................273
Regulatory Information.............................................283
Paper Information
Available Paper and Capacities
Genuine Epson Paper
Epson recommends using genuine Epson paper to ensure high-quality printouts.
Note:
❏ e availability of paper varies by location. For the latest information on paper available in your area, contact Epson
support.
❏ See the following for information on available paper types for 2-sided printing.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 242
Paper suitable for printing documents
Media Name Size Loading Capacity
(Sheets)
Epson Business Paper A4 250
Epson Bright White Ink Jet Paper A4 250
Paper suitable for printing documents and photos
Media Name Size Loading Capacity
(Sheets)
Epson Photo Quality Ink Jet Paper A4 100
Epson Matte Paper-Heavyweight A4, 20x25 cm (8x 10 in.) 50
Epson Double-Sided Matte Paper A4 50
Commercially Available Paper
Note:
See the following for information on available paper types for 2-sided printing.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 242
Plain papers
Plain paper includes copy paper, preprinted paper
*1
, letterhead, color paper, recycled paper, and high quality plain
paper.
Product Information
>
Paper Information
>
Available Paper and Capacities
241
Size Loading Capacity (Sheets)
Legal, Letter, 8.5×13 in., A4, Executive, B5, A5, A6, B6, 16K (195×270
mm), Indian-Legal, SP1 (210×270 mm), SP2 (210×149 mm), SP3
(100×170mm), SP4 (130×182 mm), SP5 (192×132 mm)
250
User Dened
*2
(mm)
89 to 215.9×127 to 355.6
250
User
Dened
*2
(mm)
89 to 215.9×355.7 to 1200
1
*1 Paper on which various forms are pre-printed such as slips or securities.
*2 Copying or printing from the control panel is not available.
Thick papers
Size Loading Capacity (Sheets)
Legal, Letter, 8.5×13 in., A4, Executive, B5, A5, A6, B6, 16K (195×270
mm), Indian-Legal, SP1 (210×270 mm), SP2 (210×149 mm), SP3
(100×170mm), SP4 (130×182 mm), SP5 (192×132 mm)
50
User Dened
*
(mm)
89 to 215.9×127 to 355.6
50
User
Dened
*
(mm)
89 to 215.9×355.7 to 1200
1
* Copying or printing from the control panel is not available.
Envelope
Media Name Size Loading Capacity
(Envelopes)
Envelope Envelope #10, Envelope DL, Envelope
C6
10
Paper for 2-Sided Printing
Genuine Epson Paper
❏ Epson Business Paper
❏ Epson Bright White Ink Jet Paper
❏ Epson Double-Sided Matte Paper (Manual 2-sided printing only.)
Related Information
&
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
Product Information
>
Paper Information
>
Available Paper and Capacities
242
Commercially Available Paper
❏ Plain paper, Copy paper, Preprinted paper, Letterhead, Color paper, Recycled paper, High quality plain paper
*
❏ ick paper
*
* A5, A6, B6, Indian-Legal, 8.5 x 13 in, Legal, SP2, SP3, SP4, SP5 size paper is not supported for automatic 2-sided printing.
For automatic 2-sided printing with User
Dened
paper sizes, you can use 182 to 215.9 x 257 to 297 mm paper sizes.
Related Information
&
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 241
Unavailable Paper Types
Do not use the following papers. Using these types of paper causes paper jams and smears on the printout.
❏ Papers that are wavy
❏ Papers that are torn or cut
❏ Papers that are folded
❏ Papers that are damp
❏ Papers that are too thick or too thin
❏ Papers that have stickers
Do not use the following envelopes. Using these types of envelope causes paper jams and smears on the printout.
❏ Envelopes that are curled or folded
❏ Envelopes with adhesive surfaces on the aps or window envelopes
❏ Envelopes that are too thin
ey may curl during printing.
Consumable Products Information
Ink Cartridge Codes
e following are the codes for genuine Epson ink cartridges.
BK: Black
T11J1
Epson recommends the use of genuine Epson ink cartridges. Epson cannot guarantee the quality or reliability of
non-genuine ink. e use of non-genuine ink may cause damage that is not covered by Epson’s warranties, and
under certain circumstances, may cause erratic printer behavior. Information about non-genuine ink levels may
not be displayed.
Product Information
>
Consumable Products Information
>
Ink Cartridge Codes
243
Note:
❏ Ink cartridge codes may vary by location. For the correct codes in your area, contact Epson support.
❏ For users in Europe, visit the following website for information on Epson’s ink cartridge yields.
http://www.epson.eu/pageyield
Maintenance Box Code
Epson recommends the use of a genuine Epson maintenance box.
Maintenance box code: C12C938211
c
Important:
Once a maintenance box has been installed in a printer it cannot be used with other printers.
Software Information
is section introduces the network services and soware products available for your printer from the Epson
website.
Software for Printing
Application for Printing from a Computer (Windows Printer Driver)
e printer driver controls the printer according to the commands from an application. Making settings on the
printer driver provides the best printing results. You can also check the status of the printer or keep it in top
operating condition using the printer driver utility.
Note:
You can change the language of the printer driver. Select the language you want to use from the Language setting on the
Maintenance tab.
Accessing the printer driver from applications
To make settings that apply only to the application you are using, access from that application.
Select Print or Print Setup from the File menu. Select your printer, and then click Preferences or Properties.
Note:
Operations dier depending on the application. See the application's help for details.
Accessing the printer driver from the control panel
To make settings that apply to all of the applications, access from the control panel.
❏ Windows 11
Click on the start button, and then select All apps > Windows Tools > Control Panel > View devices and
printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printing
preferences.
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Printing
244
❏ Windows 10/Windows Server 2022/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel > View devices and printers in
Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printing preferences.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click
on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printing preferences.
❏ Windows 7/Windows Server 2008 R2
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-
click on your printer and select Printing preferences.
❏ Windows Vista/Windows Server 2008
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer
and select Printing preferences.
❏ Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware > Printers and Faxes. Right-
click on your printer and select Printing preferences.
Accessing the printer driver from the printer icon on the task bar
e printer icon on the desktop task bar is a shortcut icon allowing you to quickly access the printer driver.
If you click the printer icon and select Printer Settings, you can access the same printer settings window as the one
displayed from the control panel. If you double-click this icon, you can check the status of the printer.
Note:
If the printer icon is not displayed on the task bar, access the printer driver window, click Monitoring Preferences on the
Maintenance tab, and then select Register the shortcut icon to the taskbar.
Starting the utility
Access the printer driver window. Click the Maintenance tab.
Related Information
& “Menu Options for the Printer Driver” on page 43
Application for Printing from a Computer (Mac OS Printer Driver)
e printer driver controls the printer according to the commands from an application. Making settings on the
printer driver provides the best printing results. You can also check the status of the printer or keep it in top
operating condition using the printer driver utility.
Accessing the printer driver from applications
Click Page Setup or Print on the File menu of your application. If necessary, click Show Details (or
d
) to expand
the print window.
Note:
Depending on the application being used, Page Setup may not be displayed in the File menu, and the operations for
displaying the print screen may dier.See the application's help for details.
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Printing
245
Starting the utility
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then
select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility.
Related Information
&
“Menu Options for the Printer Driver” on page 64
Guide to Mac OS Printer Driver
Epson Printer Utility
You can run a maintenance feature such as nozzle check and print head cleaning, and by starting EPSON Status
Monitor, you can check printer status and error information.
Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart
Panel)
Epson Smart Panel is an application that allows you to perform printer operations easily including printing,
copying, or scanning from a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet. You can connect the printer and smart
device over a wireless network, check the ink levels and printer status, and check for solutions if an error occurs.
You can also copy easily by registering a copy favorite.
Search for and install Epson Smart Panel from App Store or Google Play.
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Printing
246
Application for Printing Easily from an Android Application (Epson Print
Enabler)
Epson Print Enabler is an application that allows you to wirelessly print your documents, emails, photos, and web
pages right from your Android phone or tablet (Android v4.4 or later). With a few taps, your Android device will
discover an Epson printer that is connected to the same wireless network.
Search for and install Epson Print Enabler from Google Play.
Software for Scanning
Application for Scanning from a Computer (Epson ScanSmart)
is application allows you to scan documents easily, and then save the scanned images in simple steps.
See the Epson ScanSmart help for details on using the features.
Starting on Windows
❏ Windows 11
Click the start button, and then select All apps > Epson Soware > Epson ScanSmart.
❏ Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select Epson Soware > Epson ScanSmart.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏ Windows 7
Click the start button, and then select All Programs > Epson Soware > Epson ScanSmart.
Starting on Mac OS
Select Go > Applications > Epson
Soware
> Epson ScanSmart.
Software for Faxing
Application for
Conguring
Fax Operations and Sending Faxes (FAX Utility)
FAX Utility is an application that allows you to congure various settings for sending faxes from a computer. You
can create or edit the contacts list to be used when sending a fax, congure to save received faxes in PDF format on
the computer, and so on. See the application's help for details.
Note:
❏ Windows Server operating systems are not supported.
❏ Make sure you have installed the printer driver before installing FAX Utility.
❏ Make sure the FAX Utility has been installed. See "Starting on Windows" or "Starting on Mac OS" below to check if the
application has been installed.
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Faxing
247
Starting on Windows
❏ Windows 11
Click the start button, and select All Apps > Epson Soware > FAX Utility.
❏ Windows 10
Click the start button, and select Epson Soware > FAX Utility.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏ Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP
Click the start button, and select All Programs (or Programs) > Epson Soware > FAX Utility.
Starting on Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then
select the printer (FAX). Click Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility.
Related Information
&
“Sending a Fax from a Computer” on page 116
& “Receiving Faxes on a Computer” on page 120
Application for Sending Faxes (PC-FAX Driver)
PC-FAX driver is an application that allows you to send a document created on a separate application as a fax
directly from the computer. PC-FAX driver is installed when you install FAX Utility. See the application's help for
details.
Note:
❏ Windows Server operating systems are not supported.
❏ Check if PC-FAX driver has been installed. See "Accessing from Windows" or "Accessing from Mac OS" below.
❏ e operation diers depending on the application you used to create the document. See the application's help for details.
Accessing from Windows
In the application, select Print or Print Setup from the File menu. Select your printer (FAX), and then click
Preferences or Properties.
Accessing from Mac OS
In the application, select Print from the File menu. Select your printer (FAX) as the Printer setting, and then select
Fax Settings or Recipient Settings from the pop-up menu.
Related Information
& “Sending a Fax from a Computer” on page 116
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Faxing
248
Software for Package Creation
Application for Creating Driver Packages (EpsonNet SetupManager)
EpsonNet SetupManager is a
soware
to create a package for a simple printer installation, such as installing the
printer driver, installing EPSON Status Monitor and creating a printer port. is soware allows the administrator
to create unique soware packages and distribute them among groups.
For more information, visit your regional Epson website.
http://www.epson.com
Software for Making Settings or Managing Devices
Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)
Web Cong is an application that runs in a web browser, such as Microso Edge and Safari, on a computer or
smart device. You can conrm the printer status or change the network service and printer settings. To use the
Web
Cong
, connect the printer and the computer or device to the same network.
e following browsers are supported. Use the latest version.
Microso Edge, Internet Explorer, Firefox, Chrome, Safari
Note:
You may be asked to enter the administrator password while operating Web Cong. See the related information below for
more details.
Related Information
&
“Default Value of the Administrator Password” on page 15
Running Web Cong on a Web Browser
1. Check the printer's IP address.
Select the network icon on the printer's home screen, and then select the active connection method to conrm
the printer's IP address.
Note:
You can also check the IP address by printing the network connection report.
2. Launch a Web browser from a computer or smart device, and then enter the printer's IP address.
Format:
IPv4: http://the printer's IP address/
IPv6: http://[the printer's IP address]/
Examples:
IPv4: http://192.168.100.201/
IPv6: http://[2001:db8::1000:1]/
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Making Settings or Managing Devices
249
Note:
Using the smart device, you can also run Web Cong from the product information screen of the Epson Smart Panel.
Since the printer uses a self-signed certicate when accessing HTTPS, a warning is displayed on the browser
when you start Web Cong; this does not indicate a problem and can be safely ignored.
Related Information
&
“Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart Panel)” on page 246
& “Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network Connection Report)” on page 226
& “Cannot Access Web Cong” on page 339
Running Web Cong on Windows
When connecting a computer to the printer using WSD, follow the steps below to run Web
Cong
.
1. Open the printer list on the computer.
❏ Windows 11
Click on the start button, and then select All apps > Windows Tools > Control Panel > View devices and
printers in Hardware and Sound.
❏ Windows 10
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel > View devices and printers
in Hardware and Sound.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound (or
Hardware).
❏ Windows 7
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound.
❏ Windows Vista
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers in Hardware and Sound.
2.
Right-click on your printer and select Properties.
3. Select the Web Ser vice tab and click the URL.
Since the printer uses a self-signed
certicate
when accessing HTTPS, a warning is displayed on the browser
when you start Web Cong; this does not indicate a problem and can be safely ignored.
Related Information
&
“Cannot Access Web Cong” on page 339
Running Web
Cong
on Mac OS
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and
then select the printer.
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Making Settings or Managing Devices
250
2. Click Options & Supplies> Show Printer Webpage.
Since the printer uses a self-signed certicate when accessing HTTPS, a warning is displayed on the browser
when you start Web Cong; this does not indicate a problem and can be safely ignored.
Related Information
&
“Cannot Access Web
Cong
” on page 339
Application for Setting up the Device on a Network (EpsonNet Cong)
EpsonNet
Cong
is an application that allows you to set the network interface addresses and protocols. See the
operations guide for EpsonNet Cong or the application's help for more details.
Starting on Windows
❏ Windows 11
Click the start button, and then select All apps > EpsonNet > EpsonNet Cong.
❏ Windows 10/Windows Server 2022/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016
Click the start button, and then select EpsonNet > EpsonNet Cong.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏ Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP/Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008/Windows Server
2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click the start button, and select All Programs or Programs > EpsonNet > EpsonNet Cong SE > EpsonNet
Cong.
Starting on Mac OS
Go > Applications > Epson Soware > EpsonNet > EpsonNet Cong SE > EpsonNet Cong.
Related Information
&
“Installing the Applications Separately” on page 135
Software for Managing Devices on the Network (Epson Device Admin)
Epson Device Admin is a multifunctional application soware that manages the device on the network.
e following functions are available.
❏ Monitor or manage up to 2,000 printers or scanners over the segment
❏ Make a detailed report, such as for the consumable or product status
❏ Update the rmware of the product
❏ Introduce the device to the network
❏ Apply the unied settings to multiple devices.
You can download Epson Device Admin from Epson support website. For more information, see the
documentation or help of Epson Device Admin.
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Making Settings or Managing Devices
251
Software for Updating
Application for Updating Software and Firmware (Epson Software Updater)
Epson
Soware
Updater is an application that installs new
soware,
and updates
rmware
over the Internet. If you
want to check for update information regularly, you can set the interval for checking for updates in Epson Soware
Updater's Auto Update Settings.
Note:
Windows Server operating systems are not supported.
Starting on Windows
❏ Windows 11
Click the start button, and then select All apps > EPSON
Soware
> Epson
Soware
Updater.
❏ Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select EPSON Soware > Epson Soware Updater.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏ Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP
Click the start button, and then select All Programs (or Programs) > EPSON Soware > Epson Soware
Updater.
Note:
You can also start Epson Soware Updater by clicking the printer icon on the task bar on the desktop, and then selecting
Soware Update.
Starting on Mac OS
Select Go > Applications > Epson Soware > Epson Soware Updater.
Related Information
&
“Installing the Applications Separately” on page 135
Settings Menu List
Select Settings on the home screen of the printer to make various settings.
General Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings
Basic Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
252
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings
LCD Brightness:
Adjust the brightness of the LCD screen.
Sound:
Mute:
Select On to mute sounds such as those emitted by Button Press.
Normal Mode:
Select the volume such as Button Press.
Fax:
Select the volume for the following fax functions.
Ring Tone:
Set the volume for when the printer receives a fax.
Receive Completion Notice:
Set the volume for when fax reception is complete.
Print Completion Notice:
Set the volume for when printing the received fax is complete.
Receiver:
Set the volume for the dial sound when the printer sends the fax.
Send Completion Notice:
Set the volume for when sending the fax is complete.
Button Press:
Set the volume when tapping the items on the screen on the control panel.
ADF Document Set:
Set the volume when originals are placed in the ADF.
Error Tone:
Set the volume when an error occurs.
Sound Type:
Set the type of sound.
Quiet Mode:
Select the volume such as Button Press in Quiet Mode.
Fax:
Select the volume for the following fax functions.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
253
Ring Tone:
Set the volume for when the printer receives a fax.
Receive Completion Notice:
Set the volume for when fax reception is complete.
Print Completion Notice:
Set the volume for when printing the received fax is complete.
Receiver:
Set the volume for the dial sound when the printer sends the fax.
Send Completion Notice:
Set the volume for when sending the fax is complete.
Button Press:
Set the volume when tapping the items on the screen on the control panel.
ADF Document Set:
Set the volume when originals are placed in the ADF.
Error Tone:
Set the volume when an error occurs.
Sound Type:
Set the type of sound.
Sleep Timer:
Adjust the time period to enter a sleep mode (energy saving mode) when the printer has not
performed any operations. e LCD screen turns black when the setting time passes.
Wake from Sleep:
Touch LCD Screen to Wake:
Select On to return from sleep mode (energy saving mode) by tapping the touch panel. When
this is
o,
you need to press a button on the control panel to wake the printer. Turning this
feature o prevents any unintentional operations caused due to foreign objects touching the
screen. You can also set a time period during which this feature is on.
Power O Timer:
Your product may have this feature or the Power O Settings feature depending on the location of
purchase.
Select this setting to turn the printer o automatically when it is not used for a specied period of
time. You can adjust the time before power management is applied. Any increase will aect the
product’s energy eciency. Please consider the environment before making any change.
Power
O
Settings:
Your product may have this feature or the Power
O
Timer feature depending on the location of
purchase.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
254
Power O If Inactive:
Select this setting to turn the printer o automatically if it is not used for a specied period of
time. You can adjust the time before power management is applied. Any increase will aect the
product’s energy eciency. Please consider the environment before making any change.
Power O If Disconnected:
Select this setting to turn the printer o aer a specied period of time when all ports
including the LINE port are disconnected. is feature may not be available depending on
your region.
See the following website for the specied period of time.
https://www.epson.eu/energy-consumption
Date/Time Settings:
Date/Time:
Enter the current date and time.
Daylight Saving Time:
Select the summer time setting that applies to your area.
Time
Dierence
:
Enter the time dierence between your local time and UTC (Coordinated Universal Time).
Language:
Select the language used on the LCD screen.
Operation Time Out:
Select On to return to the initial screen when no operations have been performed for the specied
time.
Keyboard:
Change the layout of the keyboard on the LCD screen.
Related Information
&
“Saving Power” on page 134
& “Entering Characters” on page 26
Printer Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings
Paper Source Settings:
Paper Setting:
Select the paper size and paper type you loaded in the paper source. You can make Favorite
Paper Settings in paper size and paper type.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
255
A4/Letter Auto Switching:
Select On to feed paper from the paper source set as A4 size when there is no paper source set
as Letter, or feed from the paper source set as Letter size when there is no paper source set as
A4.
Error Notice:
Paper Size Notice:
Select On to display an error message when the selected paper size does not match the
loaded paper.
Paper Type Notice:
Select On to display an error message when the selected paper type does not match the
loaded paper.
Paper Setup Auto Display:
Select On to display the Paper Setting screen when loading paper in the paper source. If you
disable this feature, you cannot print from an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch using AirPrint.
Universal Print Settings:
ese print settings are applied when you print by an external device without using the printer driver.
e oset settings are applied when you print using the printer driver.
Top Oset:
Adjust the top margin of the paper.
Left
Oset
:
Adjust the le margin of the paper.
Top Oset in Back:
Adjust the top margin for the back of the page when performing 2-sided printing.
Left
Oset
in Back:
Adjust the le margin for the back of the page when performing 2-sided printing.
Check Paper Width:
Select On to check the paper width before printing. is prevents printing beyond the edges of
the paper when the paper size setting is incorrect, but this may lower the print speed.
Skip Blank Page:
Skips blank pages in the print data automatically to save paper.
Auto Error Solver:
Select an action to perform when a 2-sided printing error or a memory full error occurs.
❏ On
Displays a warning and prints in single-sided mode when a 2-sided printing error occurs, or prints
only what the printer could process when a memory full error occurs.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
256
❏ O
Displays an error message and cancels printing.
Memory Device Interface:
Make settings to allow access to your memory device.
Memory Device:
Select Enable to allow the printer to access an inserted memory device. If Disable is selected,
you cannot read, print data in the memory device, or save data to the memory device with the
printer.
is
prevents
condential
documents from being removed illegally.
File Sharing:
Select whether to give write access to the memory device from a USB-connected computer or a
network-connected computer.
Thick Paper:
Select On to prevent ink from smearing on your printouts, however, this may lower the print speed.
Quiet Mode:
Select On to reduce noise during printing, however, this may lower the print speed. Depending on
the paper type and print quality settings you selected, there may be no dierence in the printer's noise
level.
Ink Drying Time:
Select the ink drying time you want to use when performing 2-sided printing. e printer prints the
other side aer printing one side. If your printout is smeared, increase the time setting.
Bidirectional:
Select On to change the print direction; Prints while the print head moves to the le and to the right.
If vertical or horizontal ruled lines on your printout look blurred or misaligned, disabling this feature
may solve the problem; however, doing so may reduce print speed.
PC Connection via USB:
Select Enable to allow a computer to access the printer when connected by USB. When Disable is
selected, printing and scanning that is not sent over a network connection is restricted.
Related Information
&
“Loading Paper” on page 30
Network Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings
Wi-Fi Setup:
Set up or change wireless network settings. Choose the connection method from following and then
follow the instructions on the control panel.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
257
Wi-Fi (Recommended):
Wi-Fi Setup Wizard:
Makes Wi-Fi settings by entering the SSID and password.
Push Button Setup (WPS):
Makes Wi-Fi settings by Push Button Setup (WPS).
Others:
❏ PIN Code Setup (WPS)
Makes Wi-Fi settings by PIN Code Setup (WPS).
❏ Wi-Fi Auto Connect
Makes Wi-Fi settings by using the Wi-Fi information on the computer or smart
device.
❏ Disable Wi-Fi
Disables Wi-Fi. Infrastructure connections will be disconnected.
Wi-Fi Direct:
(Menu) :
❏ Change Network Name
Changes the Wi-Fi Direct SSID (network name).
❏ Change Password
Changes the password for the Wi-Fi Direct connection.
❏ Change Frequency Range
Select the frequency band for Wi-Fi Direct connection. Changing the frequency
disconnects the connected device.
e
availability of these channels and use of the product outdoors over these
channels varies by location.
http://support.epson.net/wi5ghz/
❏ Disable Wi-Fi Direct
Disables the Wi-Fi Direct function.
❏ Restore Default Settings
Restores the Wi-Fi Direct settings.
Other Methods:
❏ iOS
Reads the QR code from your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch to connect using Wi-Fi
Direct.
❏ Other OS Devices
Makes Wi-Fi Direct settings by entering the SSID and password.
Wired LAN Setup:
Set up or change a network connection that uses a LAN cable and router. When this is being used,
Wi-Fi connections are disabled.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
258
Network Status:
Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status:
Displays the printer's network information.
Wi-Fi Direct Status:
Displays the Wi-Fi Direct setting information.
Email Server Status:
Displays the mail server setting information.
Print Status Sheet:
Prints a network status sheet.
e
information for Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi Direct, and so on is printed on two or more pages.
Connection Check:
Checks the current network connection and prints a report. If there are any problems with the
connection, see the report to solve the problem.
Advanced:
Device Name:
Changes the device name to any name within 2 to 53 characters.
TCP/IP:
Congures the IP settings, if the IP address is static.
For automatic
conguration,
use the IP address assigned by DHCP.
To set manually, switch to "Manual" and then enter the IP address you want to assign.
Proxy Server:
Set this if you are using a proxy server in your network environment and want to set it for the
printer as well.
Email Server:
Set up the email server information and test connections when using the email forwarding
feature.
IPv6 Address:
Sets whether or not to enable IPv6 addressing.
MS Network Sharing:
Set this when you want to use the le sharing feature.
Link Speed & Duplex:
Select an appropriate Ethernet speed and duplex setting. If you select a setting other than Auto,
make sure the setting corresponds to the settings on the hub you are using.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
259
iBeacon Transmission:
Select whether to enable or disable the iBeacon transmission function. When enabled, you can
search for the printer from iBeacon-enabled devices.
Related Information
&
“Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 224
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by Push Button Setup (WPS)” on page 225
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by PIN Code Setup (WPS)” on page 226
& “Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi-Fi Direct)” on page 232
& “Checking the Printer's Network Connection Status (Network Connection Report)” on page 226
Web Service Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings > Web Service Settings
Epson Connect Services:
Displays whether the printer is registered and connected to Epson Connect.
You can register to the service by selecting Register and follow the instructions.
For usage guides, see the following portal website.
https://www.epsonconnect.com/
http://www.epsonconnect.eu
(Europe only)
When you have registered, you can change the following settings.
Suspend/Resume:
Select whether to suspend or resume Epson Connect services.
Unregister:
Unregisters the printer from Epson Connect services.
Related Information
&
“Printing Using a Cloud Service” on page 76
Fax Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings
Note:
❏ You can also access Fax Settings from Web Cong. Click the Fax tab on the Web Cong screen.
❏ When you use Web Cong to display the Fax Settings menu, there may be slight dierences in the user interface and in
location compared to the printer's control panel.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
260
Related Information
&
“Check Fax Connection” on page 268
& “Fax Setting Wizard” on page 268
& “Basic Settings” on page 261
& “Send Settings” on page 263
& “Receive Settings :” on page 264
& “Report Settings” on page 267
& “Security Settings” on page 267
Basic Settings
You can nd the menu on the printer's control panel below.
Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings
Note:
On the Web Cong screen, you can nd the menu below.
Fax tab > Basic Settings
Fax Speed:
Select the fax transmission speed. We recommend selecting Slow(9,600bps) when a communication
error occurs frequently, when sending/receiving a fax to/from abroad, or when you are using an IP
(VoIP) phone service.
ECM:
Automatically corrects errors in the fax transmission (Error Correction Mode), mostly caused by
telephone line noise. If this is disabled, you cannot send documents in color.
Dial Tone Detection:
Detects a dial tone before starting to dial. If the printer is connected to a PBX (Private Branch
Exchange) or digital phone line, the printer may fail to start dialing. In this situation, change the Line
Type setting to PBX. If this does not work, disable this feature. However, disabling this feature may
drop the
rst
digit of a fax number and send the fax to the wrong number.
Dial Mode:
Select the type of phone system to which you have connected the printer. When set to Pulse, you can
temporarily switch the dialing mode from pulse to tone by pressing
("T" is entered) while entering
numbers on the fax top screen. is setting may not be displayed depending on your region or
country.
Line Type:
Select the line type to which you have connected the printer.
PSTN:
Select PSTN when the printer is connected to a public switched telephone network.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
261
PBX:
Select PBX when using the printer in an environment that uses extensions and requires an
external access code, such as 0 and 9, to get an outside line. For an environment that uses a
DSL modem or terminal adapter, setting to PBX is also recommended.
Access Code:
Select Use, and then register an external access code such as 0 or 9. en, when sending
a fax to an outside fax number, enter # (hash) instead of the real code. # (hash) must also
be used in Contacts as an external access code. If an external access code such as 0 or 9
is set in a contact, you cannot send faxes to the contact. In this case, set Access Code to
Do Not Use, otherwise you must change the code in Contacts to #.
Header:
Enter your sender name and fax number. ese appear as a header on outgoing faxes.
Your Phone Number:
You can enter up to 20 characters using 0-9 + or space. For Web Cong, you can enter up to 30
characters.
Fax Header:
You can register up to 21 sender names as necessary. You can enter up to 40 characters for each
sender name. For Web Cong, enter the header in Unicode (UTF-8).
Receive Mode:
Select the receive mode.
“Receiving Incoming Faxes” on page 108
DRD:
If you have subscribed to a distinctive ring service from your telephone company, select the ring
pattern to be used for incoming faxes. e distinctive ring service, oered by many telephone
companies (the service name diers by company), allows you to have several phone numbers on one
phone line. Each number is assigned dierent ring pattern. You can use one number for voice calls
and another for fax calls. Depending on the region, this option may be On or O.
Rings to Answer:
Select the number of rings that must occur before the printer automatically receives a fax.
Remote Receive:
Remote Receive:
When you answer an incoming fax call on a phone connected to the printer, you can start
receiving the fax by entering the code using the phone.
Start Code:
Set the start code of Remote Receive. Enter two characters using 0-9, *, #.
Rejection Fax:
Rejection Fax:
Select options to reject receiving junk faxes.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
262
Rejection Number List:
If the other party's phone number is in the rejection number list, set whether to reject
the incoming faxes.
Fax Header Blank:
If the other party's phone number is blocked, set whether to reject receiving the faxes.
Unregistered Contacts:
If the other party's phone number is not in the contacts, set whether to reject receiving
the faxes.
Edit Blocked Number list:
You can register up to 30 fax numbers to reject the faxes and calls. Enter up to 20 characters
using 0-9, *, #, or space.
Related Information
&
“Making the Printer Ready to Send and Receive Faxes” on page 329
& “Making Settings for a PBX Phone System” on page 331
& “Receiving Incoming Faxes” on page 108
& “Making Settings for Blocking Junk Faxes” on page 334
Send Settings
You can nd the menu on the printer's control panel below.
Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Send Settings
Note:
On the Web Cong screen, you can nd the menu below.
Fax tab > Send Settings
Wait Time for Next Original:
Wait Time for Next Original:
Enable this to start sending the fax
aer
you scan a document by tapping
x
, and then wait for
the next original until the time specied has passed.
Time:
Set the time to wait for the next original.
Fax Preview Display Time:
Fax Preview Display Time:
Enable this to start sending the fax
aer
the
specied
time has passed without performing any
operations aer displaying the preview screen.
Time:
Specify the time to preview the scanned document before sending it.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
263
Receive Settings :
Related Information
&
“Fax Output Settings” on page 264
& “Print Settings” on page 265
Fax Output Settings
You can nd the menu on the printer's control panel below.
Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Receive Settings > Fax Output Settings
Note:
On the Web Cong screen, you can nd the menu below.
Fax tab > Fax Output.
Save to Inbox:
Save to Inbox:
Saves received faxes to the printer's Inbox. Up to 100 documents can be saved. Note that saving
100 documents may not be possible depending on the usage conditions such as the le size of
saved documents, and using of multiple fax saving features at a time.
ough the received faxes are not automatically printed, you can view them on the printer's
screen and print only the ones you need.
Options when memory is full:
You can select the operation to print the received fax or refuse to receive it when the Inbox
memory is full.
Inbox Password Settings:
Password protects the Inbox to restrict users from viewing received faxes. Select Change to
change the password, and select Reset to cancel password protection. When changing or
resetting the password, you need the current password.
You cannot set a password when Options when memory is full has been set to Receive and
print faxes.
Save to Computer:
Saves received faxes as PDF les on a computer connected to the printer. You can only set this to Ye s
by using the FAX Utility (application). You cannot enable this from printer's control panel. Install the
FAX Utility on the computer in advance.
Aer
setting this to Ye s , you can change this to Ye s a n d
Print from the printer's control panel.
Save to Memory Device:
Saves received faxes as PDF les to an external memory device connected to the printer. Selecting Ye s
and Print prints received faxes while saving them to the memory device.
Received documents are saved in the printer's memory temporarily before the documents are saved
in the memory device connected to the printer. Because a memory full error disables sending and
receiving faxes, keep the memory device connected to the printer.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
264
Related Information
&
“Making Settings to Save Received Faxes to the Inbox” on page 333
& “Making Settings to Save Received Faxes to an External Memory Device” on page 333
& “Feature: PC-FAX Send/Receive (Windows/Mac OS)” on page 102
Print Settings
You can nd the menu on the printer's control panel below.
Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Receive Settings > Print Settings
Note:
On the Web Cong screen, you can nd the menu below.
Fax tab > Print Settings
Auto Reduction:
Prints received faxes with large-size documents reduced to
t
on the paper in the paper source.
Reducing may not always be possible depending on the received data. If this is turned
o,
large
documents are printed at their original size on multiple sheets, or a blank second page may be
ejected.
Split Page Settings:
Prints received faxes with the page split when the size of the received documents is larger than the
size of the paper loaded in the printer. If the amount that exceeds the paper length is less than the
value set in Delete Print Data Aer Split > reshold, the excess is discarded. If the amount that
exceeds the paper length is over the set value, the excess is printed on another paper.
Delete Print Data After Split:
Delete Print Data After Split:
Select the area of the document to delete when the amount that exceeds the paper
length is less than the value set in
reshold
.
Threshold:
If the amount that exceeds the paper length is less than or equal to this value, the excess
is discarded and is not printed.
Overlap When Split:
Overlap When Split:
When this is set to On and the data is divided and printed because the amount exceeds
the Delete Print Data Aer Split > reshold, the divided data is printed using the
overlapping length specied in Overlapping Width.
Overlapping Width:
Data that exceeds this value is printed over.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
265
Auto Rotation:
Rotates faxes received as landscape-oriented A5 size documents so that they are printed on A5 size
paper. is setting is applied when the paper size setting for at least one paper source used for
printing faxes is set to A5.
By selecting O, faxes received as landscape-oriented A5 size, which are the same width as A4
portrait documents, are assumed to be A4 size faxes and printed as such.
Check the paper source settings for printing faxes and paper size for the paper sources in the
following menus in Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Paper Source Settings.
❏ Auto Select Settings
❏ Paper Setting > Paper Size
Add Reception Information:
Prints reception information on the received fax, even if the sender does not set the header
information. e reception information includes the received date and time, sender's ID, and page
number (such as "P1"). When Split Page Settings is enabled, the split page number is also included.
2-Sided:
2-Sided:
Prints multiple pages of received faxes on both sides of the paper.
Binding Margin:
Select the binding position.
Print Start Timing:
Select options to start printing the faxes to receive.
❏ All Pages Received: Printing starts
aer
receiving all of the pages. To start printing from the
rst
page or last page depends on the setting of Collation Stack feature. See the explanation for
Collation Stack.
❏ First Page Received: Starts printing when the rst page is received, and then prints in order as the
pages are received. If the printer cannot start printing, such as when it is printing other jobs, the
printer starts printing received pages as a batch when it is available.
Collation Stack:
Since the
rst
page is printed last (output to the top), the printed documents are stacked in the correct
page order. When the printer is running low on memory, this feature may not be available.
Print Suspend Time:
Print Suspend Time:
During the specied time period, the printer saves documents received in the printer's
memory without printing them. is feature can be used for noise prevention at night or to
prevent condential documents from being disclosed while you are away. Before using this
feature, make sure there is enough free memory.
Time to Stop:
Stops printing documents.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
266
Time to Restart:
Restarts printing documents automatically.
Quiet Mode:
Reduces the noise the printer makes when printing faxes, however, print speed may be reduced.
Report Settings
You can nd the menu on the printer's control panel below.
Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Report Settings
Note:
On the Web Cong screen, you can nd the menu below.
Fax tab > Report Settings
Fax Log Auto Print:
Prints the fax log automatically. Select On(Every 30) to print a log every time 30 fax jobs are
completed. Select On(Time) to print the log at a specied time. However, if the number of fax jobs
exceeds 30, the log is printed before the specied time.
Attach Fax image to report:
Prints a Transmission Report with an image of the rst page of the sent document. Select On(Large
Image) to print the upper part of the page without reducing. Select On(Small Image) to print the
entire page reducing it to t onto the report.
Report Format:
Selects a format for fax reports in Fax > (More) > Fax Report other than Protocol Trace. Select
Detail to print with error codes.
Security Settings
You c a n
nd
the menu on the printer's control panel below.
Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Security Settings
Note:
On the Web Cong screen, you can nd the menu below.
Fax tab > Security Settings
Direct Dialing Restrictions:
Selecting On disables manual entry of the recipient's fax numbers allowing the operator to select
recipients only from the contacts list or sent history.
Selecting Enter Twice requires the operator to enter the fax number again when the number was
manually entered.
Selecting O enables manual entry of the recipient's fax numbers.
Broadcasting Restrictions:
Selecting On allows only one fax number to be entered as the Recipient.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
267
Conrm Address List:
Selecting On displays a recipient conrmation screen before starting the transmission.
You can select the recipients from All or Only for Broadcasting.
Backup Data Auto Clear:
Backup copies of sent and received documents are usually temporarily stored in the printer's memory
to prepare for an unexpected power failure due to an electricity failure or incorrect operations.
Selecting On automatically erases the backups when sending or receiving a document completes
successfully and the backups become unnecessary.
Clear Backup Data:
Erases all backup copies temporarily stored in the printer's memory. Run this before you give the
printer to someone else or dispose of it.
is menu is not displayed on the Web Cong screen.
Check Fax Connection
You c a n
nd
the menu on the printer's control panel below.
Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Check Fax Connection
Note:
You cannot display this menu on the Web Cong screen.
Selecting Check Fax Connection checks that the printer is connected to the phone line and ready for fax
transmission. You can print the check result on A4 size plain paper.
Fax Setting Wizard
You can nd the menu on the printer's control panel below:
Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Fax Setting Wizard
Note:
You cannot display this menu on the Web Cong screen.
Selecting Fax Setting Wizard makes basic fax settings. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Related Information
&
“Basic Settings” on page 261
& “Making the Printer Ready to Send and Receive Faxes” on page 329
Country/Region:
Select the country or region in which you are using your printer. If you change the country or region, your fax
settings return to their defaults and you must select them again.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
268
Scan Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings > Scan Settings
Conrm Recipient:
Check destination before scanning.
Email Server:
Set the email server settings for scanning Email.
Select Server Settings to specify the authentication method for the printer to access the mail server.
“Mail Server Setting Items” on page 298
You can check the connection to the mail server by selecting Connection Check.
Supply Status
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Supply Status
Displays the approximate level of the ink and service life of the maintenance box.
When
is displayed, ink is running low or the maintenance box is nearly full. When mark is displayed, you
need to replace the item as ink is expended or the maintenance box is full.
You can replace the ink cartridge or check the print supply status information from this screen.
Related Information
&
“Replacing Ink Cartridges” on page 200
Maintenance
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Maintenance
Print Quality Adjustment:
Select this feature if there are any problems with your print outs. You can check for clogged nozzles
and clean the print head if necessary, and then adjust some parameters to improve print quality.
Print Head Nozzle Check:
Select this feature to check if the print head nozzles are clogged. e printer prints a nozzle check
pattern.
Print Head Cleaning:
Select this feature to clean clogged nozzles in the print head.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
Maintenance
269
Print Head Alignment:
Ruled Line Alignment:
Select this feature to align vertical lines.
Horizontal Alignment:
Select this feature if horizontal banding appears at regular intervals in your printouts.
Ink Cartridge Replacement:
Use this feature to replace the ink cartridge before the ink is expended.
Paper Guide Cleaning:
Select this feature if there are ink stains on the internal rollers. e printer feeds paper to clean the
internal rollers.
Related Information
&
“Checking and Cleaning the Print Head” on page 126
& “Replacing Ink Cartridges” on page 200
& “Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears” on page 128
Print Status Sheet
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Print Status Sheet
Conguration Status Sheet:
Print information sheets showing the current printer status and settings.
Supply Status Sheet:
Print information sheets showing the status of consumables.
Usage History Sheet:
Print information sheets showing the usage history of the printer.
Print Counter
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Print Counter
Displays the total number of prints including items such as the status sheet from the time you purchased the
printer. If you select Print Sheet, the Usage History Sheet is printed.
You can also check the number of printed pages for other functions on the Usage History Sheet.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
Print Counter
270
Reports
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Reports
Checks the current connection status for the following menus and prints a report.
❏ Network
❏ Fax
User Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > User Settings
Copy:
You can change the default settings in the copy menu.
Scan to Network Folder/FTP:
You can change the default settings in the Scan to Network Folder/FTP menu.
Scan to Email:
You can change the default settings in the Scan to Email menu.
Scan to Computer
You can change the default settings in the Scan to Computer menu.
Scan to Memory Device:
You can change the default settings in the Scan to Memory Device menu.
Scan to Cloud:
You can change the default settings in the Scan to Cloud menu.
Fax:
You can change the default settings in the Fax menu.
“Fax Settings” on page 111
Customer Research
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Customer Research
Provides product usage information, such as the number of prints, to Seiko Epson Corporation.
Select the Settings button to change settings.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
Customer Research
271
❏ Approve :
Agree to provide product usage information to Seiko Epson Corporation.
Aer selecting, set the country or region in which you are using this product.
❏ Check Later :
Skip for now. You can change this setting later.
❏ Reject :
Do not agree to provide product usage information to Seiko Epson Corporation.
Provide usage data:
Displays the approval status.
Note:
If Check Later is selected, Reject is displayed.
Country/Region:
Displays the country or region in which you are using your printer.
Restore Default Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Restore Default Settings
Network Settings:
Resets the network settings to the default.
Copy Settings:
Resets the copy settings to the default.
Scan Settings:
Resets the scan settings to the default.
Fax Settings:
Resets the fax settings to the default.
Clear All Data and Settings:
Clears all the personal information stored in the printer's memory and resets all settings to the
default.
Firmware Update
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Firmware Update
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
Firmware Update
272
Update:
Check if the latest version of the rmware has been uploaded to the network server. If an update is
available, you can select whether or not to start updating.
Notication:
Select On to receive a
notication
if a
rmware
update is available.
Product Specications
Printer Specications
Print Head Nozzle Placement Black ink nozzles: 800
Weight of Paper
*
Plain Paper 64 to 90 g/m2
Thick Paper 91 to 256 g/m2
Envelopes 75 to 100 g/m2
* Even when the paper thickness is within this range, the paper may not feed in the printer or the print quality may decline
depending on the paper properties or quality.
Printable Area
Printable Area for Single Sheets
Print quality may decline in the shaded areas due to the printer's mechanism.
A 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
B 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
C 47.0 mm (1.85 in.)
D 45.0 mm (1.77 in.)
Printable Area for Envelopes
Print quality may decline in the shaded areas due to the printer's mechanism.
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Printer Specications
273
A 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
B 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
C 18.0 mm (0.71 in.)
D 47.0 mm (1.85 in.)
Scanner Specications
Scanner Type Flatbed
Photoelectric Device CIS
Eective Pixels 10200×14040 pixels (1200 dpi)
Maximum Document Size 216×297 mm (8.5×11.7 in.)
A4, Letter
Scanning Resolution 1200 dpi (main scan)
2400 dpi (sub scan)
Output Resolution 50 to 9600 dpi in 1 dpi increments
Color Depth Color
❏ 48 bits per pixel internal (16 bits per pixel per color internal)
❏ 24 bits per pixel external (8 bits per pixel per color external)
Grayscale
❏ 16 bits per pixel internal
❏ 8 bits per pixel external
Light Source LED
ADF Specications
Available Paper Sizes A4, Indian-Legal, Letter, 8.5×13 in, Legal
Paper Type Plain Paper
Weight of Paper 64 to 95 g/m2(17 to 24lb)
Loading Capacity A4, Letter: 35 sheets or 3.85 mm
Indian-Legal, 8.5×13 in, Legal: 10 sheets
Auto Duplex Scanning Not supported
Even when the original meets the specications for media that can be placed in the ADF, it may not feed from the
ADF or the scan quality may decline depending on the paper properties or quality.
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
ADF Specications
274
Fax Specications
Fax Type Walk-up black and white and color fax capability (ITU-T Super Group 3)
Supported Lines Standard analogue telephone lines, PBX (Private Branch Exchange) telephone
systems
Speed Up to 33.6 kbps
Resolution Monochrome
❏ Standard: 8 pel/mm×3.85 line/mm (203 pel/in.×98 line/in.)
❏ Fine: 8 pel/mm×7.7 line/mm (203 pel/in.×196 line/in.)
❏ Super Fine: 8 pel/mm×15.4 line/mm (203 pel/in.×392 line/in.)
❏ Ultra Fine: 16 pel/mm×15.4 line/mm (406 pel/in.×392 line/in.)
❏ Photo: 8 pel/mm×7.7 line/mm (203 pel/in.×196 line/in.)
Color
200×200 dpi
Page Memory Up to 180 pages (when received ITU-T No.1 chart in monochrome draft mode)
Redial
*
2 times (with 1 minute intervals)
Interface RJ-11 Phone Line, RJ-11 Telephone set connection
* The specications may dier by country or region.
Using Port for the Printer
e printer uses the following port. ese ports should be allowed to become available by the network
administrator as necessary.
When the Sender (Client) is the Printer
Use Destination
(Server)
Protocol Port
Number
File sending (When scan to network folder is
used from the printer)
FTP/FTPS server FTP/FTPS (TCP) 20
21
File server SMB (TCP) 445
NetBIOS (UDP) 137
138
NetBIOS (TCP) 139
WebDAV server Protocol HTTP (TCP) 80
Protocol HTTPS (TCP) 443
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Using Port for the Printer
275
Use Destination
(Server)
Protocol Port
Number
Email sending (When scan to mail is used
from the printer)
SMTP server SMTP (TCP) 25
SMTP SSL/TLS (TCP) 465
SMTP STARTTLS (TCP) 587
POP before SMTP connection (When scan to
mail is used from the printer)
POP server POP3 (TCP) 110
When Epson Connect is used Epson Connect
Server
HTTPS 443
XMPP 5222
Control WSD Client computer WSD (TCP) 5357
When the Sender (Client) is the Client Computer
Use Destination
(Server)
Protocol Port
Number
Discover the printer from an application such
as EpsonNet Cong, printer driver, and
scanner driver.
Printer ENPC (UDP) 3289
Collect and set up the MIB information from
an application such as EpsonNet Cong,
printer driver, and scanner driver.
Printer SNMP (UDP) 161
Forwarding LPR data Printer LPR (TCP) 515
Forwarding RAW data Printer RAW (Port9100) (TCP) 9100
Forwarding AirPrint (IPP/IPPS printing) data Printer IPP/IPPS (TCP) 631
Searching WSD printer Printer WS-Discovery (UDP) 3702
Web Cong Printer HTTP (TCP) 80
HTTPS (TCP) 443
Forwarding FaxOut Data Printer IPP FaxOut (TCP) 631
PC-FAX Printer HTTP (TCP) 80
HTTPS (TCP) 443
Interface
Specications
For Computer
Hi-Speed USB
*
For External USB Device Hi-Speed USB
* USB 3.0 cables are not supported.
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Interface Specications
276
Network Specications
Wi-Fi Specications
Standards
IEEE802.11a/b/g/n
*1
/ac
Frequency Ranges IEEE802.11b/g/n: 2.4 GHz, IEEE802.11a/n/ac: 5 GHz
Channels Wi-Fi 2.4 GHz
1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10/11/12
*2
/13
*2
5 GHz
*3
W52 (36/40/44/48),
W53 (52/56/60/64),
W56 (100/104/108/112/116/120/124/128/132/136/140/144),
W58 (149/153/157/161/165)
Wi-Fi Direct 2.4 GHz
1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10/11/12
*2
/13
*2
5 GHz
*3
W52 (36/40/44/48),
W58 (149/153/157/161/165)
Connection Modes
Infrastructure, Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP)
*4*5
Security Protocols
*6
WEP (64/128bit), WPA2-PSK (AES)
*7
, WPA3-SAE (AES)
*1 Only available for the HT20.
*2 Not available in Taiwan.
*3 The availability of these channels and use of the product outdoors over these channels varies by location. For more
information, see the following website.
http://support.epson.net/wi5ghz/
*4 Not supported for IEEE 802.11b.
*5 Infrastructure and Wi-Fi Direct modes or an Ethernet connection can be used simultaneously.
*6 Wi-Fi Direct only supports WPA2-PSK (AES) .
*7 Complies with WPA2 standards with support for WPA/WPA2 Personal
Ethernet Specications
Standards
IEEE802.3i (10BASE-T)
*1
IEEE802.3u (100BASE-TX)
IEEE802.3az (Energy Ecient Ethernet)
*2
Communication Mode Auto, 10Mbps Full duplex, 10Mbps Half duplex, 100Mbps
Full duplex, 100Mbps Half duplex
Connector RJ-45
*1 Use a category 5e or higher STP (Shielded twisted pair) cable to prevent risk of radio interference.
*2 The connected device should comply with IEEE802.3az standards.
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Network Specications
277
Network Functions and IPv4/IPv6
Functions Supported Remarks
Network Printing EpsonNet Print (Windows) IPv4 ✓ -
Standard TCP/IP (Windows) IPv4, IPv6 ✓ -
WSD Printing (Windows) IPv4, IPv6 ✓ Windows Vista or
later
Bonjour Printing (Mac OS) IPv4, IPv6 ✓ -
IPP Printing (Windows, Mac
OS)
IPv4, IPv6 ✓ -
Epson Connect (Email Print,
Remote Print)
IPv4 ✓ -
AirPrint (iOS, Mac OS) IPv4, IPv6 ✓ iOS 5 or later, OS X
Mavericks (10.9.5)
or later
*
Network Scanning Epson Scan 2 IPv4, IPv6 ✓ -
Epson ScanSmart IPv4 ✓ Windows 7 or later,
or OS X El Capitan
(10.11) or later
Event Manager IPv4 ✓ Windows Vista/
Windows XP, or OS
X Yosemite
(10.10)/OS X
Mavericks (10.9.5)
Epson Connect (Scan to
Cloud)
IPv4 ✓ -
AirPrint (Scan) IPv4, IPv6 ✓ OS X Mavericks
(10.9.5) or later
*
Fax Send a fax IPv4 ✓ -
Receive a fax IPv4 ✓ -
AirPrint (Faxout) IPv4, IPv6 ✓ OS X Mavericks
(10.9.5) or later
*
* We recommend using the latest version of iOS or Mac OS.
Security Protocol
SSL/TLS HTTPS Server/Client, IPPS
SMTPS (STARTTLS, SSL/TLS)
SNMPv3
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Network Specications
278
Supported Third Party Services
Services Supported Remarks
AirPrint Print ✓ iOS 5 or later/OS X Mavericks
(10.9.5) or later
*
Scan ✓
OS X Mavericks (10.9.5) or later
*
Fax ✓
OS X Mavericks (10.9.5) or later
*
* We recommend using the latest version of iOS or Mac OS.
Memory Device Specications
Devices Maximum Capacities
Hard Disk Drive
*1
USB Memory Device
2 TB (formatted in FAT, FAT32, or exFAT.)
Multi-card reader
*2
2 TB (formatted in FAT, FAT32, or exFAT)
*1: We do not recommend using external USB devices that are powered by USB. Use only external USB devices with
independent AC power sources.
*2: Only insert one memory card into the multi-card reader. Multi-card readers with more than two memory cards inserted are
not supported.
You cannot use the following devices:
❏ A device that requires a dedicated driver
❏ A device with security settings (password, encryption, and so on)
❏ A device with a built-in USB hub
Epson cannot guarantee all operations of externally connected devices.
Supported Data
Specications
File Format
JPEGs (*.JPG) with the Exif Version 2.3.1 standard taken by digital cameras DCF
*1
version 1.0 or 2.0
*2
compliant
TIFF 6.0 compliant images as below
❏ RGB full color images (not compressed)
❏ Binary images (not compressed or CCITT encoded)
Image Size Horizontal: 80 to 10200 pixels
Vertical: 80 to 10200 pixels
File Size Less than 2 GB
Maximum Number of Files
JPEG: 9990
*3
TIFF: 999
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Supported Data Specications
279
*1 Design rule for Camera File system.
*2 Photo data stored on digital cameras with a built-in memory is not supported.
*3 Up to 999 les can be displayed at a time. (If the number of les exceeds 999, the les are displayed in groups.)
Note:
"!" is displayed on the LCD screen when the printer cannot recognize the image le. In this situation, if you select a multiple
image layout, blank sections will be printed.
Dimensions
Dimensions Storage
❏ Width: 425 mm (16.7 in.)
❏ Depth: 388 mm (15.3 in.)
❏ Height: 277 mm (10.9 in.)
Printing
❏ Width: 425 mm (16.7 in.)
❏ Depth: 503 mm (19.8 in.)
❏ Height: 277 mm (10.9 in.)
Weight
*
Approx. 10.1 kg (22.3 lb)
* Without the ink cartridges and the power cord.
Electrical Specications
Power Supply Rating AC 100-240 V
Rated Frequency Range 50-60 Hz
Rated Current 0.6-0.4 A
Power Consumption (with USB
Connection)
Standalone copying: Approx. 18 W (ISO/IEC24712)
Ready mode: Approx. 7.0 W
Sleep mode: Approx. 0.7 W
Power o: Approx. 0.2 W
Note:
❏ Check the label on the printer for its voltage.
❏ For European users, see the following Website for details on power consumption.
http://www.epson.eu/energy-consumption
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Electrical Specications
280
Environmental Specications
Operation Use the printer within the temperature (°C) and humidity (%) ranges shown in the
graph, and in an environment without condensation.
Storage
Temperature after initial ink charging: -15 to 40°C (5 to 104°F)
*
Temperature before initial ink charging: -20 to 40°C (-4 to 104°F)
*
Humidity: 5 to 85% RH (without condensation)
* You can store for one month at 40°C (104°F).
Environmental Specications for Ink Cartridges
Storage Temperature
-30 to 40 °C (-22 to 104 °F)
*
Freezing Temperature Ink may freeze if it is stored below 0 °C (32 °F).
Ink thaws and is usable after approximately 3 hours at 25 °C (77 °F).
* You can store for one month at 40 °C (104 °F).
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Environmental Specications
281
Installation Location and Space
Secure enough place to install and operate the printer correctly.
A 563.2 mm
B 725.0 mm
C 425.0 mm
D 422.0 mm
E 303.0 mm
See "Safety Instructions" in this manual to conrm the environmental conditions.
Related Information
&
“Advisories and Warnings for Setting Up the Printer” on page 13
System Requirements
❏ Windows
Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8/8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11 or later
Windows XP SP3 (32-bit)
Windows XP Professional x64 Edition SP2
Windows Server 2003 (SP2) or later
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
System Requirements
282
❏ Mac OS
Mac OS X 10.9.5 or later, macOS 11 or later
Note:
❏ Mac OS may not support some applications and features.
❏ e UNIX File System (UFS) for Mac OS is not supported.
❏ Chrome OS
Chrome OS 89 or later
Note:
Only supports the standard OS features.
Regulatory Information
Standards and Approvals
Standards and Approvals for U.S. Model
Safety UL60950-1
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No.60950-1
EMC FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B
CAN ICES-3 (B)/NMB-3 (B)
is equipment contains the following wireless module.
Manufacturer: Seiko Epson Corporation
Type: J26H005
is product conforms to Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 of the IC Rules. Epson cannot accept
responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-recommended
modication of the product. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
To prevent radio interference to the licensed service, this device is intended to be operated indoors and away from
windows to provide maximum shielding. Equipment (or its transmit antenna) that is installed outdoors is subject
to licensing.
is equipment complies with FCC/IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and
meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65 and RSS-102 of the IC radio
frequency (RF) Exposure rules. is equipment should be installed and operated so that the radiator is kept at least
7.9 inches (20 cm) or more away from a person's body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles).
Standards and Approvals for European Model
For European users
Product Information
>
Regulatory Information
>
Standards and Approvals
283
Hereby, Seiko Epson Corporation declares that the following radio equipment model is in compliance with
Directive 2014/53/EU.
e
full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following website.
http://www.epson.eu/conformity
C774E
For use only in Ireland, UK, Austria, Germany, Liechtenstein, Switzerland, France, Belgium, Luxemburg,
Netherlands, Italy, Portugal, Spain, Denmark, Finland, Norway, Sweden, Iceland, Croatia, Cyprus, Greece,
Slovenia, Turkey, Malta, Bulgaria, Czechia, Estonia, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Romania, and Slovakia.
Epson cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-
recommended modication of the products.
Restrictions on Copying
Observe the following restrictions to ensure the responsible and legal use of the printer.
Copying of the following items is prohibited by law:
❏ Bank bills, coins, government-issued marketable securities, government bond securities, and municipal
securities
❏ Unused postage stamps, pre-stamped postcards, and other ocial postal items bearing valid postage
❏ Government-issued revenue stamps, and securities issued according to legal procedure
Exercise caution when copying the following items:
❏ Private marketable securities (stock certicates, negotiable notes, checks, etc.), monthly passes, concession
tickets, etc.
❏ Passports, driver’s licenses, warrants of
tness,
road passes, food stamps, tickets, etc.
Note:
Copying these items may also be prohibited by law.
Responsible use of copyrighted materials:
Printers can be misused by improperly copying copyrighted materials. Unless acting on the advice of a
knowledgeable attorney, be responsible and respectful by obtaining the permission of the copyright holder before
copying published material.
Product Information
>
Regulatory Information
>
Restrictions on Copying
284
Administrator Information
Connecting the Printer to the Network..................................286
Settings to Use the Printer...........................................290
Managing the Printer...............................................340
Advanced Security Settings..........................................349
Connecting the Printer to the Network
You can connect the printer to the network in several ways.
❏ Connect by using advanced settings on the control panel.
❏ Connect by using the installer on the website or on the soware disc.
is section explains the procedure to connect the printer to the network using the printer's control panel.
Before Making Network Connection
To connect to the network, check the connection method and setting information for connection in advance.
Gathering Information on the Connection Setting
Prepare the necessary setting information to connect. Check the following information in advance.
Divisions Items Note
Device connection
method
❏ Ethernet
❏ Wi-Fi
Decide how to connect the printer to the network.
For Wired LAN, connects to the LAN switch.
For Wi-Fi, connects to the network (SSID) of the access point.
LAN connection
information
❏ IP address
❏ Subnet mask
❏ Default gateway
Decide the IP address to assign to the printer.
When you assign the IP address statically, all values are required.
When you assign the IP address dynamically using the DHCP function,
this information is not required because it is set automatically.
Wi-Fi connection
information
❏ SSID
❏ Password
These are the SSID (network name) and the password of the access
point that the printer connects to.
If MAC address ltering has been set, register the MAC address of the
printer in advance to register the printer.
See the following for the supported standards.
“Wi-Fi Specications” on page 277
DNS server information ❏ IP address for
primary DNS
❏ IP address for
secondary DNS
These are required when specifying DNS servers. The secondary DNS
is set when the system has a redundant conguration and there is a
secondary DNS server.
If you are in a small organization and do not set the DNS server, set
the IP address of the router.
Proxy server
information
❏ Proxy server name Set this when your network environment uses the proxy server to
access the internet from the intranet, and you use the function that
the printer directly accesses to the internet.
For the following functions, the printer directly connects to the
internet .
❏ Epson Connect Services
❏ Cloud services of other companies
❏ Firmware updating
Administrator Information
>
Connecting the Printer to the Network
>
Before Making Network Connection
286
Divisions Items Note
Port number
information
❏ Port number to
release
Check the port number used by the printer and computer, then
release the port that is blocked by a rewall, if necessary.
See the following for the port number used by the printer.
“Using Port for the Printer” on page 275
IP Address Assignment
ese are the following types of IP address assignment.
Static IP address:
Assign the predetermined IP address to the printer (host) manually.
e information to connect to the network (subnet mask, default gateway, DNS server and so on) need to be set
manually.
e IP address does not change even when the device is turned o, so this is useful when you want to manage
devices with an environment where you cannot change the IP address or you want to manage devices using the IP
address. We recommend settings to the printer, server, etc. that many computers access.
Automatic assignment by using DHCP function (dynamic IP address):
Assign the IP address automatically to the printer (host) by using the DHCP function of the DHCP server or
router.
e information to connect to the network (subnet mask, default gateway, DNS server and so on) is set
automatically, so you can easily connect the device to the network.
If the device or the router is turned o, or depending on the DHCP server settings, IP address may change when
re-connecting.
We recommend managing devices other than the IP address and communicating with protocols that can follow
the IP address.
Note:
When you use the IP address reservation function of the DHCP, you can assign the same IP address to the devices at any
time.
DNS Server and Proxy Server
e
DNS server has a host name, domain name of the email address, etc. in association with the IP address
information.
Communication is impossible if the other party is described by host name, domain name, etc. when the computer
or the printer performs IP communication.
Queries the DNS server for that information and gets the IP address of the other party.
is
process is called name
resolution.
erefore,
the devices such as computers and printers can communicate using the IP address.
Name resolution is necessary for the printer to communicate using the email function or Internet connection
function.
When you use those functions, make the DNS server settings.
Administrator Information
>
Connecting the Printer to the Network
>
Before Making Network Connection
287
When you assign the printer's IP address by using the DHCP function of the DHCP server or router, it is
automatically set.
e proxy server is placed at the gateway between the network and the Internet, and it communicates to the
computer, printer, and Internet (opposite server) on behalf of each of them. e opposite server communicates
only to the proxy server. erefore, printer information such as the IP address and port number cannot be read
and increased security is expected.
When you connect to the Internet via a proxy server, congure the proxy server on the printer.
Connecting to the Network from the Control Panel
Connect the printer to the network by using the printer's control panel.
Assigning the IP Address
Set up the basic items such as Host Address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway.
is section explains the procedure for setting a static IP address.
1. Turn on the printer.
2. Select Settings on the home screen on the printer's control panel.
3. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP.
4. Select Manual for Obtain IP Address.
When you set the IP address automatically by using the DHCP function of router, select Auto. In that case, the
IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway on step 5 to 6 are also set automatically, so go to step 7.
5. Enter the IP address.
Focus moves to the forward segment or the back segment separated by a period if you select
l
and
r
.
Conrm the value reected on the previous screen.
6.
Set up the Subnet Mask and Default Gateway.
Conrm the value reected on the previous screen.
c
Important:
If the combination of the IP Address, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway is incorrect, Start Setup is inactive
and cannot proceed with the settings. Conrm that there is no error in the entry.
7. Enter the IP address for the primary DNS server.
Conrm
the value
reected
on the previous screen.
Note:
When you select Auto for the IP address assignment settings, you can select the DNS server settings from Manual or
Auto. If you cannot obtain the DNS server address automatically, select Manual and enter the DNS server address.
en,
enter the secondary DNS server address directly. If you select Auto, go to step 9.
8. Enter the IP address for the secondary DNS server.
Conrm the value reected on the previous screen.
Administrator Information
>
Connecting the Printer to the Network
>
Connecting to the Network from the
…
288
9. Tap Start Setup.
Setting the Proxy Server
Set up the proxy server if both of the following are true.
❏
e
proxy server is built for Internet connection.
❏ When using a function in which a printer directly connects to the Internet, such as Epson Connect service or
another company's cloud services.
1. Select Settings on the home screen.
When making settings aer IP address setting, the Advanced screen is displayed. Go to step 3.
2. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced.
3. Select Proxy Server.
4. Select Use for Proxy Server Settings.
5. Enter the address for the proxy server by IPv4 or FQDN format.
Conrm the value reected on the previous screen.
6. Enter the port number for the proxy server.
Conrm the value reected on the previous screen.
7. Tap Start Setup.
Connecting to LAN
Connect the printer to the network by Ethernet or Wi-Fi.
Connecting to Ethernet
Connect the printer to the network by using the Ethernet cable, and check the connection.
1. Connect the printer and hub (LAN switch) by Ethernet cable.
2. Select Settings on the home screen.
3.
Select General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check.
e connection diagnosis result is displayed. Conrm the connection is correct.
4.
Tap OK to
nish.
When you tap Print Check Report, you can print the diagnosis result. Follow the on-screen instructions to
print it.
Related Information
&
“Changing the Connection from Wi-Fi to Wired LAN” on page 238
Administrator Information
>
Connecting the Printer to the Network
>
Connecting to the Network from the
…
289
Connecting to the Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
You can connect the printer to the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) in several ways. Choose the connection method that
matches the environment and conditions that you are using.
If you know the information for the wireless router such as SSID and password, you can make settings manually.
If the wireless router supports WPS, you can make settings by using push button setup.
Aer connecting the printer to the network, connect to the printer from the device that you want to use (computer,
smart device, tablet, and so on.)
Related Information
&
“Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 224
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by Push Button Setup (WPS)” on page 225
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by PIN Code Setup (WPS)” on page 226
Settings to Use the Printer
Using the Print Functions
Enable to use the print function through the network.
To use the printer on the network, you need to set the port for network connection on the computer as well as the
printer’s network connection.
Printer Connection Types
e following two methods are available for the printer's network connection.
❏ Peer to peer connection (direct printing)
❏ Server / client connection (printer sharing using the Windows server)
Peer to Peer Connection Settings
is
is the connection to connect the printer on the network and the computer directly. Only a network-capable
model can be connected.
Connection method:
Connect the printer to the network directly via hub or access point.
Printer driver:
Install the printer driver on each client computer.
When using EpsonNet SetupManager, you can provide the driver's package that includes the printer settings.
Features:
❏ e print job starts immediately because the print job is sent to the printer directly.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Using the Print Functions
290
❏ You can print as long as the printer runs.
Server / Client Connection Settings
is is the connection that the server computer shares with the printer. To prohibit the connection without going
through the server computer, you can enhance the security.
When using USB, the printer without the network function can be also shared.
Connection method:
Connect the printer to the network via LAN switch or access point.
You can also connect the printer to the server directly by USB cable.
Printer driver:
Install the printer driver on the Windows server depending on the OS of the client computers.
By accessing the Windows server and linking the printer, the printer driver is installed on the client computer and
can be used.
Features:
❏ Manage the printer and the printer driver in batch.
❏ Depending on the server spec, it may take time to start the print job because all print jobs go through the print
server.
❏ You cannot print when the Windows server is turned o.
Print Settings for Peer to Peer Connection
For peer to peer connection (direct printing), a printer and a client computer have a one-to-one relationship.
e
printer driver must be installed on each client computer.
Print Settings for Server / Client Connection
Enable to print from the printer that is connected as the server / client connection.
For the server / client connection, set up the print server rst, and then share the printer on the network.
When using the USB cable to connect to the server, also set the print server
rst,
and then share the printer on the
network.
Setting Up the Network Ports
Create the print queue for network printing on the print server by using standard TCP/IP, and then set the network
port.
is example is when using Windows Server 2012 R2.
1.
Open the devices and printers screen.
Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound or Hardware > Devices and Printers.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Using the Print Functions
291
2. Add a printer.
Click Add printer, and then select e printer that I want isn't listed.
3. Add a local printer.
Select Add a local printer or network printer with manual settings, and then click Next.
4. Select Create a new port, select Standard TCP/IP Port as the Port Type, and then click Next.
5. Enter the printer's IP address or printer name in Host Name or IP Address or Printer Name or IP Address,
and then click Next.
Example:
❏ Printer name : EPSONA1A2B3C
❏ IP address : 192.0.2.111
Do not change Port name.
Click Continue when the User Account Control screen is displayed.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Using the Print Functions
292
Note:
If you specify the printer name on the network where the name resolution is available, the IP address is tracked even if
printer's IP address has been changed by DHCP. You can conrm the printer name from the network status screen on
the printer's control panel or network status sheet.
6. Set the printer driver.
❏ If the printer driver is already installed:
Select Manufacturer and Printers. Click Next.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions.
When using the printer under the server / client connection (printer sharing using the Windows server), make the
sharing settings hereaer.
Checking the Port Conguration - Windows
Check if the correct port is set for the print queue.
1. Open the devices and printers screen.
Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound or Hardware > Devices and Printers.
2. Open the printer properties screen.
Right-click the printer icon, and then click Printer properties.
3. Click the Ports tab, select Standard TCP/IP Port, and then click Congure Port.
4. Check the port conguration.
❏ For RAW
Check that Raw is selected in Protocol, and then click OK.
❏ For LPR
Check that LPR is selected in Protocol. Enter "PASSTHRU" in Queue name from LPR Settings. Select LPR
Byte Counting Enabled, and then click OK.
Sharing the Printer (Windows only)
When using the printer under the server / client connection (printer sharing using the Windows server), set up the
printer sharing from the print server.
1. Select Control Panel > View devices and printers on the print server.
2. Right-click the printer icon (print queue) that you want to share with, and then select Printer Properties >
Sharing tab.
3. Select Share this printer and then enter to Share name.
For Windows Server 2012, click Change Sharing Options and then
congure
the settings.
Installing Additional Drivers (Windows only)
If the Windows versions for a server and clients are
dierent,
it is recommended to install additional drivers to the
print server.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Using the Print Functions
293
1. Select Control Panel > View devices and printers on the print server.
2. Right-click the printer icon that you want to share with the clients, and then click Printer Properties >
Sharing tab.
3. Click Additional Drivers.
For Windows Server 2012, click Change Sharing Options and then congure the settings.
4.
Select versions of Windows for clients, and then click OK.
5. Select the information le for the printer driver (*.inf) and then install the driver.
Using the Shared Printer – Windows
e administrator needs to inform the clients of the computer name assigned to the print server and how to add it
to their computers. If the additional driver(s) have not been congured yet, inform the clients how to use Devices
and Printers to add the shared printer.
If additional driver(s) have already been
congured
on the print server, follow these steps:
1. Select the name assigned to the print server in Windows Explorer.
2. Double-click the printer that you want to use.
Basic Settings for Printing
Set the print settings, such as paper size or printing error.
Setting the Paper Source
Set the size and type of paper to be loaded in each paper source.
1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3.
Select in the following order.
Print tab > Paper Source Settings
4.
Set each item.
e displayed items may vary by the situation.
❏ Paper source name
Display the target paper source name, such as Paper Tray, Cassette 1.
❏ Paper Size
Select the paper size you want to set from the pull-down menu.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Using the Print Functions
294
❏ Unit
Select the unit of the user-dened size. You can select it when User dened is selected on Paper Size.
❏ Width
Set the horizontal length of the user-dened size.
e range you can enter here depends on the paper source, which is indicated on the side of Width.
When you select mm in Unit, you can enter up to one decimal place.
When you select inch in Unit, you can enter up to two decimal places.
❏ Height
Set the vertical length of the user-dened size.
e range you can enter here depends on the paper source, which is indicated on the side of Height.
When you select mm in Unit, you can enter up to one decimal place.
When you select inch in Unit, you can enter up to two decimal places.
❏ Paper Type
Select the paper type you want to set from the pull-down menu.
5.
Check the settings, and then click OK.
Setting Errors
Set the displaying error for the device.
1.
Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web
Cong
.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Print tab > Error Settings
4. Set each item.
❏ Paper Size Notice
Set whether to display an error on the control panel when the paper size of the
specied
paper source is
dierent
from the paper size of the print data.
❏ Paper Type Notice
Set whether to display an error on the control panel when the paper type of the specied paper source is
dierent from the paper type of the print data.
❏ Auto Error Solver
Set whether to automatically cancel the error if there is no operation on the control panel for 5 seconds
aer displaying the error.
5. Check the settings, and then click OK.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Using the Print Functions
295
Setting Universal Print
Set when you print from external devices without using the printer driver.
Some items are not displayed depending on the printing language of your printer.
1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Print tab > Universal Print Settings
4. Set each item.
5. Check the settings, and then click OK.
Basic
Items Explanation
Top Oset(-30.0-30.0mm) Sets the vertical position of the paper on which printing starts.
Left Oset(-30.0-30.0mm) Sets the horizontal position of the paper on which printing starts.
Top Oset in Back(-30.0-30.0mm) Sets the vertical position of the paper on which the printing of the back side of
the paper starts in duplex printing.
Left Oset in Back(-30.0-30.0mm) Sets the horizontal position of the paper on which the printing of the back side of
the paper starts in duplex printing.
Check Paper Width Set whether to check paper width when printing.
Skip Blank Page If there is a blank page in the print data, set not to print a blank page.
Setting Up AirPrint
Set when using AirPrint printing and scanning.
Access Web Cong and select the Network tab > AirPrint Setup.
Items Explanation
Bonjour Service Name Enter the Bonjour service name between 1 and 41 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).
Bonjour Location Enter location information such as the printer's placement within 127 bytes or less
in Unicode (UTF-8).
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting Up AirPrint
296
Items Explanation
Geolocation
Latitude and Longitude (WGS84)
Enter the printer's location information. This entry is optional.
Enter values by using WGS-84 datum, which separates latitude and longitude with
a comma.
You can enter -90 to +90 for the latitude value, and -180 to +180 for the longitude
value. You can enter less than a decimal to the sixth place, and you can omit "+".
Top Priority Protocol Select top priority protocol from IPP and Port9100.
iBeacon Transmission Select whether to enable or disable the iBeacon transmission function. When
enabled, you can search for the printer from iBeacon-enabled devices.
Enable AirPrint IPP, Bonjour, AirPrint (Scan service) are enabled, and IPP is established only with
secure communication.
Conguring a Mail Server
Set the mail server from Web
Cong
.
Check below before setting up.
❏ e printer is connected to the network that can access the mail server.
❏ Email setting information of the computer that uses the same mail server as the printer.
Note:
❏ When you use the mail server on the Internet, conrm the setting information from the provider or website.
❏ You can also set the mail server from the control panel. Access as below.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > Email Server > Server Settings
1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Network tab > Email Server > Basic
4. Enter a value for each item.
5. Select OK.
e settings you have selected are displayed.
Related Information
&
“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 249
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Conguring a Mail Server
297
Mail Server Setting Items
Items Settings and Explanation
Authentication Method Specify the authentication method for the printer to access the mail server.
O Set when the mail server does not need authentication.
SMTP AUTH Authenticates on the SMTP server (outgoing mail server)
when sending the email. The mail server needs to support
SMTP authentication.
POP before SMTP Authenticates on the POP3 server (receiving mail server)
before sending the email. When you select this item, set the
POP3 server.
Authenticated Account If you select SMTP AUTH or POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter the
authenticated account name between 0 and 255 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).
When you select SMTP AUTH, enter the SMTP server account. When you select POP before
SMTP, enter the POP3 server account.
Authenticated Password If you select SMTP AUTH or POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter the
authenticated password between 0 and 20 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).
When you select SMTP AUTH, enter the authenticated account for the SMTP server. When
you select POP before SMTP, enter the authenticated account for the POP3 server.
Sender's Email Address Enter the sender's email address such as the email address of the system administrator. This
is used when authenticating, so enter a valid email address that is registered to the mail
server.
Enter between 0 and 255 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E) except for : ( ) < > [ ] ; ¥. A period "."
cannot be the rst character.
SMTP Server Address Enter between 0 and 255 characters using A-Z a-z 0-9 . - . You can use IPv4 or FQDN format.
SMTP Server Port Number Enter a number between 1 and 65535.
Secure Connection Select the encryption method of the communication to the mail server.
None If you select POP before SMTP in Authentication Method,
the connection is not encrypted.
SSL/TLS This is available when Authentication Method is set to O
or SMTP AUTH. Communication is encrypted from the start.
STARTTLS This is available when Authentication Method is set to O
or SMTP AUTH. Communication is not encrypted from the
start, but depending on the network environment, whether
the communication is encrypted or not is changed.
Certicate Validation The certicate is validated when this is enabled. We recommend this is set to Enable. To set
up, you need to import the CA Certicate to the printer.
POP3 Server Address If you select POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter the POP3 server
address between 0 and 255 characters using A-Z a-z 0-9 . - . You can use IPv4 or FQDN
format.
POP3 Server Port Number If you select POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter a number between 1
and 65535.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Conguring a Mail Server
298
Checking a Mail Server Connection
You can check the connection to the mail server by performing the connection check.
1.
Enter the IP address of the printer in the browser and start Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Network tab > Email Server > Connection Test
4. Select Start.
e
connection test to the mail server is started.
Aer
the test, the check report is displayed.
Note:
You can also check the connection to the mail server from the control panel. Access as below.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > Email Server > Connection Check
Mail Server Connection Test References
Messages Cause
Connection test was successful. This message appears when the connection with the server is successful.
SMTP server communication error.
Check the following. - Network
Settings
This message appears when
❏ The printer is not connected to a network
❏ SMTP server is down
❏ Network connection is disconnected while communicating
❏ Received incomplete data
POP3 server communication error.
Check the following. - Network
Settings
This message appears when
❏ The printer is not connected to a network
❏ POP3 server is down
❏ Network connection is disconnected while communicating
❏ Received incomplete data
An error occurred while connecting to
SMTP server. Check the followings. -
SMTP Server Address - DNS Server
This message appears when
❏ Connecting to a DNS server failed
❏ Name resolution for an SMTP server failed
An error occurred while connecting to
POP3 server. Check the followings. -
POP3 Server Address - DNS Server
This message appears when
❏ Connecting to a DNS server failed
❏ Name resolution for an POP3 server failed
SMTP server authentication error.
Check the followings. - Authentication
Method - Authenticated Account -
Authenticated Password
This message appears when SMTP server authentication failed.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Conguring a Mail Server
299
Messages Cause
POP3 server authentication error.
Check the followings. - Authentication
Method - Authenticated Account -
Authenticated Password
This message appears when POP3 server authentication failed.
Unsupported communication method.
Check the followings. - SMTP Server
Address - SMTP Server Port Number
This message appears when you try to communicate with unsupported protocols.
Connection to SMTP server failed.
Change Secure Connection to None.
This message appears when an SMTP mismatch occurs between a server and a
client, or when the server does not support SMTP secure connection (SSL
connection).
Connection to SMTP server failed.
Change Secure Connection to SSL/TLS.
This message appears when an SMTP mismatch occurs between a server and a
client, or when the server requests to use an SSL/TLS connection for an SMTP
secure connection.
Connection to SMTP server failed.
Change Secure Connection to
STARTTLS.
This message appears when an SMTP mismatch occurs between a server and a
client, or when the server requests to use an STARTTLS connection for an SMTP
secure connection.
The connection is untrusted. Check the
following. - Date and Time
This message appears when the printer’s date and time setting is incorrect or the
certicate has expired.
The connection is untrusted. Check the
following. - CA Certicate
This message appears when the printer does not have a root certicate
corresponding to the server or a CA Certicate has not been imported.
The connection is not secured. This message appears when the obtained certicate is damaged.
SMTP server authentication failed.
Change Authentication Method to
SMTP-AUTH.
This message appears when an authentication method mismatch occurs between
a server and a client. The server supports SMTP AUTH.
SMTP server authentication failed.
Change Authentication Method to
POP before SMTP.
This message appears when an authentication method mismatch occurs between
a server and a client. The server does not support SMTP AUTH.
Sender's Email Address is incorrect.
Change to the email address for your
email service.
This message appears when the specied sender’s Email address is wrong.
Cannot access the printer until
processing is complete.
This message appears when the printer is busy.
Setting a Shared Network Folder
Set a shared network folder to save a le from the printer.
When saving a le to the folder, the printer logs on as the user of the computer on which the folder was created.
Also, make sure you setup MS Network when creating the shared network folder.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
300
Creating the Shared Folder
Before Creating the Shared Folder
Before creating the shared folder, check the following.
❏ e printer is connected to the network where it can access the computer where the shared folder will be
created.
❏ A multi-byte character is not included in the name of the computer where the shared folder will be created.
c
Important:
When a multi-byte character is included in the computer name, saving the le to the shared folder may fail.
In that case, change to the computer that does not include the Multi-byte character in the name or change the
computer name.
When changing the computer name, make sure to conrm with the administrator in advance because it may aect
some settings, such as computer management, resource access, etc.
Checking the Network Prole
On the computer where the shared folder will be created, check whether folder sharing is available.
1. Log in to the computer where the shared folder will be created by the administrator authority user account.
2. Select Control Panel > Network and Internet > Network and Sharing Center.
3.
Click Change advanced sharing settings, and then click
for the prole with (current prole) in the
displayed network
proles.
4. Check whether Turn on
le
and printer sharing is selected on File and Printer Sharing.
If already selected, click Cancel and close the window.
When you change the settings, click Save Changes and close the window.
Related Information
&
“Location Where the Shared Folder is Created and an Example of the Security” on page 301
Location Where the Shared Folder is Created and an Example of the Security
Depending on the location where the shared folder is created, security and convenience vary.
To operate the shared folder from the printers or other computers, the following reading and changing permissions
for the folder are required.
❏ Sharing tab > Advanced Sharing > Permissions
It controls the network access permission of the shared folder.
❏ Access permission of Security tab
It controls permission of the network access and local access of the shared folder.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
301
When you set Everyone to the shared folder that is created on the desktop, as an example of creating a shared
folder, all users who can access the computer will be permitted access.
However, the user who does not have authority cannot access them because the desktop (folder) is under the
control of the user folder, and then the security settings of the user folder are handed down to it. e user who is
permitted access on the Security tab (user logged in and administrator in this case) can operate the folder.
See below to create the proper location.
is example is when creating the "scan_folder" folder.
Related Information
& “Example of Conguration for File Servers” on page 302
& “Example of
Conguration
for a Personal Computer” on page 308
Example of Conguration for File Servers
is explanation is an example for creating the shared folder on the root of the drive on the shared computer, such
as the
le
server under the following condition.
Access controllable users, such as someone who has the same domain of a computer to create a shared folder, can
access the shared folder.
Set this conguration when you permit any user to read and write to the shared folder on the computer, such as the
le server and the shared computer.
❏ Place for creating shared folder: Root of drive
❏ Folder path: C:\scan_folder
❏ Access permission via network (Share Permissions): Everyone
❏ Access permission on
le
system (Security): Authenticated Users
1. Log in to the computer where the shared folder will be created by the administrator authority user account.
2.
Start explorer.
3. Create the folder on the root of drive, and then name it "scan_folder".
For the folder name, enter between 1 and 12 alphanumeric characters. If the character limit of the folder name
is exceeded, you may not be able to access it normally by the varied environment.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
302
8. Click OK.
9. Select Security tab, and then select Authenticated Users on the Group or user names.
"Authenticated Users" is the special group that includes all users who can log in to the domain or computer.
is group is displayed only when the folder is created just below the root folder.
If it is not displayed, you can add it by clicking Edit. For more details, see Related Information.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
306
10. Check that Allow on Modify is selected in Permissions for Authenticated Users.
If it is not selected, select Authenticated Users, click Edit, select Allow on Modify in Permissions for
Authenticated Users, and then click OK.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
307
11. Select Sharing tab.
e network path of the shared folder is displayed. is is used when registering to the contacts of the printer.
Please write it down.
12. Click OK or Close to close the screen.
Check whether the le can be written or read on the shared folder from the computers of the same domain.
Related Information
&
“Adding Group or User Access Permissions” on page 313
Example of Conguration for a Personal Computer
is explanation is an example for creating the shared folder on the desktop of the user currently logging in to the
computer.
e user who logs in to the computer and who has administrator authority can access the desktop folder and the
document folder that are under the User folder.
Set this
conguration
when you DO NOT permit reading and writing to another user to the shared folder on a
personal computer.
❏ Place for creating shared folder: Desktop
❏ Folder path: C:\Users\xxxx\Desktop\scan_folder
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
308
❏ Access permission via network (Share Permissions): Everyone
❏ Access permission on le system (Security): do not add, or add User/Group names to permit access
1. Log in to the computer where the shared folder will be created by the administrator authority user account.
2.
Start explorer.
3. Create the folder on the desktop, and then name it "scan_folder".
For the folder name, enter between 1 and 12 alphanumeric characters. If the character limit of the folder name
is exceeded, you may not be able to access it normally by the varied environment.
4. Right click the folder, and then select Properties.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
309
8. Click OK.
9. Select Security tab.
10. Check the group or the user in the Group or user names.
e group or the user that is displayed here can access the shared folder.
In this case, the user who logs in to this computer and the Administrator can access the shared folder.
Add access permission, if necessary. You can add it by clicking Edit. For more details, see Related Information.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
312
11. Select Sharing tab.
e network path of the shared folder is displayed. is is used when registering to the contacts of the printer.
Please write it down.
12. Click OK or Close to close the screen.
Check whether the le can be written or read on the shared folder from the computers of users or groups with
access permission.
Related Information
&
“Adding Group or User Access Permissions” on page 313
Adding Group or User Access Permissions
You can add the group or user access permissions.
1. Right click the folder and select Properties.
2. Select Security tab.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
313
4. Click Add under the Group or user names.
5. Enter the group or user name that you want to permit access, and then click Check Names.
An underline is added to the name.
Note:
If you do not know the full name of the group or user, enter part of the name, and then click Check Names. e group
names or user names that match part of the name are listed, and then you can select the full name from the list.
If just one name matches, the full name with underlining is displayed in Enter the object name to select.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
315
6. Click OK.
7. On the Permission screen, select the user name that is entered in Group or user names , select the access
permission on Modify, and then click OK.
8. Click OK or Close to close the screen.
Check whether the le can be written or read on the shared folder from the computers of users or groups with
access permission.
Using Microsoft Network Sharing
Enable this to save a le on a shared network folder from the printer.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Network tab > MS Network.
2. Enable Use Microso network sharing.
3. Set each item if necessary.
4. Click Next.
5. Conrm the settings, and then click OK.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
316
Related Information
&
“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 249
MS Network Setting items
Items Explanation
Use Microsoft network sharing Select when enabling MS Network sharing.
SMB1.0
SMB2/SMB3
Enable the protocol you want to use. You can only enable SMB1.0 or SMB2/SMB3.
File Sharing Select whether to enable le sharing or not.
Enable it for the following situations.
❏ Shares the USB storage over the network that is connected to the printer.
❏ Forwards the scan result to the shared folder on the computer.
User Authentication Select whether to perform user authentication or not when accessing USB storage
on the network that is connected to the printer.
User Name Set the user name for user authentication. Enter between 1 and 127 characters in
ASCII except "/\[]:;|=,+*?<>@%. However, you cannot enter a single period or a
combination of the period "." and a space alone.
Password Set the password for user authentication. Enter between 1 and 64 characters in
ASCII. However, you cannot just set 10 asterisks "*".
Encrypted Communication Set whether to enable encrypted communication or not. You can select it when
Enable is selected on User Authentication.
Host Name Display the MS Network host name of the printer. To change this, select the
Network tab > Basic, and then change the Device Name.
Workgroup Name Enter the work group name of MS Network. Enter between 0 and 15 characters in
ASCII.
Access Attribute Set the Access Attribute of le sharing.
Shared Name(USB Host) Display as the shared name when sharing the le.
Making Contacts Available
Registering destinations in the printer's contacts list allows you to easily enter the destination when scanning or
sending faxes.
Note:
You can register the following types of destinations in the contacts list. You can register up to 100 entries in total.
Fax Destination for fax
Email Destination for email
You need to congure the email server settings beforehand.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
317
Network Folder (SMB) Destination for scan data
Network Folder/FTP
Contacts Conguration Comparison
ere are three tools for conguring the printer's contacts: Web Cong, Epson Device Admin, and the printer’s
control panel. e dierences between three tools are listed in the table below.
Features Web Cong Epson Device Admin Printer’s control panel
Registering a destination ✓✓✓
Editing a destination ✓✓✓
Adding a group ✓✓✓
Editing a group ✓✓✓
Deleting a destination or
groups
✓✓✓
Deleting all destinations ✓✓ –
Importing a le ✓✓ –
Exporting to a le ✓✓ –
Note:
You can also congure the fax destination using the FAX Utility.
Registering a Destination to Contacts using Web
Cong
Note:
You can also register the contacts on the printer’s control panel.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Scan/Copy or Fax tab > Contacts.
2. Select the number that you want to register, and then click Edit.
3. Enter Name and Index Word.
4. Select the destination type as the Type option.
Note:
You cannot change the Ty pe option aer registration is complete. If you want to change the type, delete the destination
and then register again.
5. Enter a value for each item, and then click Apply.
Related Information
&
“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 249
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
318
Destination Setting Items
Items Settings and Explanation
Common Settings
Name Enter a name displayed in the contacts in 30 characters or less in Unicode (UTF-8).
If you do not specify this, leave it blank.
Index Word Enter words to search in 30 characters or less in Unicode (UTF-8). If you do not
specify this, leave it blank.
Type Select the type of the address that you want to register.
Assign to Frequent Use This item is displayed on the Web Cong screen but is unavailable for this printer.
Fax
Fax Number Enter between 1 and 64 characters using 0-9 - * # and space.
Fax Speed Select a communication speed for a destination.
Email
Email Address Enter between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z a-z 0-9 ! # $ % & ' * + - . / = ? ^ _ { | }
~ @.
Network Folder (SMB)
Save to \\“Folder path”
Enter the location where the target folder is located between 1 and 253 characters
in Unicode (UTF-8), omitting "\\".
User Name Enter a user name to access a network folder in 30 characters or less in Unicode
(UTF-8). However, avoid using control characters (0x00 to 0x1f, 0x7F).
Password Enter a password to access a network folder in 20 characters or less in Unicode
(UTF-8). However, avoid using control characters (0x00 to 0x1f, 0x7F).
FTP
Secure Connection Select FTP or FTPS according to the le transfer protocol the FTP server supports.
Select FTPS to allow the printer to communicate with security measures.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
319
Items Settings and Explanation
Save to Enter the server name between 1 and 253 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E),
omitting "ftp://".
User Name Enter a user name to access an FTP server in 30 characters or less in Unicode
(UTF-8). However, avoid using control characters (0x00 to 0x1f, 0x7F). If the server
allows anonymous connections, enter a user name such as Anonymous and FTP. If
you do not specify this, leave it blank.
Password Enter a password to access to an FTP server within 20 characters or less in Unicode
(UTF-8). However, avoid using control characters (0x00 to 0x1f, 0x7F). If you do not
specify this, leave it blank.
Connection Mode Select the connection mode from the menu. If a rewall is set between the printer
and the FTP server, select Passive Mode.
Port Number Enter the FTP server port number between 1 and 65535.
Certicate Validation The FTP server's certicate is validated when this is enabled. This is available when
FTPS is selected for Secure Connection.
To set up, you need to import the CA Certicate to the printer.
Registering Destinations as a Group Using Web Cong
If the destination type is set to Fax or Email, you can register the destinations as a group.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Scan/Copy or Fax tab > Contacts.
2. Select the number that you want to register, and then click Edit.
3. Select a group from Type.
4. Click Select for Contact(s) for Group.
e
available destinations are displayed.
5. Select the destination that you want to register to the group, and then click Select.
6. Enter a Name and Index Word.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
320
7. Select whether or not you assign the registered group to the frequently used group.
Note:
Destinations can be registered to multiple groups.
8. Click Apply.
Related Information
&
“Running Web
Cong
on a Web Browser” on page 249
Backing Up and Importing Contacts
Using Web Cong or other tools, you can back up and import contacts.
For Web Cong, you can back up contacts by exporting the printer settings that include contacts. e exported le
cannot be edited because it is exported as a binary le.
When importing the printer settings to the printer, contacts are overwritten.
For Epson Device Admin, only contacts can be exported from the device’s property screen. Also, if you do not
export the security-related items, you can edit the exported contacts and import them because this can be saved as
a SYLK le or csv le.
Importing Contacts Using Web
Cong
If you have a printer that allows you to backup contacts and is compatible with this printer, you can register
contacts easily by importing the backup
le.
Note:
For instructions on how to back up the printer contacts, see the manual provided with the printer.
Follow the steps below to import the contacts to this printer.
1. Access Web Cong, select Device Management > Export and Import Setting Value > Import.
2. Select the backup
le
you created in File, enter the password, and then click Next.
3. Select the Contacts checkbox, and then click Next.
Related Information
&
“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 249
Backing up Contacts Using Web Cong
Contacts data may be lost due to a printer malfunction. We recommend that you make a backup of the data
whenever you update the data. Epson shall not be responsible for the loss of any data, for backing up or recovering
data and/or settings even during a warranty period.
Using Web
Cong
, you can back up the contact data stored in the printer to the computer.
1. Access Web Cong, and then select the Device Management tab > Export and Import Setting Value >
Export.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
321
2. Select one of the Contacts checkboxes.
For example, if you select Contacts under the Scan/Copy category, the same checkbox under the Fax category
is also selected.
3. Enter a password to encrypt the exported le.
You need the password to import the
le.
Leave this blank if you do not want to encrypt the
le.
4. Click Export.
Related Information
&
“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 249
Export and Bulk Registration of Contacts Using Tool
If you use Epson Device Admin, you can back up just the contacts and edit the exported les, then register them all
at once.
It is useful if you want to back up only the contacts or when you replace the printer and you want to transfer the
contacts from the old one to new one.
Exporting Contacts Using Epson Device Admin
Save the contacts information to the le.
You can edit les saved in SYLK format or csv format by using a spreadsheet application or text editor. You can
register all at once aer deleting or adding the information.
Information that includes security items such as password and personal information can be saved in binary format
with a password. You cannot edit the le. is can be used as the backup le of the information including the
security items.
1. Start Epson Device Admin.
2. Select Devices on the side bar task menu.
3. Select the device you want to congure from the device list.
4. Click Device Conguration on the Home tab on the ribbon menu.
When the administrator password has been set, enter the password and click OK.
5. Click Common > Contacts.
6.
Select the export format from Export > Export items.
❏ All Items
Export the encrypted binary le. Select when you want to include the security items such as password and
personal information. You cannot edit the
le.
If you select it, you have to set the password. Click
Conguration and set a password between 8 and 63 characters long in ASCII. is password is required
when importing the binary le.
❏ Items except Security Information
Export the SYLK format or csv format les. Select when you want to edit the information of the exported
le.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
322
7. Click Export.
8. Specify the place to save the
le,
select the
le
type, and then click Save.
e completion message is displayed.
9.
Click OK.
Check that the le is saved to the specied place.
Importing Contacts Using Epson Device Admin
Import the contacts information from the le.
You c a n i mp or t t h e
les
saved in SYLK format or csv format or the backed-up binary
le
that includes the security
items.
1. Start Epson Device Admin.
2. Select Devices on the side bar task menu.
3. Select the device you want to congure from the device list.
4. Click Device
Conguration
on the Home tab on the ribbon menu.
When the administrator password has been set, enter the password and click OK.
5. Click Common > Contacts.
6. Click Browse on Import.
7. Select the le you want to import and then click Open.
When you select the binary
le,
in Password enter the password you set when exporting the
le.
8. Click Import.
e conrmation screen is displayed.
9. Click OK.
e validation result is displayed.
❏ Edit the information read
Click when you want to edit the information individually.
❏ Read more le
Click when you want to import multiple les.
10. Click Import, and then click OK on the import completion screen.
Return to the device's property screen.
11.
Click Transmit.
12. Click OK on the
conrmation
message.
e settings are sent to the printer.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
323
13. On the sending completion screen, click OK.
e printer's information is updated.
Open the contacts from Web
Cong
or printer's control panel, and then check that the contact is updated.
Preparing to Scan
Scanning using the control panel
Setup servers or folders before scanning.
Settings of Servers and Folders
Name Settings Location Requirement
Scan to Network Folder
(SMB)
Create and set up sharing of
the save folder
A computer that has a save
folder location
The administrative user
account to the computer
that creates save folders.
Destination for Scan to
Network Folder (SMB)
Contacts of the device User name and password
to log on to the
computer that has the
save folder, and the
privilege to update the
save folder.
Scan to Network Folder
(FTP)
Setup for FTP server log on Contacts of the device Logon information for
the FTP server and the
privilege to update the
save folder.
Scan to Email Setup for email server Device Setup information for
email server
Scan to Cloud Printer registration to Epson
Connect
Device Internet connection
environment
Contact registration to Epson
Connect
Epson Connect service User and printer
registration to Epson
Connect
Related Information
&
“Setting a Shared Network Folder” on page 300
& “
Conguring
a Mail Server” on page 297
Scanning From a Computer
Install the
soware
and check that the network scan service is enabled to scan via a network from the computer.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Preparing to Scan
324
Software to be installed
❏ Epson ScanSmart
❏ Epson Scan 2 (application required to use the scanner feature)
Conrming that Network Scan is Enabled
You can set the network scan service when you scan from a client computer over the network.
e
default setting is
enabled.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Scan/Copy tab > Network Scan.
2. Make sure that Enable scanning of EPSON Scan is selected.
If it is selected, this task is completed. Close Web Cong.
If it is cleared, select it and go to next step.
3. Click Next.
4. Click OK.
e network is re-connected, and then the settings are enabled.
Related Information
&
“Running Web
Cong
on a Web Browser” on page 249
Making Fax Features Available
Before Using Fax Features
Set up the following to use the fax features.
❏ Connect the printer correctly with the phone line and, if necessary, with a phone
❏ Complete the Fax Setting Wizard, which is required to make basic settings.
Set the following as necessary.
❏ Output destinations and related settings, such as network settings.
❏ Contacts registration
❏ User Settings that dene default values for Fax menu items
❏ Report Settings to print reports when faxes are sent or received
Related Information
&
“Connecting the Printer to a Phone Line” on page 326
& “Making the Printer Ready to Send and Receive Faxes” on page 329
& “Making Settings for the Printer's Fax Features According to Use” on page 331
& “Fax Settings” on page 260
& “Making Contacts Available” on page 317
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Fax Features Available
325
& “Fax Settings” on page 111
& “Report Settings” on page 267
Connecting the Printer to a Phone Line
Compatible Telephone Lines
You can use the printer over standard analogue telephone lines (PSTN = Public Switched Telephone Network) and
PBX (Private Branch Exchange) telephone systems.
You may not be able to use the printer with the following phone lines or systems.
❏ VoIP phone line such as DSL or ber-optic digital service
❏ Digital phone line (ISDN)
❏ Some PBX telephone systems
❏ When adapters such as terminal adapters, VoIP adapters, splitters, or DSL router are connected between the
telephone wall jack and the printer
Connecting the Printer to a Phone Line
Connect the printer to a telephone wall jack using an RJ-11 (6P2C) phone cable. When connecting a telephone to
the printer, use a second RJ-11 (6P2C) phone cable.
Depending on the area, a phone cable may be included with the printer. If it is included, use that cable.
You may need to connect the phone cable to an adapter provided for your country or region.
Note:
Remove the cap from the EXT. port of the printer only when connecting your telephone to the printer. Do not remove the cap
if you are not connecting your telephone.
In areas where lightning strikes occur frequently, we recommend that you use a surge protector.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Fax Features Available
326
Connecting to a Standard Phone Line (PSTN) or PBX
Connect a phone cable from the telephone wall jack or PBX port to the LINE port on the back of the printer.
Connecting to DSL or ISDN
Connect a phone cable from the DSL modem or the ISDN terminal adapter to the LINE port on the back of the
printer. See the documentation provided with the modem or the adapter for more details.
Note:
If your DSL modem is not equipped with a built-in DSL lter, connect a separate DSL lter.
Connecting Your Phone Device to the Printer
When using the printer and your telephone on a single phone line, connect the telephone to the printer.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Fax Features Available
327
Note:
❏ If your phone device has a fax function, disable the fax function before connecting. See the manuals that came with the
phone device for details. Depending on the model of the phone device, the fax function cannot be completely disabled, so
you may not be able to use it as an external phone.
❏ If you connect an answering machine, make sure the printer's Rings to Answer setting is set higher than the number of
rings your answering machine is set to answer a call.
1. Remove the cap from the EXT. port on the back of the printer.
2. Connect the phone device and the EXT. port with a phone cable.
Note:
When sharing a single phone line, make sure you connect the phone device to the EXT. port of the printer. If you split
the line to connect the phone device and the printer separately, the phone and the printer do not work correctly.
3. Select Fax on the printer's control panel.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Fax Features Available
328
4. Pick up the handset.
If a message to start sending or receiving faxes is displayed as shown on the following screen, the connection
has been established.
Related Information
&
“Making the Printer Ready to Send and Receive Faxes” on page 329
& “Making Settings to Use an Answering Machine” on page 332
& “Making Settings to Receive Faxes Operating Only a Connected Phone” on page 332
& “Receive Mode:” on page 262
Making the Printer Ready to Send and Receive Faxes
Fax Setting Wizard congures the basic fax features to make the printer ready to send and receive faxes.
e
Wizard is displayed automatically when the printer is turned on for the
rst
time. You can also display the
wizard manually from the printer's control panel. You need to run the wizard again in case the wizard is skipped
when the printer is
rst
turned on or when the connection environment has changed.
❏ e items below are what you can set through the wizard.
❏ Header (Your Phone Number and Fax Header)
❏ Receive Mode (Auto or Manual)
❏ Distinctive Ring Detection (DRD) Setting
❏
e
items below are set automatically according to the connection environment.
❏ Dial Mode (such as Tone or Pulse)
Fax Setting Wizard may not congure Dial Mode automatically when Line Type is set to PBX. Congure
Dial Mode manually.
❏ Other items in Basic Settings remain as they are.
Related Information
&
“Basic Settings” on page 261
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Fax Features Available
329
Making the Printer Ready to Send and Receive Faxes Using Fax Setting Wizard
1. Select Settings on the home screen on the printer's control panel.
2. Select General Settings > Fax Settings > Fax Setting Wizard.
3. Following the on-screen instructions, enter the sender name such as your company name, your fax number.
Note:
Your sender name and your fax number appear as the header for outgoing faxes.
4. Make the distinctive ring detection (DRD) setting.
❏ If you have subscribed to a distinctive ring service from your telephone company:
Go to the next screen and select the ring pattern to be used for incoming faxes.
When you select any item except All, Receive Mode is set to Auto and you continue to the next screen
where you can check the settings you made.
❏ If you have not subscribed to a distinctive ring service from your telephone company, or you do not need to
set this option:
Skip this setting and go to the screen where you can check the settings you made.
Note:
❏ Distinctive ring services, oered by many telephone companies (the service name diers by company), allows you to
have several phone numbers on one phone line. Each number is assigned a dierent ring pattern. You can use one
number for voice calls and another for fax calls. Select the ring pattern assigned to fax calls in DRD.
❏ Depending on the region, On and
O
are displayed as the DRD options. Select On to use the distinctive ring feature.
5. Make the Receive Mode setting.
❏ If you do not need to connect a phone device to the printer:
Select No.
Receive Mode is set to Auto.
❏ If you need to connect a phone device to the printer:
Select Ye s , and then select whether or not to receive faxes automatically.
6. Check the settings you made on the screen displayed, and then proceed to the next screen.
To correct or change settings, select
.
7. Check the fax connection by selecting Start Checking, and then select Print to print a report that shows the
connection status.
Note:
❏ If there are any errors reported, follow the instructions on the report to solve them.
❏ If the Select Line Type screen is displayed, select the line type.
- When you are connecting the printer to a PBX phone system or terminal adapter, select PBX.
- When you are connecting the printer to a standard phone line, select PSTN, and then select Do Not Detect on the
Conrmation screen displayed. However, setting this to Do Not Detect may cause the printer to skip the rst digit of
a fax number when dialing and send the fax to the wrong number.
Related Information
& “Connecting the Printer to a Phone Line” on page 326
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Fax Features Available
330
& “Making Settings to Use an Answering Machine” on page 332
& “Receive Mode:” on page 262
& “Making Settings to Receive Faxes Operating Only a Connected Phone” on page 332
& “Basic Settings” on page 261
Making Settings for the Printer's Fax Features According to Use
You can congure the printer's fax features individually using the printer's control panel according to use. e
settings made using Fax Setting Wizard can also be changed. For more details, see the descriptions of the Fax
Settings menu.
Note:
❏ Using Web Cong, you can congure the printer's fax features.
❏ When you use Web Cong to display the Fax Settings menu, there may be slight dierences in the user interface and in
location compared to the printer's control panel.
Related Information
&
“Fax Settings” on page 260
& “Making Settings for a PBX Phone System” on page 331
& “Making Settings When You Connect a Phone Device” on page 332
& “Receiving Incoming Faxes” on page 108
& “Making Settings to Save Received Faxes” on page 332
& “Making Settings for Blocking Junk Faxes” on page 334
& “Making Settings to Send and Receive Faxes on a Computer” on page 334
Making Settings for a PBX Phone System
Make the following settings when using the printer in oces that use extensions and require external access codes,
such as 0 and 9, to get an outside line.
1. Select Settings on the printer's control panel.
2. Select General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings.
3. Select Line Type, and then select PBX.
4. When sending a fax to an outside fax number using # (hash) instead of the actual external access code, select
the Access Code box to make this to Use.
e
#, entered instead of the actual access code, is replaced with the stored access code when dialing. Using #
helps avoid connection problems when connecting to an outside line.
Note:
You cannot send faxes to recipients in Contacts that have external access codes such as 0 and 9.
If you have registered recipients in Contacts using an external access code such as 0 and 9, set the Access Code to Do
Not Use. Otherwise, you must change the code to # in Contacts.
5. Tap the Access Code input box, enter the external access code used for your phone system, and then tap OK.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Fax Features Available
331
6. Select OK to apply the settings.
e access code is stored in the printer.
Making Settings When You Connect a Phone Device
Making Settings to Use an Answering Machine
You need settings to use an answering machine.
1.
Select Settings on the printer's control panel.
2. Select General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings.
3. Set Receive Mode to Auto.
4. Set the Rings to Answer setting of the printer to a higher number than the number of rings for the answering
machine.
If Rings to Answer is set lower than the number of rings for the answering machine, the answering machine
cannot receive voice calls to record voice messages. See the manuals that came with the answering machine for
its settings.
e printer's Rings to Answer setting may not be displayed, depending on the region.
Related Information
&
“Basic Settings” on page 261
Making Settings to Receive Faxes Operating Only a Connected Phone
You can start receiving incoming faxes by only picking up the handset and operating the phone, without operating
the printer at all.
e
Remote Receive feature is available for telephones that support tone dialing.
1. Select Settings on the printer's control panel.
2. Select General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings > Remote Receive.
3. Tap Remote Receive to set this to On.
4. Select Start Code, enter a two digit code (you can enter 0 to 9, *, and #), and then tap OK.
5. Select OK to apply the settings.
Related Information
&
“Basic Settings” on page 261
Making Settings to Save Received Faxes
e printer is set to print received faxes by default. Besides printing, you can set the printer to save received faxes.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Fax Features Available
332
❏ Inbox in the Printer
You can save received faxes to the Inbox. You can view them on the printer's control panel so that you can print
only the ones you want to print or delete unnecessary faxes.
❏ An external memory device
You can set to convert received documents into PDF format and save them to an external memory device
connected to the printer.
❏ A computer (PC-FAX reception)
e above features can be used at the same time. If you use them at the same time, received documents are saved
to the inbox, to an external memory device, and on a computer. To receive faxes on a computer, make settings
using FAX Utility.
Related Information
&
“Making Settings to Save Received Faxes to the Inbox” on page 333
& “Making Settings to Save Received Faxes to an External Memory Device” on page 333
& “Making Settings to Send and Receive Faxes on a Computer” on page 334
Making Settings to Save Received Faxes to the Inbox
You can set to save received faxes to the Inbox. You can view them on the printer's control panel so that you can
print only the ones you want to print or delete unnecessary faxes.
1. Select Settings on the printer's control panel.
2. Select General Settings > Fax Settings > Receive Settings > Fax Output Settings.
3. If a
conrmation
message is displayed,
conrm
it, and then tap OK.
4. Select Save to Inbox.
5. Select Save to Inbox to set this to On
6. Select Options when memory is full, select the option to use when the inbox is full.
❏ Receive and print faxes: e printer prints all received documents that cannot be saved in the Inbox.
❏ Reject incoming faxes: e printer does not answer incoming fax calls.
7. You can set a password for the inbox. Select Inbox Password Settings, and then set the password.
Note:
You cannot set a password when Options when memory is full is set to Receive and print faxes.
Related Information
&
“Viewing Received Faxes Saved in the Printer on the LCD Screen” on page 110
Making Settings to Save Received Faxes to an External Memory Device
You can set to convert received documents into PDF format and save them to an external memory device
connected to the printer.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Fax Features Available
333
c
Important:
Received documents are saved in the printer's memory temporarily before the documents are saved to the memory
device connected to the printer. Because a memory full error disables sending and receiving faxes, keep the memory
device connected to the printer. e number of documents that have temporarily saved in the printer's memory is
displayed on
on the printer's control panel.
1. Select Settings on the printer's control panel.
2. Select General Settings > Fax Settings > Receive Settings > Fax Output Settings.
3. If a conrmation message is displayed, conrm it, and then tap OK.
4. Select Save to Memory Device.
5. Select Ye s . To print the documents automatically while saving them in the memory device, select Ye s a nd
Print.
6. Check the message on the screen and then select Create.
A folder for saving received documents is created in the memory device.
Making Settings for Blocking Junk Faxes
You can block junk faxes.
1. Select Settings on the printer's control panel.
2. Select General Settings > Fax Settings > Basic Settings > Rejection Fax.
3. Set the condition to block junk faxes.
Select Rejection Fax, and then enable the following options.
❏ Rejection Number List: Rejects faxes that are in the Rejection Number List.
❏ Fax Header Blank: Rejects faxes that have blank header information.
❏ Unregistered Contacts: Rejects faxes that have not been added to the contact list.
4. Tap
to return to the Rejection Fax screen.
5. If you are using the Rejection Number List, select Edit Blocked Number list, and then edit the list.
Making Settings to Send and Receive Faxes on a Computer
To send and receive faxes on a computer, FAX Utility must be installed on the computer connected by network or
USB cable .
Enabling Sending Faxes from a Computer
Set up the following using Web Cong.
1. Access Web Cong, click the Fax tab, and then click Send Settings.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Fax Features Available
334
2. Select Use for the PC to FAX Function.
e default setting value of the PC to FAX Function is Use. To disable sending faxes from any
computer, select Do Not Use.
3. Click OK.
Making Save to Computer Setting to Receive Faxes
You can receive faxes on a computer by using the FAX Utility. Install FAX Utility on the computer
and make the setting. For details, see Basic Operations in the FAX Utility help (displayed on the main
window).
e setting item below on the printer's control panel is set to Ye s , and the faxes received can be saved
on the computer.
Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Receive Settings > Fax Output Settings > Save to
Computer
Making Save to Computer Setting to Also Print on the Printer to Receive Faxes
You can make the setting to print received faxes on the printer as well as save them on a computer.
1. Select Settings on the home screen on the printer's control panel.
2.
Select General Settings > Fax Settings > Receive Settings.
3. Select Fax Output Settings > Save to Computer > Yes an d Pr in t .
Making Save to Computer Setting not to Receive Faxes
To set the printer not to save received faxes on the computer, change the settings on the printer.
Note:
You can also change the settings using the FAX Utility. However, if there are any faxes that have been unsaved
to the computer, the feature does not work.
1. Select Settings on the home screen on the printer's control panel.
2.
Select General Settings > Fax Settings > Receive Settings.
3. Select Fax Output Settings > Save to Computer > No.
Related Information
&
“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 249
Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer
Setting the Control Panel
Setup for the printer's control panel. You can set up as follows.
1. Enter the IP address of the printer in the browser and start Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer
335
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Device Management tab > Control Panel
4.
Set up the following items as necessary.
❏ Language
Select the displayed language on the control panel.
❏ Operation Timeout
If you select ON, you go to the initial screen if there is no activity for a certain period of time.
You can set between 10 seconds and 240 minutes by the second.
Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
❏ Language : Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Language
❏ Operation Timeout : Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Operation Time Out (You can specify On or
O.)
5.
Click OK.
Power Saving Settings During Inactivity
You can set up the time to shi to the power saving mode or to turn the power o when the printer’s control panel
is not operated for a certain period of time. Set the time depending on your usage environment.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Device Management tab > Power Saving.
2. Set up the following items as necessary.
❏ Sleep Timer
Enter the time to switch power saving mode when inactivity occurs.
Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Sleep Timer
❏ Power O Timer or Power O If Inactive
Select a time to automatically turn o the printer aer it has been inactive for a specic time. When you are
using the fax features, select None or O.
Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Power O Timer or Power O Settings
❏ Power O If Disconnected
Select this setting to turn the printer o aer a specied period of time when all ports including the LINE
port are disconnected. is feature may not be available depending on your region.
See the following website for the specied period of time.
https://www.epson.eu/energy-consumption
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer
336
Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Power O Settings >Power O If Disconnected
❏ Wake with LCD Screen Touch
You can set how the touch panel wakes up from sleep mode. If you select Schedule, set the sleep mode start
time and end time.
Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Wake from Slee p >Touc h L CD S cr een to Wake
3. Click OK.
Setting the Sound
Make the sound settings when operating the control panel, printing, faxing and so on.
Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Sound
1. Access Web Cong and select the Device Management tab > Sound.
2.
Set up the following items as necessary.
❏ Normal Mode
Set the sound when the printer is set to Normal Mode.
❏ Quiet Mode
Set the sound when the printer is set to Quiet Mode.
is is enabled when the one of the following items is enabled.
❏ Printer's control panel:
Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Quiet Mode
Settings > General Settings > Fax Settings > Receive Settings > Print Settings > Quiet Mode
❏ Web
Cong
:
Fax tab > Print Settings > Quiet Mode
3. Click OK.
Synchronizing the Date and Time with Time Server
When synchronizing with the time server (NTP server), you can synchronize the time of the printer and the
computer on the network. e time server may be operated within the organization or published on the Internet.
When using the CA certicate or Kerberos authentication, time-related trouble can be prevented by synchronizing
with the time server.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Device Management tab > Date and Time > Time Server.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer
337
2. Select Use for Use Time Server.
3. Enter the time server address for Time Server Address.
You can use IPv4, IPv6 or FQDN format. Enter 252 characters or less. If you do not specify this, leave it blank.
4.
Enter Update Interval (min).
You can set up to 10,080 minutes by the minute.
5. Click OK.
Note:
You can conrm the connection status with the time server on Time Server Status.
Setting the Default Value for Scanning,Copying and Sending Faxes. (User
Default Settings)
You can set the default value for the functions.
You can set the following functions.
❏ Scan to Network Folder/FTP
❏ Scan to Email
❏ Scan to Memory Device
❏ Scan to Cloud
❏ Copy
❏ Fax
1. Access Web Cong and select the functions for which you want to set the default value for the Scan/Copy tab
> User Default Settings.
Select the Fax tab > User Default Settings to set the default value for fax.
2.
Set each item.
3. Click OK.
If the combination of the value is invalid, it is automatically modied, and then a valid value is set.
Problems when Making Settings
Hints to Solving Problems
❏ Checking the error message
When trouble has occurred, rst check whether there are any messages on the printer's control panel or driver
screen. If you have the notication email set when the events occur, you can promptly learn the status.
❏ Network connection report
Diagnose the network and the printer status, and then print the result.
You can nd the diagnosed error from the printer side.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Problems when Making Settings
338
❏ Checking the communication status
Check the communication status of server computer or client computer by using the command such as ping
and ipcong.
❏ Connection test
For checking the connection between the printer to the mail server, perform the connection test from the
printer. Also, check the connection from the client computer to the server to check the communication status.
❏ Initializing the settings
If the settings and communication status show no problem, the problems may be solved by disabling or
initializing the network settings of the printer, and then setting up again.
Cannot Access Web Cong
The IP address is not assigned to the printer.
Solutions
A valid IP address may not be assigned to the printer. Congure the IP address using the printer’s control
panel. You can conrm the current setting information with a network status sheet or from the printer’s
control panel.
Web browser does not support the Encryption Strength for SSL/TLS.
Solutions
SSL/TLS has the Encryption Strength. You can open Web Cong by using a web browser that supports
bulk encryptions as indicated below. Check you are using the a supported browser.
❏ 80bit: AES256/AES128/3DES
❏ 112bit: AES256/AES128/3DES
❏ 128bit: AES256/AES128
❏ 192bit: AES256
❏ 256bit: AES256
CA-signed
Certicate
is expired.
Solutions
If there is a problem with the expiration date of the certicate, "e certicate has expired" is displayed
when connecting to Web Cong with SSL/TLS communication (https). If the message appears before its
expiration date, make sure that the printer's date is congured correctly.
The common name of the certicate and the printer do not match.
Solutions
If the common name of the
certicate
and the printer do not match, the message
"e
name of the
security
certicate
does not match···" is displayed when accessing Web
Cong
using SSL/TLS
communication (https). is happens because the following IP addresses do not match.
❏ e printer's IP address entered to common name for creating a Self-signed Certicate or CSR
❏ IP address entered to web browser when running Web
Cong
For Self-signed
Certicate
, update the
certicate.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Problems when Making Settings
339
For CA-signed Certicate, take the certicate again for the printer.
The proxy server setting of local address is not set to web browser.
Solutions
When the printer is set to use a proxy server, congure the web browser not to connect to the local
address via the proxy server.
❏ Windows:
Select Control Panel > Network and Internet > Internet Options > Connections > LAN settings >
Proxy server, and then
congure
not to use the proxy server for LAN (local addresses).
❏ Mac OS:
Select System Preferences > Network > Advanced > Proxies, and then register the local address for
Bypass proxy settings for these Hosts & Domains.
Example:
192.168.1.*: Local address 192.168.1.XXX, subnet mask 255.255.255.0
192.168.*.*: Local address 192.168.XXX.XXX, subnet mask 255.255.0.0
Managing the Printer
Managing the Network Connection
You c a n che ck or
congure
the network connection.
Checking or Conguring Basic Network Settings
1.
Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web
Cong
.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Network tab > Basic
4. Set each item.
5. Click Next.
A conrmation message is displayed.
6.
Click OK.
e printer is updated.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Managing the Network Connection
340
Network Setting Items
Items Setting value and Description
Device Name Display the Device Name. To change the Device Name, enter the new Device
Name in the text box.
Location Enter the Location of the device.
Obtain IP Address Select the IP Address setting method from Auto or Manual. If you select
Manual, you will need to enter the IP address, subnet mask, and so on.
Set using BOOTP You can specify whether or not to enable Set using BOOTP.
Set using Automatic Private IP
Addressing (APIPA)
You can specify whether or not to enable Set using Automatic Private IP
Addressing (APIPA).
IP Address Enter the IP Address.
Enter in the format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. Enter a number from 0 to 255 for xxx.
Make sure that the IP Address is unique and does not conict with any other
device on the network.
Subnet Mask Enter the Subnet Mask.
Enter in the format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. Enter a number from 0 to 255 for xxx.
Default Gateway Enter the Default Gateway.
Enter in the format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. Enter a number from 0 to 255 for xxx.
DNS Server Setting Select the DNS Server Setting method from Auto or Manual. Manual is selected
when Obtain IP Address is set to Manual.
Primary DNS Server Enter the Primary DNS Server.
Enter in the format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. Enter a number from 0 to 255 for xxx.
Secondary DNS Server Enter the Secondary DNS Server.
Enter in the format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx. Enter a number from 0 to 255 for xxx.
DNS Host Name Setting Select the DNS Host Name Setting method from Auto or Manual.
DNS Host Name Display the current DNS Host Name.
DNS Domain Name Setting Select the DNS Domain Name setting method from Auto or Manual.
DNS Domain Name Enter the DNS Domain Name according to the following rules.
❏ Enter between 2 and 249 characters using "A-Z", "a-z", "0-9", hyphen "-", and a
period ".".
❏ "0-9", hyphen "-", and a period "." cannot be the
rst
character.
❏ A hyphen "-", and a period "." cannot be the last character.
❏ Each label in the domain name must be between 1 and 63 characters and
separated by a period.
The total number of characters of the host name and the domain name must
not exceed 251.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Managing the Network Connection
341
Items Setting value and Description
Register the network interface address to
DNS
You can specify whether or not to enable Register the network interface
address to DNS.
Enable if you want to register the host name and domain name with the DNS
server through a DHCP server that supports dynamic DNS.
If you select Enable, you will need to set the host name and domain name.
Proxy Server Setting You can specify whether or not to use Proxy Server Setting. When this is
selected, you need to congure the subsequent proxy server settings.
Proxy Server Enter the address for the Proxy Server in IPv4 or FQDN format.
Proxy Server Port Number Enter a number between 1 and 65535.
Proxy Server User Name Enter the proxy server user name between 0 and 255 characters in ASCII
(0x20-0x7E).
Proxy Server Password Enter the proxy server password between 0 and 255 characters in ASCII
(0x20-0x7E).
IPv6 Setting You can specify whether or not to enable IPv6 Setting.
IPv6 Privacy Extension You can specify whether or not to enable IPv6 Privacy Extension.
IPv6 DHCP Server Setting You can specify whether or not to enable IPv6 DHCP Server Setting.
IPv6 Address When using IPv6 Address, enter in the following format.
❏ xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx / prex
❏ xxxx is a hexadecimal number from 1 to 4 digits, and the
prex
is a decimal
number from 1 to 128.
❏ If there are consecutive blocks where xxxx is all 0s, it can be omitted as ::.
(Only one place).
IPv6 Address Default Gateway When assigning IPv6 Address Default Gateway, enter in the following format.
❏ xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx
❏ xxxx is a hexadecimal number from 1 to 4 digits.
❏ If there are consecutive blocks where xxxx is all 0s, it can be omitted as ::.
(Only one place).
IPv6 Link-Local Address Displays the valid IPv6 Link-Local Address.
IPv6 Stateful Address Displays the valid IPv6 Stateful Address.
IPv6 Stateless Address 1 Displays the valid IPv6 Stateless Address 1.
IPv6 Stateless Address 2 Displays the valid IPv6 Stateless Address 2.
IPv6 Stateless Address 3 Displays the valid IPv6 Stateless Address 3.
IPv6 Primary DNS Server Enter the IPv6 primary DNS server in the following format.
❏ xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx
❏ xxxx is a hexadecimal number from 1 to 4 digits.
❏ If there are consecutive blocks where xxxx is all 0s, it can be omitted as ::.
(Only one place).
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Managing the Network Connection
342
Items Setting value and Description
IPv6 Secondary DNS Server When assigning IPv6 Secondary DNS Server, enter in the following format.
❏ xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx: xxxx
❏ xxxx is a hexadecimal number from 1 to 4 digits.
❏ If there are consecutive blocks where xxxx is all 0s, it can be omitted as ::.
(Only one place).
IEEE802.11k/v You can specify whether or not to enable IEEE802.11k/v.
Displayed only when the wireless LAN function is available.
IEEE802.11r You can specify whether or not to enable IEEE802.11r.
Displayed only when the wireless LAN function is available.
Wi-Fi
You can check the Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi Direct connection status.
To display the Wi-Fi Direct status, click Wi-Fi Direct tab.
Note:
For models that support Wi-Fi, this item is displayed when the Wireless LAN Interface is installed.
❏ Setup button
When the Setup button is clicked, the Wi-Fi setup (infrastructure mode) screen is displayed.
❏ Disable Wi-Fi button
When the Disable Wi-Fi button is clicked, the Wi-Fi (infrastructure mode) function is disabled.
If you used to use Wi-Fi (wireless LAN) but no longer need to do so due to a change in connection mode and so
on, by removing unnecessary Wi-Fi signals, you can also reduce the load on the printer's standby power usage.
Note:
You can also set up from the printer's control panel.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings
Conguring Wired LAN Settings
1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web
Cong
.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Network tab >Wired LAN
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Managing the Network Connection
343
4. Set each item.
❏ Link Speed & Duplex
Select the communication mode from the list.
❏ IEEE 802.3az
You can specify whether or not to enable IEEE 802.3az.
5. Click Next.
A
conrmation
message is displayed.
6. Click OK.
e printer is updated.
Conguring Wi-Fi Direct Settings
You can check or congure the Wi-Fi Direct Settings.
Note:
For models that support Wi-Fi, this item is displayed when the Wireless LAN Interface is installed.
1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Network tab >Wi-Fi Direct
4. Sets each item.
❏ Wi-Fi Direct
You can specify whether or not to enable the Wi-Fi Direct.
❏ SSID
You can change the SSID (Network Name).whether or not to enable
❏ Password
When changing the Wi- Direct password, enter a new password.
❏ Frequency Range
Select the frequency range to be used in Wi-Fi Direct.
❏ IP Address
Select the IP Address setting method from Auto or Manual.
5. Click Next.
A conrmation message is displayed.
Note:
To reset the Wi-Fi Direct settings, click the Restore Default Settings button.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Managing the Network Connection
344
6. Click OK.
e printer is updated.
Administrator Settings
Changing the Administrator Password Using Web Cong
You can set the administrator password using Web Cong.
Changing the password prevents unauthorized reading or
modication
of the information stored on the device,
such as ID, password, network settings, contacts, etc. It also reduces a wide range of security risks, such as
information leaks in network environments and security policies.
1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2.
Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Product Security tab > Change Administrator Password
4. Enter the current password in Current password.
5. Enter the new password in New Password and in Conrm New Password. Enter the user name, if necessary.
6.
Click OK .
Note:
To restore the administrator password to the initial password, click Restore Default Settings on the Change
Administrator Password screen.
Disabling the External Interface
You can disable the interface that is used to connect the device to the printer. Make the restriction settings to
restrict printing and scanning other than via network.
Note:
You can also make the restriction settings on the printer's control panel.
❏ Memory Device : Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Memory Device Interface > Memory Device
❏ PC Connection via USB : Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > PC Connection via USB
1. Access Web Cong and select the Product Security tab > External Interface.
2. Select Disable on the functions you want to set.
Select Enable when you want to cancel controlling.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Disabling the External Interface
345
❏ Memory Device
Prohibit saving the data to external memory via USB port for external device connection.
❏ PC Connection via USB
You can restrict the usage of the USB connection from the computer. If you want to restrict it, select
Disable.
3. Click OK.
4. Check that the disabled port cannot be used.
❏ Memory Device
Conrm that there is no response when connecting a storage device such as USB memory to the external
interface USB port.
❏ PC Connection via USB
If the driver was installed on the computer
Connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable, and then conrm that the printer does not print
and scan.
If the driver was not installed on the computer
Windows:
Open the device manager and keep it, connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable, and then
conrm
that the device manager's display contents stays unchanged.
Mac OS:
Connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable, and then conrm that the printer is not listed if you
want to add the printer from Printers & Scanners.
Related Information
&
“Application for
Conguring
Printer Operations (Web
Cong
)” on page 249
Monitoring a Remote Printer
Checking Information for a Remote Printer
You can check the following information of the operating printer from Status by using Web Cong.
❏ Product Status
Check the status, cloud service, product number, MAC address, etc.
❏ Network Status
Check the information of the network connection status, IP address, DNS server, etc.
❏ Usage Status
Check the rst day of printings, printed pages, printing count for each language, scanning count, etc.
❏ Hardware Status
Check the status of each function of the printer.
❏ Panel Snapshot
Display a screen image snapshot that is displayed on the control panel of the device.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Monitoring a Remote Printer
346
Related Information
&
“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 249
Encrypting the Password
Password encryption allows you to encrypt condential information (all passwords, certicate private keys) stored
in the printer.
1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Product Security tab > Password Encryption
4. Select ON to enable encryption.
5. Click OK.
Enabling Program Verication on Start Up
If you enable the Program Verication feature, the printer performs verication at start up to check if
unauthorized third parties have tampered with the program. If any issues are detected, the printer does not start.
1.
Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Product Security tab > Program Verication on Start Up
4. Select ON to enable Program Verication on Start Up.
5. Click OK.
Backing Up the Settings
You can export the setting value set from Web Cong to the le. You can use it for backing up the contacts, setting
values, replacing the printer, etc.
e exported le cannot be edited because it is exported as a binary le.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Backing Up the Settings
347
Export the settings
Export the setting for the printer.
1.
Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Device Management tab > Export and Import Setting Value > Export
4. Select the settings that you want to export.
Select the settings you want to export. If you select the parent category, subcategories are also selected.
However, subcategories that cause errors by duplicating within the same network (such as IP addresses and so
on) cannot be selected.
5. Enter a password to encrypt the exported
le.
You need the password to import the le. Leave this blank if you do not want to encrypt the le.
6. Click Export.
c
Important:
If you want to export the printer’s network settings such as the device name and IPv6 address, select Enable to
select the individual settings of device and select more items. Only use the selected values for the replacement
printer.
Related Information
&
“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 249
Import the settings
Import the exported Web Cong le to the printer.
c
Important:
When importing values that include individual information such as a printer name or IP address, make sure the
same IP address does not exist on the same network.
1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Backing Up the Settings
348
3. Select in the following order.
Device Management tab > Export and Import Setting Value > Import
4. Select the exported le, and then enter the encrypted password.
5.
Click Next.
6. Select the settings that you want to import, and then click Next.
7. Click OK.
e
settings are applied to the printer.
Related Information
&
“Application for
Conguring
Printer Operations (Web
Cong
)” on page 249
Advanced Security Settings
is section explains advanced security features.
Security Settings and Prevention of Danger
When a printer is connected to a network, you can access it from a remote location. In addition, many people can
share the printer, which is helpful in improving operational eciency and convenience. However, risks such as
illegal access, illegal use, and tampering with data are increased. If you use the printer in an environment where
you can access the Internet, the risks are even higher.
For printers that do not have access protection from the outside, it will be possible to read the print job logs that
are stored in the printer from the Internet.
In order to avoid this risk, Epson printers have a variety of security technologies.
Set the printer as necessary according to the environmental conditions that have been built with the customer's
environment information.
Name Feature type What to set What to prevent
Control of protocol Controls the protocols and
services to be used for
communication between
printers and computers, and
it enables and disables
features.
A protocol or service that is
applied to features allowed or
prohibited separately.
Reducing security risks that
may occur through
unintended use by
preventing users from using
unnecessary functions.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Security Settings and Prevention of Danger
349
Name Feature type What to set What to prevent
SSL/TLS
communications
The communication content
is encrypted with SSL/TLS
communications when
accessing to the Epson server
on the Internet from the
printer, such as
communicating to the
computer via web browser,
using Epson Connect, and
updating rmware.
Obtain a CA-signed
certicate, and then import it
to the printer.
Clearing an identication of
the printer by the CA-signed
certication prevents
impersonation and
unauthorized access. In
addition, communication
contents of SSL/TLS are
protected, and it prevents the
leakage of contents for
printing data and setup
information.
Related Information
&
“Protocol Setting Items” on page 350
& “SSL/TLS Communication with the Printer” on page 359
Protocol Setting Items
Bonjour Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Use Bonjour Select this to search for or use devices through Bonjour.
Bonjour Name Displays the Bonjour name.
Bonjour Service Name Displays the Bonjour service name.
Location Displays the Bonjour location name.
Top Priority Protocol Select the top priority protocol for Bonjour print.
iBeacon Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Enable iBeacon Transmission Select this to enable the iBeacon transmission function.
SLP Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Enable SLP Select this to enable the SLP function.
This is used such as network searching in EpsonNet Cong.
WSD Settings
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Protocol Setting Items
350
Items Setting value and Description
Enable WSD Select this to enable adding devices using WSD, and print
and scan from the WSD port. If you do not want this product
to search for devices, disable this item and disable the Ena-
ble IPP item.
Printing Timeout (sec) Enter the communication timeout value for WSD printing
between 3 to 3,600 seconds.
Scanning Timeout (sec) Enter the communication timeout value for WSD scanning
between 3 to 3,600 seconds.
Device Name Displays the WSD device name.
Location Displays the WSD location name.
LLTD Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Enable LLTD Select this to enable LLTD. The printer is displayed in the
Windows network map.
Device Name Displays the LLTD device name.
LLMNR Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Enable LLMNR Select this to enable LLMNR. You can use name resolution
without NetBIOS even if you cannot use DNS.
LPR Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Allow LPR Port Printing Select to allow printing from the LPR port.
Printing Timeout (sec) Enter the timeout value for LPR printing between 0 to 3,600
seconds. If you do not want to timeout, enter 0.
RAW(Port9100) Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Allow RAW(Port9100) Printing Select to allow printing from the RAW port (Port 9100).
Printing Timeout (sec) Enter the timeout value for RAW (Port 9100) printing be-
tween 0 to 3,600 seconds. If you do not want to timeout, en-
ter 0.
IPP Settings
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Protocol Setting Items
351
Items Setting value and Description
Enable IPP Select to enable IPP communication. When enabled, you will
be able to print over the Internet. It is also displayed when
searching for devices on the network. Only printers that sup-
port IPP are displayed.
Allow Non-secure Communication Select Allowed to allow the printer to communicate without
any security measures (IPP).
Communication Timeout (sec) Enter the timeout value for IPP printing between 0 to 3,600
seconds.
URL(Network) Displays IPP URLs (http and https) when the printer is con-
nected to the network. The URL is a combined value of the
printer’s IP address, Port number, and IPP printer name.
URL(Wi-Fi Direct) Displays IPP URLs (http and https) when the printer is con-
nected by Wi-Fi Direct. The URL is a combined value of the
printer’s IP address, Port number, and IPP printer name.
Printer Name Displays the IPP printer name.
Location Displays the IPP location.
SNMPv1/v2c Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Enable SNMPv1 SNMPv1 is enabled when the box is checked.
Enable SNMPv2c SNMPv2c is enabled when the box is checked.
Access Authority Set the access authority when SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c is ena-
bled. Select Read Only or Read/Write.
Community Name (Read Only) Enter 0 to 32 ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
Community Name (Read/Write) Enter 0 to 32 ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
Allow access from Epson tools Set whether or not to allow information to be written by Ep-
son tools such a Epson Device Admin.
SNMPv3 Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Enable SNMPv3 SNMPv3 is enabled when the box is checked.
User Name Enter between 1 and 32 characters using 1 byte characters.
Authentication Settings
Algorithm Select an algorithm for an authentication for SNMPv3.
Password Enter the password for an authentication for SNMPv3.
Enter between 8 and 32 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). If
you do not specify this, leave it blank.
Conrm Password Enter the password you congured for conrmation.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Protocol Setting Items
352
Items Setting value and Description
Encryption Settings
Algorithm Select an algorithm for an encryption for SNMPv3.
Password Enter the password for an encryption for SNMPv3.
Enter between 8 and 32 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). If
you do not specify this, leave it blank.
Conrm Password Enter the password you congured for conrmation.
Context Name Enter within 32 characters or less in Unicode (UTF-8). If you
do not specify this, leave it blank. The number of characters
that can be entered varies depending on the language.
Using a Digital Certicate
About Digital Certication
❏ CA-signed Certicate
is is a certicate signed by the CA (Certicate Authority.) You can obtain it to apply to the Certicate
Authority. is certicate certies the existence of the printer is and used for SSL/TLS communication so that
you can ensure the safety of data communication.
❏ CA Certicate
is is a certicate that is in chain of the CA-signed Certicate, also called the intermediate CA certicate. It is
used by the web browser to validate the path of the printer's
certicate
when accessing the server of the other
party or Web
Cong.
For the CA
Certicate,
set when to validate the path of server
certicate
accessing from the printer. For the
printer, set to certify the path of the CA-signed Certicate for SSL/TLS connection.
You can obtain the CA certicate of the printer from the Certication Authority where the CA certicate is
issued.
Also, you can obtain the CA certicate used to validate the server of the other party from the Certication
Authority that issued the CA-signed
Certicate
of the other server.
❏ Self-signed Certicate
is is a certicate that the printer signs and issues itself. It is also called the root certicate. Because the issuer
certies itself, it is not reliable and cannot prevent impersonation.
Use it when making the security setting and performing simple SSL/TLS communication without the CA-
signed Certicate.
If you use this
certicate
for an SSL/TLS communication, a security alert may be displayed on a web browser
because the certicate is not registered on a web browser. You can use the Self-signed Certicate only for an
SSL/TLS communication.
Related Information
&
“Conguring a CA-signed Certicate” on page 354
& “Updating a Self-signed Certicate” on page 357
& “Conguring a CA Certicate” on page 358
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Using a Digital Certicate
353
Conguring a CA-signed Certicate
Obtaining a CA-signed
Certicate
To obtain a CA-signed certicate, create a CSR (Certicate Signing Request) and apply it to certicate authority.
You can create a CSR using Web
Cong
and a computer.
Follow the steps to create a CSR and obtain a CA-signed certicate using Web Cong. When creating a CSR using
Web Cong, a certicate is the PEM/DER format.
1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2.
Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Network Security tab > SSL/TLS >
Certicate
Whatever you choose, you can obtain the same certicate and use it in common.
4.
Click Generate of CSR.
A CSR creating page is opened.
5.
Enter a value for each item.
Note:
Available key length and abbreviations vary by a certicate authority. Create a request according to rules of each
certicate authority.
6. Click OK.
A completion message is displayed.
7. Select the Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certicate.
8. Click one of the download buttons of CSR according to a specied format by each certicate authority to
download a CSR to a computer.
c
Important:
Do not generate a CSR again. If you do so, you may not be able to import an issued CA-signed Certicate.
9. Send the CSR to a certicate authority and obtain a CA-signed Certicate.
Follow the rules of each
certicate
authority on sending method and form.
10. Save the issued CA-signed Certicate to a computer connected to the printer.
Obtaining a CA-signed Certicate is complete when you save a certicate to a destination.
Related Information
&
“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 249
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Using a Digital Certicate
354
CSR Setting Items
Items Settings and Explanation
Key Length Select a key length for a CSR.
Common Name You can enter between 1 and 128 characters. If this is an IP address, it should be a
static IP address. You can enter 1 to 5 IPv4 addresses, IPv6 addresses, host names,
FQDNs by separating them with commas.
The rst element is stored to the common name, and other elements are stored to
the alias eld of the certicate subject.
Example:
Printer's IP address : 192.0.2.123, Printer name : EPSONA1B2C3
Common Name : EPSONA1B2C3,EPSONA1B2C3.local,192.0.2.123
Organization/ Organizational Unit/
Locality/ State/Province
You can enter between 0 and 64 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). You can divide
distinguished names with commas.
Country Enter a country code in two-digit number specied by ISO-3166.
Sender's Email Address You can enter the sender's email address for the mail server setting. Enter the
same email address as the Sender's Email Address for the Network tab > Email
Server > Basic.
Related Information
&
“Obtaining a CA-signed
Certicate
” on page 354
Importing a CA-signed Certicate
c
Important:
❏ Make sure that the printer’s date and time is set correctly.
❏ If you obtain a
certicate
using a CSR created from Web
Cong
, you can import a
certicate
one time.
1. Access Web Cong and then select the Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certicate.
2.
Click Import
A certicate importing page is opened.
3. Enter a value for each item.
Depending on where you create a CSR and the le format of the certicate, required settings may vary. Enter
values to required items according to the following.
❏ A
certicate
of the PEM/DER format obtained from Web
Cong
❏ Private Key: Do not congure because the printer contains a private key.
❏ Password: Do not congure.
❏ CA
Certicate
1/CA
Certicate
2: Optional
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Using a Digital Certicate
355
❏ A certicate of the PEM/DER format obtained from a computer
❏ Private Key: You need to set.
❏ Password: Do not
congure.
❏ CA Certicate 1/CA Certicate 2: Optional
❏ A certicate of the PKCS#12 format obtained from a computer
❏ Private Key: Do not congure.
❏ Password: Optional
❏ CA Certicate 1/CA Certicate 2: Do not congure.
4. Click OK.
A completion message is displayed.
Note:
Click Conrm to verify the certicate information.
Related Information
&
“Application for
Conguring
Printer Operations (Web
Cong
)” on page 249
CA-signed
Certicate
Importing Setting Items
Items Settings and Explanation
Server Certicate Select a certicate’s format.
Private Key If you obtain a certicate of the PEM/DER format by using a CSR created from a
computer, specify a private key le that is match a certicate.
Password If the le format is Certicate with Private Key (PKCS#12), enter the password
for encrypting the private key that is set when you obtain the certicate.
CA Certicate 1 If your certicate’s format is Certicate (PEM/DER), import a certicate of a
certicate authority that issues a CA-signed Certicate used as server certicate.
Specify a
le
if you need.
CA Certicate 2 If your certicate’s format is Certicate (PEM/DER), import a certicate of a
certicate authority that issues CA Certicate 1. Specify a le if you need.
Related Information
&
“Importing a CA-signed Certicate” on page 355
Deleting a CA-signed Certicate
You can delete an imported certicate when the certicate has expired or when an encrypted connection is no
longer necessary.
c
Important:
If you obtain a
certicate
using a CSR created from Web
Cong
, you cannot import a deleted
certicate
again. In
this case, create a CSR and obtain a certicate again.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Using a Digital Certicate
356
1. Access Web Cong, and then select the Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certicate.
2. Click Delete.
3. Conrm that you want to delete the certicate in the message displayed.
Related Information
&
“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 249
Updating a Self-signed Certicate
Because the Self-signed Certicate is issued by the printer, you can update it when it has expired or when the
content described changes.
1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3.
Select in the following order.
Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certicate
4. Click Update.
5. Enter Common Name.
You can enter up to 5 IPv4 addresses, IPv6 addresses, host names, FQDNs between 1 to 128 characters and
separating them with commas. e rst parameter is stored to the common name, and the others are stored to
the alias eld for the subject of the certicate.
Example:
Printer's IP address : 192.0.2.123, Printer name : EPSONA1B2C3
Common name : EPSONA1B2C3,EPSONA1B2C3.local,192.0.2.123
6. Specify a validity period for the certicate.
7. Click Next.
A conrmation message is displayed.
8. Click OK.
e printer is updated.
Note:
You can check the certicate information from Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certicate > Self-signed Certicate
and click Conrm.
Related Information
& “Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 249
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Using a Digital Certicate
357
Conguring a CA Certicate
When you set the CA Certicate, you can validate the path to the CA certicate of the server that the printer
accesses. is can prevent impersonation.
You c a n o b t a i n t h e C A
Certicate
from the
Certication
Authority where the CA-signed
Certicate
is issued.
Importing a CA Certicate
Import the CA Certicate to the printer.
1.
Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Network Security tab > CA Certicate
4. Click Import.
5.
Specify the CA Certicate you want to import.
6. Click OK.
When importing is complete, you are returned to the CA Certicate screen, and the imported CA Certicate is
displayed.
Related Information
&
“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 249
Deleting a CA Certicate
You can delete the imported CA Certicate.
1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3.
Select in the following order.
Network Security tab > CA Certicate
4. Click Delete next to the CA
Certicate
that you want to delete.
5. Conrm that you want to delete the certicate in the message displayed.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Using a Digital Certicate
358
6. Click Reboot Network, and then check that the deleted CA Certicate is not listed on the updated screen.
Related Information
&
“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 249
SSL/TLS Communication with the Printer
When the server
certicate
is set using SSL/TLS (Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security) communication
to the printer, you can encrypt the communication path between computers. Do this if you want to prevent remote
and unauthorized access.
Conguring Basic SSL/TLS Settings
If the printer supports the HTTPS server feature, you can use an SSL/TLS communication to encrypt
communications. You can congure and manage the printer using Web Cong while ensuring security.
Congure encryption strength and redirect feature.
1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2. Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Basic
4. Select a value for each item.
❏ Encryption Strength
Select the level of encryption strength.
❏ Redirect HTTP to HTTPS
Select enable or disable. e default value is "Enable".
❏ TLS 1.0
Select enable or disable. e default value is "Disable".
❏ TLS.1.1
Select enable or disable.
e
default value is "Disable".
❏ TLS.1.2
Select enable or disable. e default value is "Enable".
5. Click Next.
A
conrmation
message is displayed.
6. Click OK.
e printer is updated.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
SSL/TLS Communication with the Printer
359
Related Information
&
“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 249
Conguring a Server Certicate for the Printer
1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to access Web Cong.
Enter the printer's IP address from a computer that is connected to the same network as the printer.
You can check the IP address of the printer from the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status > Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
2.
Enter the administrator password to log in as an administrator.
3. Select in the following order.
Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certicate
4. Specify a certicate to use on Server Certicate.
❏ Self-signed Certicate
A self-signed certicate has been generated by the printer. If you do not obtain a CA-signed certicate,
select this.
❏ CA-signed
Certicate
If you obtain and import a CA-signed
certicate
in advance, you can specify this.
5. Click Next.
A conrmation message is displayed.
6. Click OK.
e
printer is updated.
Related Information
&
“Application for
Conguring
Printer Operations (Web
Cong
)” on page 249
& “Conguring a CA-signed Certicate” on page 354
& “Updating a Self-signed Certicate” on page 357
Solving Problems for Advanced Security
Problems Using Network Security Features
Cannot Create the Secure IPP Printing Port
The correct certicate is not specied as the server certicate for SSL/TLS communication.
If the specied certicate is not correct, creating a port may fail. Make sure you are using the correct certicate.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Solving Problems for Advanced Security
360
The CA certicate is not imported to the computer accessing the printer.
If a CA certicate is not imported to the computer, creating a port may fail. Make sure a CA certicate is imported.
Related Information
&
“Conguring a Server Certicate for the Printer” on page 360
Problems on Using a Digital Certicate
Cannot Import a CA-signed
Certicate
CA-signed Certicate and the information on the CSR do not match.
If the CA-signed Certicate and CSR do not have the same information, the CSR cannot be imported. Check the
following:
❏ Are you trying to import the certicate to a device that does not have the same information?
Check the information of the CSR and then import the certicate to a device that has the same information.
❏ Did you overwrite the CSR saved into the printer
aer
sending the CSR to a
certicate
authority?
Obtain the CA-signed
certicate
again with the CSR.
CA-signed Certicate is more than 5KB.
You cannot import a CA-signed Certicate that is more than 5KB.
The password for importing the certicate is incorrect.
Enter the correct password. If you forget the password, you cannot import the certicate. Re-obtain the CA-signed
Certicate.
Related Information
&
“Importing a CA-signed Certicate” on page 355
Cannot Update a Self-Signed
Certicate
The Common Name has not been entered.
Common Name must be entered.
Unsupported characters have been entered to Common Name.
Enter between 1 and 128 characters of either IPv4, IPv6, host name, or FQDN format in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).
A comma or space is included in the common name.
If a comma is entered, the Common Name is divided at that point. If only a space is entered before or
aer
a
comma, an error occurs.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Solving Problems for Advanced Security
361
Related Information
&
“Updating a Self-signed Certicate” on page 357
Cannot Create a CSR
The Common Name has not been entered.
e Common Name must be entered.
Unsupported characters have been entered to Common Name, Organization, Organizational Unit,
Locality, and State/Province.
Enter characters of either IPv4, IPv6, host name, or FQDN format in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).
A comma or space is included in the Common Name.
If a comma is entered, the Common Name is divided at that point. If only a space is entered before or
aer
a
comma, an error occurs.
Related Information
&
“Obtaining a CA-signed Certicate” on page 354
Warning Relating to a Digital
Certicate
Appears
Messages Cause/What to do
Enter a Server Certicate. Cause:
You have not selected a le to import.
What to do:
Select a le and click Import.
CA Certicate 1 is not entered. Cause:
CA certicate 1 is not entered and only CA certicate 2 is entered.
What to do:
Import CA
certicate
1
rst.
Invalid value below. Cause:
Unsupported characters are contained in the le path and/or password.
What to do:
Make sure that the characters are entered correctly for the item.
Invalid date and time. Cause:
Date and time for the printer have not been set.
What to do:
Set date and time using Web Cong, EpsonNet Cong or the printer's control
panel.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Solving Problems for Advanced Security
362
Messages Cause/What to do
Invalid password. Cause:
The password set for CA certicate and entered password do not match.
What to do:
Enter the correct password.
Invalid le. Cause:
You are not importing a certicate le in X509 format.
What to do:
Make sure that you are selecting the correct certicate sent by a trusted certicate
authority.
Cause:
The le you have imported is too large. The maximum le size is 5KB.
What to do:
If you select the correct le, the certicate might be corrupted or fabricated.
Cause:
The chain contained in the certicate is invalid.
What to do:
For more information on the
certicate,
see the website of the
certicate
authority.
Cannot use the Server Certicates that
include more than three CA
certicates.
Cause:
The certicate le in PKCS#12 format contains more than 3 CA certicates.
What to do:
Import each
certicate
as converting from PKCS#12 format to PEM format, or
import the certicate le in PKCS#12 format that contains up to 2 CA certicates.
The certicate has expired. Check if the
certicate is valid, or check the date
and time on your printer.
Cause:
The certicate is out of date.
What to do:
❏ If the certicate is out of date, obtain and import the new certicate.
❏ If the certicate is not out of date, make sure the printer's date and time are set
correctly.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Solving Problems for Advanced Security
363
Messages Cause/What to do
Private key is required. Cause:
There is no paired private key with the certicate.
What to do:
❏ If the certicate is the PEM/DER format and it is obtained from a CSR using a
computer, specify the private key
le.
❏ If the certicate is the PKCS#12 format and it is obtained from a CSR using a
computer, create a le that contains the private key.
Cause:
You have re-imported the PEM/DER certicate obtained from a CSR using Web
Cong.
What to do:
If the certicate is the PEM/DER format and it is obtained from a CSR using Web
Cong
, you can only import it once.
Setup failed. Cause:
Cannot nish the conguration because the communication between the printer
and computer failed or the le cannot be read by some errors.
What to do:
After checking the
specied
le
and communication, import the
le
again.
Related Information
&
“About Digital Certication” on page 353
Delete a CA-signed Certicate by Mistake
There is no backup
le
for the CA-signed
certicate.
If you have the backup le, import the certicate again.
If you obtain a
certicate
using a CSR created from Web
Cong
, you cannot import a deleted
certicate
again.
Create a CSR and obtain a new
certicate.
Related Information
&
“Importing a CA-signed Certicate” on page 355
& “Deleting a CA-signed Certicate” on page 356
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Solving Problems for Advanced Security
364
Technical Support Web Site
If you need further help, visit the Epson support website shown below. Select your country or region and go to the
support section of your local Epson website. e latest drivers, FAQs, manuals, or other downloadables are also
available from the site.
http://support.epson.net/
http://www.epson.eu/support
(Europe)
If your Epson product is not operating properly and you cannot solve the problem, contact Epson support services
for assistance.
Contacting Epson Support
Before Contacting Epson
If your Epson product is not operating properly and you cannot solve the problem using the troubleshooting
information in your product manuals, contact Epson support services for assistance.
e
following Epson support list is based on the country of sale. Some products may not be sold in your current
location, so be sure to contact Epson support for the area in which you purchased your product.
If Epson support for your area is not listed below, contact the dealer where you purchased your product.
Epson support will be able to help you much more quickly if you give them the following information:
❏ Product serial number
(e
label attachment position depends on the product; it may be on the back, the open side of the cover, or the
bottom.)
❏ Product model
❏ Product
soware
version
(Click About, Version Info, or a similar button in the product
soware.)
❏ Brand and model of your computer
❏ Your computer operating system name and version
❏ Names and versions of the
soware
applications you normally use with your product
Note:
Depending on the product, the dial list data for fax and/or network settings may be stored in the product’s memory. Due to
breakdown or repair of a product, data and/or settings may be lost. Epson shall not be responsible for the loss of any data, for
backing up or recovering data and/or settings even during a warranty period. We recommend that you make your own
backup data or take notes.
Help for Users in Europe
Check your Pan-European Warranty Document for information on how to contact Epson support.
Where to Get Help
>
Contacting Epson Support
>
Help for Users in Europe
366
Help for Users in Taiwan
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
World Wide Web
http://www.epson.com.tw
Information on product
specications,
drivers for download, and products enquiry are available.
Epson HelpDesk
Phone: +886-2-2165-3138
Our HelpDesk team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Product usage questions or problems
❏ Enquiries on repair service and warranty
Repair service center:
http://www.tekcare.com.tw/branchMap.page
TekCare corporation is an authorized service center for Epson Taiwan Technology & Trading Ltd.
Help for Users in Australia
Epson Australia wishes to provide you with a high level of customer service. In addition to your product manuals,
we provide the following sources for obtaining information:
Internet URL
http://www.epson.com.au
Access the Epson Australia World Wide Web pages. Worth taking your modem here for the occasional surf!
e
site provides a download area for drivers, Epson contact points, new product information and technical support (e-
mail).
Epson Helpdesk
Phone: 1300-361-054
Epson Helpdesk is provided as a
nal
backup to make sure our clients have access to advice. Operators on the
Helpdesk can aid you in installing, conguring and operating your Epson product. Our Pre-sales Helpdesk sta
can provide literature on new Epson products and advise where the nearest dealer or service agent is located. Many
types of queries are answered here.
We encourage you to have all the relevant information on hand when you ring. e more information you prepare,
the faster we can help solve the problem. is information includes your Epson product manuals, type of
computer, operating system, application programs, and any information you feel is required.
Transportation of Product
Epson recommends retaining product packaging for future transportation.
Where to Get Help
>
Contacting Epson Support
>
Help for Users in Australia
367
Help for Users in New Zealand
Epson New Zealand wishes to provide you with a high level of customer service. In addition to your product
documentation, we provide the following sources for obtaining information:
Internet URL
http://www.epson.co.nz
Access the Epson New Zealand World Wide Web pages. Worth taking your modem here for the occasional surf!
e
site provides a download area for drivers, Epson contact points, new product information and technical
support (e-mail).
Epson Helpdesk
Phone: 0800 237 766
Epson Helpdesk is provided as a nal backup to make sure our clients have access to advice. Operators on the
Helpdesk can aid you in installing, conguring and operating your Epson product. Our Pre-sales Helpdesk sta
can provide literature on new Epson products and advise where the nearest dealer or service agent is located. Many
types of queries are answered here.
We encourage you to have all the relevant information on hand when you ring. e more information you prepare,
the faster we can help solve the problem. is information includes your Epson product documentation, type of
computer, operating system, application programs, and any information you feel is required.
Transportation of Product
Epson recommends retaining product packaging for future transportation.
Help for Users in Singapore
Sources of information, support, and services available from Epson Singapore are:
World Wide Web
http://www.epson.com.sg
Information on product specications, drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales Enquiries,
and Technical Support via e-mail are available.
Epson HelpDesk
Toll Free: 800-120-5564
Our HelpDesk team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Product usage questions or problem troubleshooting
❏ Enquiries on repair service and warranty
Help for Users in Thailand
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
Where to Get Help
>
Contacting Epson Support
>
Help for Users in Thailand
368
World Wide Web
http://www.epson.co.th
Information on product
specications,
drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), and e-mail are
available.
Epson Call Centre
Phone: 66-2460-9699
Email: [email protected]
Our Call Centre team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Product usage questions or problems
❏ Enquiries on repair service and warranty
Help for Users in Vietnam
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
Epson Service Center
27 Yen Lang, Trung Liet Ward, Dong Da District, Ha Noi City. Tel: +84 24 7300 0911
38 Le Dinh Ly,
ac
Gian Ward,
anh
Khe District, Da Nang. Tel: +84 23 6356 2666
194/3 Nguyen Trong Tuyen, Ward 8, Phu Nhuan Dist., HCMC. Tel: +84 28 7300 0911
31 Phan Boi Chau, Ward 14, Binh anh District, HCMC. Tel: +84 28 35100818
Help for Users in Indonesia
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
World Wide Web
http://www.epson.co.id
❏ Information on product
specications,
drivers for download
❏ Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales Enquiries, questions through e-mail
Epson Hotline
Phone: 1500-766 (Indonesia Only)
Email: customer[email protected].id
Our Hotline team can help you with the following over the phone or email:
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Technic al supp ort
Where to Get Help
>
Contacting Epson Support
>
Help for Users in Indonesia
369
Help for Users in Hong Kong
To obtain technical support as well as other aer-sales services, users are welcome to contact Epson Hong Kong
Limited.
Internet Home Page
http://www.epson.com.hk
Epson Hong Kong has established a local home page in both Chinese and English on the Internet to provide users
with the following information:
❏ Product information
❏ Answers to Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)
❏ Latest versions of Epson product drivers
Technical Support Hotline
You can also contact our technical sta at the following telephone and fax numbers:
Phone: 852-2827-8911
Fax: 852-2827-4383
Help for Users in Malaysia
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
World Wide Web
http://www.epson.com.my
❏ Information on product specications, drivers for download
❏ Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales Enquiries, questions through e-mail
Epson Call Centre
Phone: 1800-81-7349 (Toll Free)
Email: websuppo[email protected]m.my
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Product usage questions or problems
❏ Enquiries on repair services and warranty
Epson Malaysia Sdn Bhd (Head Oce)
Phone: 603-56288288
Fax: 603-5628 8388/603-5621 2088
Help for Users in India
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
Where to Get Help
>
Contacting Epson Support
>
Help for Users in India
370
World Wide Web
http://www.epson.co.in
Information on product
specications,
drivers for download, and products enquiry are available.
Toll Free Helpline
For Service, Product information or to order consumables -
18004250011 / 186030001600 / 1800123001600 (9AM – 6PM)
Email
calllog@epson–india.in
WhatsApp
+91 96400 00333
Help for Users in the Philippines
To obtain technical support as well as other aer sales services, users are welcome to contact the Epson Philippines
Corporation at the telephone, fax numbers and e-mail address below:
World Wide Web
http://www.epson.com.ph
Information on product specications, drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), and E-mail
Enquiries are available.
Epson Philippines Customer Care
Toll Free: (PLDT) 1-800-1069-37766
Toll Free: (Digitel) 1-800-3-0037766
Metro Manila: +632-8441-9030
Web Site:
https://www.epson.com.ph/contact
E-mail: customercare@epc.epson.com.ph
Accessible 9am to 6pm, Monday through Saturday (Except public holidays)
Our Customer Care team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Product usage questions or problems
❏ Enquiries on repair service and warranty
Epson Philippines Corporation
Trunk Line: +632-8706-2609
Fax: +632-8706-2663 / +632-8706-2665
Where to Get Help
>
Contacting Epson Support
>
Help for Users in the Philippines
371
